華嚴經 義疏通講 · 冊15Avataṃsaka Sūtra · Exposition Throughout · Vol. 15
品三十八 離世間品 · 序·三昧·發起·起·請分Detachment from the World · Prologue: The Samādhi, the Prompting, the Rising, and the Request
全文五層 →Full five layers →先問一句:講「行」的一分,為什麼要從佛坐在哪裡講起
經文開頭只說了一件事——世尊在摩竭提國阿蘭若法菩提場中的普光明殿,坐在蓮華藏師子之座上。一句說處,看似只是交代地點,其實是全品的定盤星。
為什麼要交代?因為這一會是『重會普光明殿』。澄觀釋此云,本分是託法進修成行分,前面一大分是修因契果生解分——前面講的是『解』,這裡講的是『行』;解可以歷經多處而漸次分明,行則要收歸一處而頓然生起。所以他說會名約處就叫作三會普光明殿之會,並繫其所以在「會終歸始故」。
要先排一個誤:這不是佛又走回來了一趟。李通玄說得最直白,他判〈十定品〉與〈離世間品〉二品同是體用門,通於始終,所以兩品開頭都追敘初會二會的場景,那是「非是重來集會」,讀者不可作世間的情解,想成佛來來去去。他還舉了一個很好記的比方:空中掛百千面寶鏡,地上安一尊佛像,百千鏡中一時頓現,鏡鏡影像互相參入而其實無所來往。
落到讀處:看見「普光明殿」四個字,要讀出的不是地圖上的一點,是『解已成,該起行了』這個轉折。
二十一句佛德:先把『佛是什麼樣的佛』立住
接著經文一連串歎佛:妙悟皆滿,二行永絕,達無相法,住於佛住,得佛平等,到無障處不可轉法,所行無礙,立不思議,普見三世。
先問:這一長串是讚辭,還是有結構的?澄觀釋此云,這一段是智正覺世間圓滿,其中所歎的是佛的二十一種殊勝功德,首句「妙悟皆滿」是總,以下逐句是別;別中前四句是自利,其餘都是利他。他又逐句配義:二行永絕,是說於所知一向無障;達無相法,是說於有無無二相的真如最勝清淨而能入。他還老實誌下一筆——按諸論的次第,此經缺了最後「窮未來際」一句,總別合計才是二十一句。
先問:這二十一句到哪裡收?收在末後四句——具足如來平等解脫,證無中邊佛平等地,盡於法界,等虛空界。澄觀逐句配之:具足如來平等解脫,配的是隨其勝解示現差別佛土的功德,他說此中的「解脫」就是勝解,隨眾生勝解之所宜,如來的勝解能現金銀等土,佛佛皆然,所以叫平等;證無中邊佛平等地,配的是三種佛身方處無分限的功德,世親說佛的法身不可分限在多少方處,受用、變化二身也不可說是多少世界;盡於法界,配的是窮生死際常現利樂一切有情的功德;等虛空界,配的是無盡功德,因為佛的實智如虛空一樣無有窮盡。
要排的誤是:不要把「盡於法界」「等虛空界」讀成空間的形容。前一句說的是時間上不斷——盡未來際地利樂;後一句說的是智體上不竭——不是佛身有多大,是佛智取不完。
落到讀處:這四句是二十一句的收口。前面十七句說佛如何知、如何行,末四句說這一切沒有邊、沒有底、沒有停。
要排的誤有二。其一,「二行永絕」不是斷了兩種修行,澄觀釋此云有知有不知就是二行,如今無所不知,所以叫永絕。其二,這一段歎的不是別的佛,而是即將被問到『如何住兜率、如何處胎、如何降魔』的同一位佛——序分先把果德立住,後面二百問問的行才有歸處。
落到讀處:讀讚佛文最容易滑過去,其實這裡每一句都在替後文押一個底。
身遍智達:從「充遍」到「無能測」
經文續云:身恒充遍一切國土,智恒明達一切諸法;了一切行,盡一切疑,無能測身。
先問:身既然「充遍」,為什麼又說「無能測」?兩句像是相違。答案在澄觀的逐句配義裡——身恒充遍一切國土,配的是於一切世界示現受用變化身的功德,說的是二種身遍二種國;智恒明達一切諸法,配的是斷疑功德,說的是自己於一切境善能決定,因此能決他人之疑;無能測身,配的是如其勝解示現的功德,說的是隨眾生種種勝解而現金色等身,雖現此身而無分別。
於是相違自解:充遍說的是所現無不至,無能測說的是能現者不可量。前者從眾生所見說,後者從佛所以能現說。
要排的誤是:不要把「充遍」讀成體積填滿。經文緊接著說「一切菩薩等所求智,到佛無二究竟彼岸」,可見所遍者是智,不是量。
落到讀處:凡讀佛之德相,先分清楚哪一句從所現說、哪一句從能現說,句句自會安位。
來眾是誰:一生當得無上覺的人,各從他方而來
經文說:與佛同在的是不可說百千億那由他佛剎微塵數菩薩摩訶薩,都是一生當得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提的人,各從他方種種國土而共來集。
先問:為什麼特地點明「一生當得」與「各從他方」?澄觀釋此云這一節屬眾生世間圓滿,先舉數歎德,是說多人具德。舉數之後才列名,是說勝人具德——先立普遍,再立標準。
要排的誤是:不要以為這是在誇人多。本品後面要問的是從最初的行一路問到成佛示涅槃,能當這個問的聽眾,必須是行將圓滿的人;若是初學之眾,二百問一氣問下來,聽者接不住。經文以「一生當得」定住聽眾的位次,正是為了讓後面那一口氣的問答有承接之處。
落到讀處:讀一部經先看聽眾是誰,往往就知道這部經的話說到什麼分寸。
十九句方便智慧:從善能觀察到不壞業果
經文用一長段列菩薩之德:善能觀察一切眾生而以方便令其調伏,善能觀察一切世界而普皆往詣,善能觀察涅槃境界而修妙行無有間斷,善能攝受一切眾生,善入無量諸方便法而知眾生空無所有卻不壞業果,善知眾生心使諸根境界的種種差別,悉能受持三世佛法自得解了復為他說,於世出世無量諸法皆善安住知其真實,於有為無為一切諸法悉善觀察知無有二。
先問:這些句子有沒有次第?澄觀釋此云,別中十九句都不出方便與智慧,前十句歎自分之德,從「於一念中」以下九句歎勝進之德;前八句都是有智慧有方便,依體起用,其中前五句以「善能」為句首。
要排的誤是:不要把「知諸眾生空無所有」與「不壞業果」讀成前後矛盾。這一句正是本品「離世間」之所以能成立的雛形——知空所以能離,不壞業果所以能在世間行。澄觀釋離世間之義時說,離有性離與事離二門,性離是世間性空即是出世間,事離是行成無染;此處一句話裡兩門俱在。
那九句勝進之德,澄觀說得極簡——初句是總,總明速成果智;其餘都是果智之用;其後別有總結。依此讀下去便條理分明。「於一念中,悉能獲得三世諸佛所有智慧」是總:一念之中頓得三世佛智,這是果智已成。以下八句是這果智起用:「於念念中,悉能示現成等正覺,令一切眾生發心成道」,是用在成佛之相上——自己成給人看,看的人才發心;「於一眾生心之所緣,悉知一切眾生境界」,是用在知機上——從一人所緣的一境,通見一切眾生的境界;「雖入如來一切智地,而不捨菩薩行諸所作業」,是用在不退因行上——證果而不棄因;「智慧方便而無所作」,是用在無功用上——作而不見有作;「為一一眾生住無量劫」,是用在時間上——不是為眾生總體,是為每一個;「而於阿僧祇劫難可值遇」,是用在稀有上——久住而不濫現,所以值遇者知其可貴;「轉正法輪調伏眾生皆不唐捐」,是用在成效上——所化必有所得,沒有一次白轉;末後「三世諸佛清淨行願悉已具足」仍是果智之用,把前八句之用收回到行願上;其後「成就如是無量功德,一切如來於無邊劫說不可盡」,才是澄觀所說的總結。
要排的誤是:不要把「勝進」讀成比自分更高的另一段路。自分是自己所行已成,勝進是這已成之德向果地上再進——同一條路的後半,不是換了一條路。
落到讀處:修行人常在『一切皆空』與『因果不虛』之間搖擺,這一句給的答案不是折衷,是同時。
十位以「普」為名的上首:名字就是德
經文列名:普賢、普眼、普化、普慧、普見、普光、普觀、普照、普幢、普覺。十位上首無一不以「普」字為首。
先問:這是巧合嗎?澄觀釋此云,這十句初句是總、其餘是別,並逐名配德——一是契理願圓,因為普眼滿;二是攝法上首,因為普化;三是受持正法,因為有普慧。配完之後他說:總句就是普賢,其餘九句依次前面已配釋過了。也就是說,這十個名字其實是普賢一德的十面。
澄觀所配的九句不止前三,其餘六句他也一一給了名——四是不斷佛種,因為普見有性;五是知佛化儀,因為光普徹;六是示現成佛,因為觀見無;七是淨染機,因為照其源;八是摧他障,因為有智幢;九是證法界,因為覺法性。把這九個名回貼到經文的歎德句上,一句一句都對得上:「一切諸佛出興世處,悉能往詣請轉法輪」,是攝法上首之德——佛出世必往,法必請,所以說他為普化而攝法;「不斷一切諸佛種性」,是不斷佛種之德——普見眾生皆有佛性,所以佛種於他手上不斷;「善知一切諸佛興世授記次第、名號、國土、成等正覺、轉於法輪」,是知佛化儀之德——佛怎麼化世的一整套次第他都照見,所以說光普徹;「無佛世界現身成佛」,是示現成佛之德——那裡本無佛,他觀見其無而現身補之;「能令一切雜染眾生皆悉清淨」,是淨染機之德——不是把染洗掉,是照見染之源而令其自清;「能滅一切菩薩業障」,是摧他障之德——摧的是別人的障,不是自己的;「入於無礙清淨法界」,是證法界之德——覺法性故,這一句是九句的歸處。
要排的誤是:不要以為這九句是九個人各佔一項。經文明說「皆悉成就」,是十人通具;澄觀也說總句為普賢,餘九依次前已配釋——九句是一人之德的九面,不是九人的分工。
要排的誤是:不要把列名讀成點名冊。經文列名之後緊接歎德——「皆悉成就普賢行願,深心大願皆已圓滿」,可見名與德是一事。
落到讀處:本品是普慧問、普賢答。問者名普慧,答者名普賢,澄觀釋此云普慧問是稱法界慧能發行故——問與答其實是同一場行的兩頭。
佛華莊嚴三昧:為什麼會主要先入定
經文只用一句:普賢菩薩摩訶薩入廣大三昧,名佛華莊嚴。
先問:三昧為什麼叫這個名字?澄觀釋此云,普賢入定是因為他是會主、要說普賢之行;佛華嚴的意思是萬行披敷而莊嚴法身,並說這個三昧以法界行門心海為體,因為能任持無限;以說法成行、發起為用,因為依這個定才有這個能力。
要排的誤是:不要把入定讀成入定者暫時不做事。澄觀在別處補了一句很要緊的話——攝解成行,也還是須要入定。定不是行的中斷,是行的取源。
落到讀處:一個人若把用功讀成一直做,讀這一句正好回頭。花要開,先得有根;萬行披敷之前,先有心海。
六種十八相動:瑞相是講給誰看的
經文說:入此三昧時,十方所有一切世界六種、十八相動,出大音聲靡不皆聞。
先問:地動與出聲,各有什麼用?澄觀釋此云,先明地動是為了警覺群機,後顯出聲是為了令眾聞法——一個是把人叫醒,一個是把法送到。
這裡有一個本品獨有的關節。澄觀說,前面諸會都是「有加而無發起」,也就是有佛的加持而沒有這一段震動發起;這一會反過來,是「有發起而無加分」。為什麼?他繫得極明白:前面表示解可以從他人得,所以有他加;這裡表示行要由自己立,所以自力發起。他還補一義——行依解起,並無別法,所以不必再加。
要排的誤是:不要因為沒有『佛加』就以為本會低於前會。恰恰相反,無加正是本品的宗旨所在。
落到讀處:別人可以教你懂,沒有人能替你走。這一段震動,就是這句話的經文形。
從三昧起:定與說之間的那一步
經文一句帶過:然後從其三昧而起。澄觀於此只說「三義如前」,把它科為獨立的一分——起分。
先問:出定何必單列一分?因為序、三昧、發起、起、請這五分是一條完整的線:先有處與眾(序),次有定(三昧),次有定所發之瑞(發起),次有出定(起),然後才有問(請)。少了出定這一步,問就沒有可問之人。入定是取源,出定是把源接到言語上;本品之後一切問答,都站在這一次出定之上。
要排的誤是:不要把出定讀成三昧結束了。經文說的是從三昧「起」,不是三昧「盡」。後文澄觀所謂『二千行』的答,正是這個三昧的相續。
落到讀處:靜與說之間有一步,這一步經文替我們標出來了。
普慧一人問:為什麼不是多人問
經文說:普慧菩薩知眾已集,問普賢菩薩言。
先問:前面諸會問者常不止一人,這裡為什麼只有一位?澄觀釋此云,普慧發問是因為他稱法界之慧、能發起行;而「一人問者,行獨已成,非如解故」——解要眾緣相發,所以多人問;行是自家獨自完成的事,所以一人問。
還有一個更明顯的翻轉:前面諸會都是先問後定,這一會卻是先定後問。澄觀出二意——其一是說儀本無定式,前面表示重法,感而後應;這裡表示悲深,觀機而欲說,眾既已集就先入定,讓人知道說主是誰。其二是所表不同:前面是從相入實以成正解,這裡是依體起用以成正行。
要排的誤是:不要把「一人問」讀成別人不必問。行獨已成說的是行的成就在己,不是法只給一個人。
落到讀處:問法之前先看自己要的是解還是行——要解不妨多問,要行終須自問。
二百問的科段:一個承自古德的讀法
從「何等為菩薩摩訶薩依」到「何故如來、應、正等覺示般涅槃」,普慧一口氣問完,中間沒有一句答。這一段怎麼讀?
這裡必須先把繫屬說清楚。經文本身沒有給這二百句安任何位名。澄觀釋此云,正顯問端中有二百句,別行的《度世經》把它作成六番問答,每一番都是先問、次答、後動地現瑞;古來諸德就依那個本子的文來科這部經,分為六段——初二十句、次二十句、次三十句、次二十九句、次五十句、次五十一句,依序配十信行、十住行、十行之行、十迴向行、十地行、因圓果滿行。澄觀是承這個舊科而釋,不是自立新判。所以底下講六段,一律要記得:這是古德依《度世經》之科,澄觀承之。
第四段的句數還有一個小關節:逐字數是三十句,澄觀說其中「無礙用」一句是總標的虛句,所以實得二十九句。逐字核對經文,全段問號共二百零一,扣掉這一句虛標,正是二百——古德之科與經文之數密合無間。
要排的誤是:不要把六段讀成經文自己分的章。也不要因此以為這個科可有可無——它是有本子作根據的,根據就是《度世經》的六番。
落到讀處:讀二百問時心裡有這六段,問就不再是一片問號,而是一條從最初到成佛的線。
段一 · 二十句:從「依」開始問起
第一段二十句,從「何等為菩薩摩訶薩依」問起,經過奇特想、行、善知識、勤精進、心得安隱、成就眾生、戒、自知受記,一路問到入菩薩、入如來、入眾生心行、入世界、入劫、說三世、入三世、發無疲厭心、差別智、陀羅尼、演說佛。
先問:為什麼第一個字是「依」?行要有所倚靠才立得住,這是次第上最先的事。澄觀承古德科,判這二十句所問的是十信之行;他又特別解釋為什麼取十信而不開等覺——前面諸文意在位,取位而說;這裡意在行,所以十信之行正居行之始。他還引賢首之語為證:菩薩發意求菩提並不是無因無緣,那正是發心之所依。
要排的誤是:不要以為這裡問的是「信」這個位。澄觀說得很清楚,此經三遍說六位,這一遍是約行而說,取的是位中之行而不取位。
落到讀處:第一段所問的二十件事,樣樣都是初學能對照的——你依什麼、親近誰、戒守不守、心安不安。
段二 · 二十句:從「發普賢心」問起
第二段從「何等為發普賢心」起,問普賢行法、起大悲之由、發菩提心因緣、於善知識起尊重心、清淨、諸波羅蜜、智隨覺、證知、力、平等、佛法實義句、說法、持、辯才、自在、無著性、平等心、出生智慧、變化。
先問:第一段已問過善知識,這裡為什麼又問「於善知識起尊重心」?前者問的是善知識是什麼,後者問的是對他起什麼心——一個問對象,一個問態度。二百問中這類重出並不少,看似重複,實則問的層次已經換了一層。
澄觀承古德科,判這二十句所問的是十住之行。此處另有一場兩家的往復。《演義鈔》明標其人:發難與救義的是慧苑《刊定記》,作答與破斥的是「今疏」,即澄觀自己。《刊定》先問何以初段取信而六段之判不開等覺;澄觀答以「此有深意」,總明所問皆行,故初有十信。《刊定》乃出救義:既然第一段裡已有依止與菩提心,豈不就是發心住了?——欲令第一段所問即是十住。澄觀破之:此難尤非——第二段開頭的「發普賢心」,難道不更像發心住嗎?十信之初難道就沒有發心嗎?所引之文不得文意。二家之判並錄不判;可見以某一個詞認位,是不究其旨的讀法。
落到讀處:見到重出之問不要跳過,先問一句『這一次問的是哪一層』。
段三 · 三十句:從「力持」問起
第三段三十句,從「何等為力持」起,問得大欣慰、深入佛法、依止、發無畏心、發無疑惑心、不思議、巧密語、巧分別智、入三昧、遍入、解脫門、神通、明、解脫、園林、宮殿、所樂、莊嚴、發不動心、不捨深大心、觀察、說法、清淨、印、智光照、無等住、無下劣心、如山增上心,直到入無上菩提如海智。
先問:園林、宮殿這種字眼混在解脫、神通中間,是不是走題了?不是。經文問的是菩薩的園林、菩薩的宮殿——所遊之境與所居之處,本來就是行的一部分。這一段題目最雜,正因為所問的是廣行。
澄觀承古德科,判這三十句所問的是十行之行。他在總釋二千行時說過一句可以借來讀這一段的話:一行相必遍一切而恒不雜,因為不雜所以別義殊分,因為必遍所以普義該攝,就像錦上的花紋,眾色成文,常普常別而縷縷交徹。
落到讀處:行門看起來一項一項互不相干,其實線是穿著的。
段四 · 二十九句:從「如寶住」問起
第四段從「何等為如寶住」起,問發如金剛大乘誓願心、大發起、究竟大事、不壞信、授記、善根迴向、得智慧、發無邊廣大心、伏藏、律儀、自在,然後是無礙用一總標,以下眾生、剎、法、身、願、境界、智、神通、神力、力共十句無礙用,再問遊戲、境界、力、無畏、不共法、業、身。
先問:為什麼特地標出「無礙用」再開十句?這正是澄觀所說的總標虛句——先立一個總名,下面十句各就一事說它的無礙。逐字數是三十,實義是二十九。
澄觀承古德科,判這一段所問的是十迴向之行。要注意的是「善根迴向」一句就在這一段裡,而全段所問並不止於迴向——這也提醒讀者,古德之科是就一段之勢而配,不是每一句都要對上位名。
要排的誤是:不要把「無礙用」讀成神通表演。經文所列的十種無礙用,眾生、國土、法、身、願、境界、智全在裡面,可見所謂無礙是遍一切處的通達,不是某一項特異功能。
落到讀處:讀到成串的名相時,先找那個總標句,串就散不了。
段五 · 五十句:從「身業」問起
第五段五十句,從「何等為身業」起,問身、語、淨修語業、得守護、成辦大事,然後是心、發心、周遍心、諸根、深心、增上深心、勤修、決定解與決定解入世界入眾生界,再問習氣、取、修、成就佛法、退失佛法道、離生道、決定法、出生佛法道、大丈夫名號,接著一連串問道——道、無量道、助道、修道、莊嚴道,最後以足、手、腹、藏、心、被甲、器仗、首、眼、耳、鼻、舌、身、意、行、住、坐、臥、所住處、所行處作收。
先問:足手腹藏這些身體部位,問的是肉身嗎?不是。經文問的是菩薩的足、菩薩的手,與前面的被甲、器仗一樣,都是以身分表法——這是全經常用的說法之式,後文之答自會逐一給出所表之義。
澄觀承古德科,判這五十句所問的是十地之行。全段從身語意三業起,中間經過心與根,末後以行住坐臥作結,次第由粗入細、由內及外。
要排的誤是:不要因為這一段裡也問「退失佛法道」就以為在講退墮。問退正是為了知進;經文緊接著就問離生道與出生佛法道。
落到讀處:一段之中並問成就與退失,是要人兩頭都認得清楚。
段六 · 五十一句:從「觀察」問到成佛
第六段五十一句,從「何等為觀察」起,問普觀察、奮迅、師子吼,然後是清淨的施戒忍進定慧與慈悲喜捨十句,再問義、法、福德助道具、智慧助道具、明足、求法、明了法、修行法,接著問魔、魔業、捨離魔業、見佛、佛業、慢業、智業,以及被魔攝持、被佛攝持、被法攝持。
先問:為什麼把魔與佛並排問?因為到了這一段,所問的已經是臨近圓滿處的抉擇。攝持一詞問了三次——魔所攝持、佛所攝持、法所攝持——問的正是『此刻是誰在持著你』。
澄觀承古德科,判這五十一句所問的是因圓果滿之行;他又說其中唯有最後四句屬妙覺之位,其餘都屬等覺。他還解釋為什麼把等覺攝在因圓之中——此處意在說行,所以不別開等覺之位。
落到讀處:這一段是全部二百問裡最鋒利的一段,因為它問的是最後那一段路上還會走岔的地方。
段六之末:八相成道,為什麼要問「何故」
第六段的末尾語氣忽然變了。前面二百句幾乎都是「何等為」,到這裡改成「何故」與「云何」——住兜率天所作業之後,為什麼在兜率天宮示現命終、為什麼示現處胎、什麼是現微細趣、為什麼示現初生、為什麼示現微笑、為什麼示現行七步、為什麼示現童子地、為什麼示現處內宮、為什麼示現出家、為什麼示現苦行、怎樣往詣道場、怎樣坐道場、坐道場時是什麼奇特之相、為什麼示現降魔、什麼是成如來力、怎樣轉法輪、為什麼因轉法輪得白淨法、為什麼如來、應、正等覺示現般涅槃。
先問:問法為什麼要換?因為所問的事換了。前面問的是菩薩自己修什麼,這裡問的是佛已成之後為什麼還要一一示現。示現不是不得不然,所以要問「何故」。
要排的誤是:不要把這一串讀成佛陀傳記。經文問的是每一相的所以然——連微笑與行七步都在問之列,可見所重不在事跡而在用意。澄觀承古德科判此段末四句屬妙覺位,正是從「成如來力」以下。
這一串「何故」之中夾了一句「何等為現微細趣」,問法忽然又轉回「何等」,容易被讀漏。先問:為什麼在處胎與初生之間插這一問?因為處胎之後正要說的,就是胎中所現。本品後文自答此問:菩薩摩訶薩有十種甚微細趣——在母胎中示現初發菩提心乃至灌頂地,在母胎中示現住兜率天,示現初生,示現童子地,示現處王宮,示現出家,示現苦行、往詣道場、成等正覺,示現轉法輪,示現般涅槃,末後一句是「示現大微細」,即一切菩薩行與一切如來自在神力的無量差別門。
要排的誤是:「微細」不是小。所以稱微細,是因為八相的一整套都收在胎中一處而現,處極小而所現極廣,不可以粗相測。落到讀處:問目次第自己會說話——處胎之後緊接微細趣,就是告訴你,那個「住胎」不是十月的空白,八相已在其中演了一遍。
落到讀處:讀佛的八相,若只讀成故事就止於感動;問一句何故,才讀得到那是替誰示現的。
結請:善哉!佛子!如是等法,願為演說
二百問問完,普慧補上一句:「善哉!佛子!如是等法,願為演說!」澄觀把請分科為三——初總標問意、次正顯問端、後結請願說;這一句就是第三科。
先問:問都問完了,為什麼還要補這一句?問端之首本已冠有「願為演說」一句總請,此處是把那一請重新收攏——前面二百句是「問」,這一句是「結請」。問是列出所疑,請是把答託付出去。少了這一句,二百問便懸在那裡無所歸;有了這一句,一問一請首尾相接,才成為一場說法的因緣。
再者,這一句與別行本互相發明。《度世品經》的請詞在問端之前,並且明說解說諸菩薩行要從始至終——澄觀正是引這一句為證:「唯願解說諸菩薩行,從始至終令無疑故。」他說彼經雖然沒有配十信等位名,既然說了從始至終、末後又明成佛,就知道所問決定是六位之行。
落到讀處:所有的問,最後都要落到一個「願為演說」上。問而不請,法不會來。
承衍
本段之後,普賢即告普慧等諸菩薩而開始作答。答式是問一答十——澄觀釋此云,答前二百問而問一答十,以顯無盡,成就二千普賢勝行;他並引英公之語狀其勢:雲興二百問,瓶瀉二千酬。別行本因此另有「普賢菩薩答難二千經」之名。本段所立的二百問,就是本品其餘六子的全部綱目。
二千行如何統收,澄觀開四重誌之:以位收位,六位各各收一切位,一位即具二千而成萬二千行;以門收門,二百門一一各收一切門而成四萬行;以行收行,一行具一切行而成二千個二千;以略攝廣,即以一塵之略攝十方之廣。此四重是澄觀釋文之數,誌錄不判。
品名之釋,諸家各異。澄觀立三義——約法、約行、約位;約行又開四句,隨、離、俱、泯,並說融此四句皆無障礙才是真離世間。法藏立四義——約妄執為世間即空為離、約緣起無自性為離、約行常在世而非世攝、約位人天二乘菩薩佛果次第相望為離。李通玄則就「離」字開二義:望說法之主,說教益眾生,故此品可作利益世間之名;望眾生聞法而處世無染,故名離世間——他說這是「約說法之主及得益者二義通釋」。三家所立之義數與所繫之處全不相同,各依其所疏之本與所立之軌,誌錄不判。
會之重與不重,三家亦異。澄觀繫在會終歸始,並以燈光涉入、燈炷重發二喻通之;法藏繫在前是生解之法可寄多處、今但依前法成行故不多會;李通玄則直云非是重來集會。並錄不判。
至於本段之敘事文與請詞,於華嚴宗諸論(法界玄鏡一類之宗論)中未見逐字牒引,據實標闕,不以他處之文充之。諸疏則有:澄觀《疏》逐句配義固不待言,李通玄《新華嚴經論》亦以起訖牒經而長科十段,本節即其前五段——序分、歎菩薩大眾志德圓滿分、列名及歎德分、入定起定分、二百問分。
A Question First: In a Portion That Teaches Practice, Why Begin from Where the Buddha Is Sitting
The scripture opens by saying one thing only — that the World-Honored One was in the palace of Universal Light within the wilderness place of awakening of the Dharma in the country of Magadha, seated upon the lion seat of the lotus treasury. A single clause naming the place of speaking looks like no more than a note of location; in truth it is the fixed pole-star of the whole chapter.
Why is it noted at all? Because this assembly is ‘the return to the palace of Universal Light’. Chengguan glosses this thus: the present portion is the portion of entrusting to the Dharma and advancing in cultivation so as to accomplish practice, whereas the great portion before it was the portion of cultivating the cause that answers to the fruit and so giving rise to understanding — what came before taught ‘understanding’, and what comes here teaches ‘practice’; understanding may pass through many places and grow clear by degrees, while practice must be gathered back to one place and arise all at once. And so he says that the assembly, named by its place, is called the assembly of the third gathering at the palace of Universal Light, and he fastens the reason for it upon “because at the end the assembly returns to the beginning.”
One misreading must be set aside first: this is not the Buddha walking back for another visit. Li Tongxuan puts it most plainly. He judges the Chapter on the Ten Concentrations and the Chapter on Detachment from the World to be alike the gate of substance and function, running through from beginning to end, and so both chapters open by looking back to the scenes of the first and second assemblies; that is “not a coming again to gather in assembly,” and the reader must not take it in the worldly way and picture the Buddha coming and going. He offers besides a comparison easy to remember: hang a hundred thousand jewelled mirrors in the air and set a single buddha-image on the ground, and in all the hundred thousand mirrors it appears all at once, the images in mirror after mirror entering into one another while in truth there is no coming or going at all.
Coming down to the reading: when you see the four graphs “the palace of Universal Light,” what is to be read out of them is not a point on a map, but this turn: ‘understanding is accomplished; it is time to set out in practice’.
Twenty-One Clauses of the Buddha’s Virtue: Establishing First ‘What Kind of Buddha This Buddha Is’
Next the scripture praises the Buddha in a long string of clauses: his subtle awakening full in every part, the two practices forever cut off, the markless Dharma penetrated, abiding in what the buddhas abide in, gaining the evenness of the buddhas, reaching the place where there is no obstruction and the Dharma that cannot be turned, all he practises unhindered, what he establishes inconceivable, seeing universally the three times.
Ask first: is this long string mere praise, or has it a structure? Chengguan glosses this thus: this passage is the fullness of the world of right and equal awakening, and what is praised in it is the twenty-one surpassing merits of a buddha; the first clause, “his subtle awakening full in every part,” is the general, and the clauses that follow are the particulars; and among the particulars the first four are for his own benefit while the rest are for the benefit of others. He also matches meaning to clause as he goes: the two practices forever cut off says that with regard to what is knowable he is throughout without obstruction; the markless Dharma penetrated says that he is able to enter the suchness, most surpassingly pure, in which being and non-being are not two marks. And he honestly sets down one further note — that by the sequence given in the treatises this scripture lacks the last clause, “to the end of the future,” and that the general and the particulars taken together are what make twenty-one clauses.
Ask first: where do these twenty-one clauses come to rest? In the last four — furnished with the equal liberation of a tathāgata, realizing the equal ground of the buddhas that has neither middle nor edge, to the end of the dharma realm, equal to the realm of space. Chengguan matches them one by one: furnished with the equal liberation of a tathāgata is matched with the merit of displaying differing buddha-lands according to the resolve of beings — “liberation” here, he says, is that very resolve, and as is fitting to the resolve of each thing, a tathāgata’s own resolve can display lands of gold and of silver, and it is so with buddha after buddha, and therefore it is called equal; realizing the equal ground of the buddhas that has neither middle nor edge is matched with the merit that the three buddha-bodies have no limit of place, Vasubandhu saying that the Dharma body of a buddha cannot be limited to so many places, nor can the enjoyment and transformation bodies be said to be so many worlds; to the end of the dharma realm is matched with the merit of constantly appearing to benefit and gladden all beings to the very limit of birth and death; and equal to the realm of space is matched with the merit of inexhaustibility, because a buddha’s real wisdom is inexhaustible as space.
The misreading to be set aside is this: do not read “to the end of the dharma realm” and “equal to the realm of space” as descriptions of extent. The first says that there is no interruption in time — benefit and gladdening to the end of the future; the second says that there is no bottom to the substance of wisdom — the point is not how large a buddha’s body is, but that a buddha’s wisdom cannot be drawn dry.
Coming down to the reading: these four clauses are where the twenty-one close. The seventeen before them say how a buddha knows and how he acts; the last four say that all of this has no edge, no bottom, and no stopping.
Two misreadings must be set aside. The first: “the two practices forever cut off” does not mean that two kinds of cultivation have been broken off. Chengguan glosses this thus: to have knowing and to have not-knowing is the two practices, and now there is nothing that is not known, and therefore it is called forever cut off. The second: what is praised in this passage is not some other buddha, but the very same buddha who is the subject of the questions presently to be put — ‘how does he dwell in Tuṣita, how does he dwell in the womb, how does he subdue Māra’ — the prologue establishes the virtue of the fruit first, so that the practice asked after in the two hundred questions may have somewhere to come home to.
Coming down to the reading: passages praising the Buddha are the easiest of all to slide past, when in truth every clause here is laying down a foundation for what comes later.
The Body Pervading and the Wisdom Penetrating: From “Filling and Pervading” to “None Able to Measure”
The scripture goes on: his body constantly filling and pervading all lands, his wisdom constantly clear and penetrating all dharmas; knowing all practices, exhausting all doubts, none able to measure his body.
Ask first: if the body “fills and pervades,” why is it then said that “none can measure” it? The two clauses look like a contradiction. The answer lies in Chengguan’s clause-by-clause matching of meaning — his body constantly filling and pervading all lands is matched to the merit of manifesting the enjoyment body and the emanation body in all worlds, and speaks of two bodies pervading two kinds of land; his wisdom constantly clear and penetrating all dharmas is matched to the merit of cutting off doubt, and speaks of his being well able to decide concerning every object himself and therefore able to decide the doubts of others; none able to measure his body is matched to the merit of manifesting according to their resolve, and speaks of his manifesting a golden-hued body and the rest according to the various resolutions of beings, and yet, while manifesting this body, being without discrimination.
And so the contradiction unties itself: filling and pervading speaks of there being nowhere that what is manifested does not reach, while none able to measure speaks of the one who is able to manifest being beyond reckoning. The former speaks from what beings see; the latter from that whereby the Buddha is able to manifest at all.
The misreading to be set aside is this: do not read “filling and pervading” as a filling up of volume. The scripture goes straight on to say “the wisdom that all bodhisattvas alike seek, reaching the further shore of the Buddha’s ultimate non-duality,” from which it is plain that what pervades is wisdom and not bulk.
Coming down to the reading: whenever you read of the marks of a buddha’s virtue, first make plain which clause speaks from what is manifested and which from what is able to manifest, and every clause will settle into its own place.
Who the Assembly Are: Those Who after One More Birth Will Attain Unsurpassed Awakening, Each Come from Another Quarter
The scripture says that those together with the Buddha were bodhisattva-mahāsattvas as many as the dust-motes of unspeakably many hundreds of thousands of koṭis of nayutas of buddha-lands, all of them persons who after one more birth would attain unsurpassed perfect awakening, and that each from the various lands of other quarters had come together and gathered.
Ask first: why is it pointed out expressly that they are “after one more birth” and “each from other quarters”? Chengguan glosses this thus: this section belongs to the fullness of the world of beings, and it raises the number first and praises the virtue, which is to say that the many are furnished with virtue. Only after the number is raised are the names set out, which is to say that the surpassing ones are furnished with virtue — universality established first, and then the standard.
The misreading to be set aside is this: do not suppose that this is boasting of a crowd. What this chapter is to ask, later on, runs from the earliest practice all the way to becoming a buddha and displaying parinirvāṇa; the hearers fit to bear such asking must be persons whose practice is on the point of fulfilment. Were they an assembly of beginners, two hundred questions asked in one breath would be more than the hearers could take. The scripture fixes the standing of its hearers with “after one more birth” precisely so that the questions and answers of that single breath may have something to lodge in.
Coming down to the reading: when reading any scripture, look first at who the hearers are, and you will often know at once to what pitch this scripture is speaking.
Nineteen Clauses of Skillful Means and Wisdom: From Well Contemplating to Not Destroying Deeds and Their Fruits
In a long passage the scripture sets out the virtues of the bodhisattvas: well contemplating all beings and by skillful means causing them to be tamed, well contemplating all worlds and going universally to them all, well contemplating the state of nirvāṇa and cultivating wondrous practice without interruption, well taking in all beings, well entering the measureless dharmas of skillful means and knowing that beings are empty and have nothing whatever while yet not destroying deeds and their fruits, well knowing the various distinctions of the minds and the proclivities and the faculties and the objects of beings, upholding entire the Dharma of the buddhas of the three times, gaining understanding themselves and expounding it for others, well abiding in the measureless dharmas of the world and beyond the world and knowing their reality, well contemplating all dharmas conditioned and unconditioned and knowing that there is no duality.
Ask first: is there a sequence in these clauses? Chengguan glosses this thus: among the particulars, the nineteen clauses none of them fall outside skillful means and wisdom; the first ten clauses praise the virtue of their own portion, and the nine clauses from “in a single thought” onward praise the virtue of advancing beyond; the first eight clauses all have wisdom and have skillful means, function raised upon substance, and among them the first five begin with the words “well able.”
The misreading to be set aside is this: do not read “knowing that beings are empty and have nothing whatever” and “not destroying deeds and their fruits” as contradicting one another. This very clause is the first form of what makes “detachment from the world” possible in this chapter at all — because he knows emptiness he can be detached, and because he does not destroy deeds and their fruits he can practise within the world. When Chengguan explains the sense of detachment from the world he says that detachment has two gates, detachment in nature and detachment in fact: detachment in nature is that the nature of the world being empty is itself what transcends the world, and detachment in fact is that practice is accomplished and undefiled. In this one clause both gates are present together.
As for those nine clauses of the virtue of advancing beyond, Chengguan puts it very briefly — the first clause is the general, setting out in general the swift accomplishing of the wisdom of the fruit; the rest are all the operation of that wisdom of the fruit; and after them stands a separate summing up. Read in that order the passage lies open. “In a single thought they are all able to obtain the wisdom possessed by the buddhas of the three times” is the general: in one thought the wisdom of the buddhas of the three times is gained all at once, and this is the wisdom of the fruit already accomplished. The eight clauses that follow are that wisdom of the fruit raising its operation. “In thought after thought they are all able to display the accomplishing of right and equal awakening, causing all beings to give rise to the mind and to attain the path” is its operation upon the mark of becoming a buddha — one accomplishes it in the sight of others, and those who see it give rise to the mind. “Upon the object that a single being’s mind takes as its condition they know entire the states of all beings” is its operation upon the discerning of capacity — from the one object that one person’s mind conditions, they see through to the states of all beings. “Though they have entered the ground of the Tathāgata’s all-knowing wisdom, they do not abandon the various works that are done in the practice of a bodhisattva” is its operation upon not falling back from the practice that is the cause — realizing the fruit and yet not discarding the cause. “Using wisdom and skillful means while in truth doing nothing that is made” is its operation upon effortlessness — acting without seeing that there is acting. “For the sake of each and every being they abide in the world for measureless kalpas” is its operation upon time — not for beings in the mass, but for each one. “And in asaṃkhyeya kalpas they are hard to encounter” is its operation upon rarity — they abide long and yet do not appear cheaply, and so whoever meets them knows what he has met. “In turning the wheel of the right Dharma and taming beings, nothing is spent in vain” is its operation upon effect — those taught must gain something, and no turning is ever wasted. And the last, “the pure practices and vows of the buddhas of the three times they are already furnished with entire,” is still the operation of the wisdom of the fruit, gathering the operation of the eight clauses back into practice and vow; what follows it, “having accomplished such measureless merits, all the tathāgatas could not tell them to the end in boundless kalpas,” is what Chengguan calls the summing up.
The misreading to be set aside is this: do not read “advancing beyond” as some further road higher than one’s own portion. One’s own portion is what one has already accomplished in practice; advancing beyond is that accomplished virtue pressing on toward the ground of the fruit — the latter half of one road, not a change of roads.
Coming down to the reading: those who practise are forever swaying between ‘everything is empty’ and ‘cause and effect are not void’, and the answer this clause gives is not a compromise but a simultaneity.
The Ten Foremost Named with “Universal”: The Name Is the Virtue
The scripture sets out their names: Samantabhadra (Universally Worthy), Universal Eye, Universal Transformation, Universal Wisdom, Universal Seeing, Universal Light, Universal Beholding, Universal Illumining, Universal Banner, Universal Awakening. Of the ten foremost there is not one whose name does not begin with the graph “universal” — Samantabhadra being, in the Chinese, “Universally Worthy.”
Ask first: is this a coincidence? Chengguan glosses this thus: of these ten clauses the first is the general and the rest are the particulars, and he matches virtue to name one by one — the first is the fulfilment of the vow that accords with principle, because the universal eye is complete; the second is being foremost in gathering in the Dharma, because of universal transformation; the third is upholding the right Dharma, because there is universal wisdom. Having finished the matching he says: the general clause is Samantabhadra, and the remaining nine have in order been matched and explained above. Which is to say that these ten names are in truth ten faces of the single virtue of Samantabhadra.
The nine clauses Chengguan matches are not only the first three; to the remaining six he likewise gives names — the fourth is not cutting off the buddha-seed, because he universally sees that beings have the nature; the fifth is knowing the manner in which the buddhas transform the world, because his light penetrates universally; the sixth is displaying the accomplishing of buddhahood, because he contemplates and sees where there is none; the seventh is purifying defiled capacities, because he illumines their source; the eighth is crushing the obstacles of others, because he has the banner of wisdom; the ninth is realizing the dharma realm, because he awakens to the nature of dharmas. Set these nine names back against the clauses of praise in the scripture and they answer one to one. “Wherever any buddha arises in the world, they are all able to go there and request the turning of the Dharma wheel” is the virtue of being foremost in gathering in the Dharma — where a buddha arises they must go, and the Dharma they must request, and so it is said that they gather in the Dharma for the sake of universal transformation. “They do not cut off the seed of any of the buddhas” is the virtue of not cutting off the buddha-seed — they universally see that beings have the nature, and so in their hands the buddha-seed is not cut off. “They well know the sequence of the predictions of all the buddhas arising in the world, their names, their lands, their accomplishing of right and equal awakening, and their turning of the Dharma wheel” is the virtue of knowing the manner of transformation — the whole sequence by which a buddha transforms the world is illumined for them, and so it is said that their light penetrates universally. “In worlds without a buddha they display a body and accomplish buddhahood” is the virtue of displaying the accomplishing of buddhahood — there was no buddha there, and seeing that there was none they display a body to supply it. “They are able to cause all defiled beings to be made wholly pure” is the virtue of purifying defiled capacities — the defilement is not washed away; its source is illumined, and it clears of itself. “They are able to extinguish all the karmic obstacles of bodhisattvas” is the virtue of crushing the obstacles of others — what is crushed is another’s obstacle, not one’s own. “They enter the unobstructed pure dharma realm” is the virtue of realizing the dharma realm — they awaken to the nature of dharmas, and this clause is where the nine come home.
A misreading to be set aside: do not suppose that these nine clauses are nine persons each holding one item. The scripture says expressly “all of them had accomplished,” which is the ten holding them in common; and Chengguan too says that the general clause is Samantabhadra and the remaining nine have in order been matched above — the nine clauses are nine faces of one person’s virtue, not a division of labor among nine.
The misreading to be set aside is this: do not read the setting out of names as a roll-call. Straight after the names the scripture praises their virtue — “all of them had accomplished the practices and vows of Samantabhadra, and their deep minds and great vows were already fulfilled” — from which it is plain that name and virtue are one matter.
Coming down to the reading: in this chapter Universal Wisdom asks and Samantabhadra answers. The one who asks is named Universal Wisdom and the one who answers is named Samantabhadra; Chengguan glosses this thus: Universal Wisdom asks because his is the wisdom that answers to the Dharma realm and is able to set practice going — the asking and the answering are in truth the two ends of one and the same course of practice.
The Samādhi of the Adornment of the Buddha-Flower: Why the Host of the Assembly Enters Concentration First
The scripture uses a single clause: the bodhisattva-mahāsattva Samantabhadra entered a vast samādhi, named the Adornment of the Buddha-Flower.
Ask first: why is the samādhi called by this name? Chengguan glosses this thus: Samantabhadra enters concentration because he is the host of the assembly and is to expound the practice of Samantabhadra; and the sense of the adornment of the buddha-flower is that the myriad practices spread open and adorn the Dharma-body. He says further that this samādhi has for its substance the mind-ocean of the gate of practice of the Dharma realm, because it is able to sustain without limit; and for its function the expounding of the Dharma so as to accomplish practice, and the prompting, because it is upon this concentration that such capability rests.
The misreading to be set aside is this: do not read entering concentration as the one who enters concentration having laid his work aside for a while. Chengguan adds elsewhere a most important sentence — to gather in understanding and make it into practice, one must still enter concentration. Concentration is not an interruption of practice; it is where practice draws its source.
Coming down to the reading: anyone who reads diligence as an unbroken doing should turn back at this clause. For a flower to open there must first be a root; before the myriad practices spread open, there is first the mind-ocean.
Quaking in Six Kinds and Eighteen Aspects: For Whose Sake Are the Auspicious Signs Shown
The scripture says: when he entered this samādhi, all the worlds there are in the ten directions quaked in six kinds and in eighteen aspects, and sent forth a great sound that there was no place where it was not heard.
Ask first: the quaking of the ground and the sending forth of sound — what is each for? Chengguan glosses this thus: the quaking of the ground is set out first in order to rouse and alert the various capacities, and the sending forth of sound is shown after in order to make the assembly hear the Dharma — the one wakes people up, the other carries the Dharma to them.
Here lies a joint peculiar to this chapter. Chengguan says that in all the assemblies before this one there was “empowering but no prompting,” that is, there was the Buddha’s empowering but not this passage of quaking that prompts; in this assembly it is the reverse, there being “prompting but no portion of empowering.” Why? He fastens the reason down with the utmost clarity: what went before displayed that understanding may be had from another, and so there was empowering from another; here it displays that practice must be established by oneself, and so the prompting comes by one’s own strength. And he adds one further sense — practice arises in dependence upon understanding and is no separate dharma, and therefore there is no need of empowering again.
The misreading to be set aside is this: do not suppose that because there is no ‘empowering by the Buddha’ this assembly stands lower than those before it. Quite the contrary: the absence of empowering is precisely where the guiding purport of this chapter lies.
Coming down to the reading: another can teach you to understand, and no one can walk in your place. This passage of quaking is that sentence in the form of scripture.
Rising from the Samādhi: That One Step between Concentration and Speaking
The scripture passes over it in a single clause: and after that he rose up out of that samādhi. Chengguan says here only “the three senses are as before,” and outlines it as a portion standing on its own — the portion of the rising.
Ask first: why should coming out of concentration be set apart as a portion of its own? Because the five portions — prologue, samādhi, prompting, rising, request — are one complete line: first the place and the assembly (prologue), next the concentration (samādhi), next the auspicious signs that the concentration prompts (prompting), next the coming out of concentration (rising), and only then the asking (request). Lacking this one step of coming out of concentration, the asking would have no one to ask. Entering concentration is drawing the source; coming out of concentration is joining that source to speech. Everything asked and answered after this passage stands upon this one rising.
The misreading to be set aside is this: do not read the coming out of concentration as the samādhi being over. What the scripture says is a “rising” from the samādhi, not an exhausting of it. What Chengguan later calls the answer of ‘two thousand practices’ is precisely the continuance of this same samādhi.
Coming down to the reading: between stillness and speech there is one step, and the scripture has marked that step out for us.
Universal Wisdom Asks Alone: Why Not Many Askers
The scripture says: the bodhisattva Universal Wisdom, knowing that the assembly had already gathered, asked the bodhisattva Samantabhadra, saying.
Ask first: in the earlier assemblies the askers are often more than one; why is there only a single one here? Chengguan glosses this thus: Universal Wisdom puts the question because his is the wisdom that answers to the Dharma realm and is able to prompt practice; and “that one person asks is because practice is accomplished alone, and it is not as it is with understanding” — understanding requires many conditions to draw one another forth, and therefore many ask; practice is a matter each accomplishes for himself, and therefore one asks.
There is a still more obvious turning-about: in all the assemblies before, the asking came first and the concentration after, while in this assembly the concentration comes first and the asking after. Chengguan brings out two senses. The first is that the manner of expounding has no fixed form: what went before displayed the weight of the Dharma, a stirring first and a response after; here it displays the depth of compassion, observing the capacities and wishing to speak — the assembly having already gathered, he therefore enters concentration first, so that people may know who the host of the exposition is. The second is that what is displayed differs: before, it was entering the real by way of the marks so as to accomplish right understanding; here, it is raising function upon substance so as to accomplish right practice.
The misreading to be set aside is this: do not read “one person asks” as meaning that others need not ask. That practice is accomplished alone says that the accomplishing of practice rests with oneself; it does not say that the Dharma is given to one person only.
Coming down to the reading: before asking about the Dharma, look first at whether what you want is understanding or practice — if understanding, there is no harm in asking much; if practice, in the end you must ask yourself.
The Outline of the Two Hundred Questions: A Way of Reading Carried On from the Ancient Worthies
From “What is the support of a bodhisattva-mahāsattva?” to “Why does the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One, display his entry into parinirvāṇa?” Universal Wisdom asks straight through in a single breath, with not one answer between. How is this passage to be read?
Here the attribution must be made plain first. The scripture itself gives these two hundred lines no name of a stage whatever. Chengguan glosses this thus: within the setting out of the questions proper there are two hundred lines, and the separately circulating Dushi jing makes of them six rounds of question and answer, each round being first the asking, next the answering, and last the quaking of the ground and the showing of auspicious signs; and the ancient worthies of old all took the text of that version and by it outlined this scripture, dividing it into six segments — first twenty lines, next twenty, next thirty, next twenty-nine, next fifty, next fifty-one — matching them in order to the practice of the ten faiths, the practice of the ten abodes, the practice of the ten practices, the practice of the ten dedications, the practice of the ten grounds, and the practice in which the cause is fulfilled and the fruit complete. Chengguan explains while carrying on this old outline; he does not set up a new judgement of his own. So in what follows, when the six segments are spoken of, remember throughout: this is the ancient worthies’ outline drawn from the Dushi jing, and Chengguan carried it on.
The count of lines in the fourth segment has one small joint besides: counted graph by graph it is thirty lines, and Chengguan says that among them the one line “unobstructed operation” is an empty clause of general heading, so that in fact there are twenty-nine. Checking the scripture graph by graph, the whole passage has two hundred and one question marks; subtract this one empty heading and it is exactly two hundred — the ancient worthies’ outline and the scripture’s own count fitting together without a seam.
The misreading to be set aside is this: do not read the six segments as chapters the scripture divided for itself. Nor, on that account, suppose that the outline might as well be dispensed with — it has a version of the text for its ground, and that ground is the six rounds of the Dushi jing.
Coming down to the reading: hold these six segments in mind while reading the two hundred questions, and the asking is no longer a field of question marks but a single line running from the earliest beginning to the becoming of a buddha.
Segment One · Twenty Lines: The Asking Begins from “Support”
The first segment of twenty lines begins from “What is the support of a bodhisattva-mahāsattva?” and passes through the extraordinary thought, practice, the good friend, diligent exertion, the mind’s gaining of peace and ease, the maturing of beings, moral discipline, and knowing for oneself that one has received the prediction, asking all the way to entering into the bodhisattva, entering into the Tathāgata, entering into the mind and conduct of beings, entering into worlds, entering into kalpas, speaking of the three times, entering into the three times, giving rise to a mind that never wearies, the wisdom of distinctions, dhāraṇī, and expounding the Buddha.
Ask first: why is the very first word “support”? Practice must have something to lean upon before it can stand, and this is the first thing in the order of sequence. Chengguan, carrying on the ancient worthies’ outline, judges these twenty lines to ask after the practice of the ten faiths; and he explains particularly why the ten faiths are taken and equal awakening not opened out — in the passages before, the intent lay in the stages, and the telling was by taking the stages; here the intent is upon practice, and so the practice of the ten faiths stands exactly at the beginning of practice. He cites besides a saying of Xianshou in evidence: that a bodhisattva’s setting his mind upon seeking awakening is not without cause and without condition, and that this is precisely what the giving rise to the mind leans upon.
The misreading to be set aside is this: do not suppose that what is asked here is the stage called “faith.” Chengguan says it very plainly: this scripture speaks of the six stages three times over, and this is the round that speaks in terms of practice, taking the practice within the stages and not taking the stages.
Coming down to the reading: the twenty matters asked after in the first segment are every one of them things a beginner can measure himself against — what you lean on, whom you keep close to, whether you hold the precepts, whether your mind is at ease.
Segment Two · Twenty Lines: The Asking Begins from “Giving Rise to the Mind of Samantabhadra”
The second segment begins from “What is giving rise to the mind of Samantabhadra?” and asks after the dharmas of the practice of Samantabhadra, the cause from which great compassion arises, the causes and conditions of giving rise to the mind of awakening, giving rise to a mind of reverence toward the good friend, purity, the pāramitās, wisdom’s following and awakening, realizing and knowing, power, evenness, the clause of the real meaning of the Buddha’s Dharma, expounding the Dharma, holding, eloquence, mastery, the nature of non-attachment, the mind of evenness, bringing forth wisdom, and transformation.
Ask first: the first segment has already asked about the good friend; why does this segment ask again about “giving rise to a mind of reverence toward the good friend”? The former asks what a good friend is; the latter asks what mind one raises toward him — the one asks after the object, the other after the attitude. Repetitions of this kind are not few among the two hundred questions; they look like repetition, and in fact the level of the asking has shifted by one layer.
Chengguan, carrying on the ancient worthies’ outline, judges these twenty lines to ask after the practice of the ten abodes. Here there is a further exchange between two houses. The Yanyi chao labels them expressly: the one who raises the difficulty and then offers a rescue is Huiyuan in the Kanding ji; the one who answers and breaks it is “the present commentary,” that is, Chengguan himself. The Kanding ji first asks why the opening segment takes faith and why the six-segment outline opens no stage of equal awakening; Chengguan answers that “there is a deep intent in this,” stating in general that what is asked after is practice throughout, and so faith comes first. The Kanding ji then puts forward its rescue: since the first segment already had reliance and the mind of awakening, is that not the abode of giving rise to the mind? — wishing to make the first segment ask after the ten abodes. Chengguan breaks it: this objection is even less to the point — the “giving rise to the mind of Samantabhadra” that opens the second segment, is that not even more like the abode of giving rise to the mind? And at the beginning of the ten faiths, is there then no giving rise to the mind at all? The text it cites does not get the sense of the text. The judgments of the two houses are recorded without adjudication; and it is plain from the exchange that to identify a stage by some one word is a way of reading that does not get to the bottom of the intent.
Coming down to the reading: when you meet a question that recurs, do not skip it; ask first, ‘which layer is being asked about this time’.
Segment Three · Thirty Lines: The Asking Begins from “Upholding by Power”
The third segment of thirty lines begins from “What is upholding by power?” and asks after gaining great gladness and comfort, entering deeply into the Buddha’s Dharma, reliance, giving rise to a fearless mind, giving rise to a mind without doubt, the inconceivable, skillful secret speech, the wisdom of skillful discrimination, entering samādhi, entering everywhere, the gate of liberation, the spiritual penetrations, clear knowing, liberation, the gardens and groves, the palaces, what is delighted in, adornment, giving rise to an unmoving mind, not abandoning the deep and great mind, contemplation, expounding the Dharma, purity, the seal, the shining of the light of wisdom, the abiding without equal, the mind without anything base, and the surpassing mind that is like a mountain, on to entering the ocean-like wisdom of unsurpassed awakening.
Ask first: words like gardens and palaces mixed in among liberation and the spiritual penetrations — is this wandering from the subject? It is not. What the scripture asks after is a bodhisattva’s gardens and a bodhisattva’s palaces — the realms he ranges in and the places he dwells in are themselves a part of practice from the first. That this segment has the most miscellaneous headings is precisely because what it asks after is practice in its breadth.
Chengguan, carrying on the ancient worthies’ outline, judges these thirty lines to ask after the practice of the ten practices. In his general explanation of the two thousand practices he says something that may be borrowed for reading this segment: a single practice must pervade all and yet be never confused; because it is not confused, the sense of particularity is distinct and divided, and because it must pervade, the sense of universality gathers all in — like the figures in brocade, where many colors make the figure, ever universal and ever particular, thread interpenetrating thread.
Coming down to the reading: the gates of practice look like one item after another with nothing to do with each other, when in truth a thread runs through them all.
Segment Four · Twenty-Nine Lines: The Asking Begins from “The Abiding That Is Like a Jewel”
The fourth segment begins from “What is the abiding that is like a jewel?” and asks after giving rise to the mind of the great vow of the Great Vehicle that is like a vajra, the great giving rise, the ultimate great matter, unbreakable faith, receiving the prediction, the dedication of roots of goodness, gaining wisdom, giving rise to a boundless and vast mind, the hidden treasury, the code of discipline, and mastery; then comes the one general heading, unobstructed operation, and below it ten lines of unobstructed operation upon beings, upon lands, upon dharmas, upon bodies, upon vows, upon objects, upon wisdom, upon the spiritual penetrations, upon spiritual power, and upon power; and then it asks after play, the objects, power, fearlessness, the exclusive dharmas, karma, and the body.
Ask first: why is “unobstructed operation” set out expressly and then ten lines opened below it? This is exactly what Chengguan calls the empty clause of general heading — a general name is established first, and the ten lines below each speak of its unobstructedness with regard to one matter. Counted graph by graph it is thirty; in real sense it is twenty-nine.
Chengguan, carrying on the ancient worthies’ outline, judges this segment to ask after the practice of the ten dedications. What deserves notice is that the line “the dedication of roots of goodness” falls within this very segment, while what the segment asks after by no means stops at dedication — which reminds the reader too that the ancient worthies’ outline matches by the momentum of a whole segment, and does not require every single line to answer to the name of a stage.
The misreading to be set aside is this: do not read “unobstructed operation” as a display of spiritual powers. Of the ten unobstructed operations the scripture sets out, beings, lands, dharmas, bodies, vows, objects, and wisdom are all included, from which it is plain that what is called unobstructed is a penetration pervading every place, and not one particular extraordinary faculty.
Coming down to the reading: when you come to a string of terms, look first for the clause of general heading, and the string will not fall apart.
Segment Five · Fifty Lines: The Asking Begins from “Bodily Karma”
The fifth segment of fifty lines begins from “What is bodily karma?” and asks after the body, speech, cultivating the karma of speech in purity, gaining protection, and bringing the great matter to accomplishment; then the mind, giving rise to the mind, the all-pervading mind, the faculties, the deep mind, the surpassing deep mind, diligent cultivation, settled resolve and the entering of worlds and of the realm of beings by settled resolve; then it asks after the habit-energies, grasping, cultivating, accomplishing the Buddha’s Dharma, the path of falling away from the Buddha’s Dharma, the path of leaving birth, the settled Dharma, the path of bringing forth the Buddha’s Dharma, and the designation of a great man; next a run of questions upon the path — the path, the measureless path, what aids the path, cultivating the path, adorning the path; and it closes at last with the feet, the hands, the belly, the treasury, the heart, the armor that is put on, the weapons that are held, the head, the eyes, the ears, the nose, the tongue, the body, the intent, walking, standing, sitting, lying down, the place where he abides, and the place where he walks.
Ask first: the feet, the hands, the belly, the treasury — these parts of the body, is it the flesh that is being asked about? It is not. What the scripture asks after is a bodhisattva’s feet and a bodhisattva’s hands, which, like the armor and the weapons before them, all set forth the Dharma by way of the parts of a body — this is a manner of speaking used throughout the scripture, and the answers later on will give the sense set forth by each in turn.
Chengguan, carrying on the ancient worthies’ outline, judges these fifty lines to ask after the practice of the ten grounds. The whole segment begins from the three kinds of karma of body, speech, and mind, passes through the mind and the faculties in the middle, and ends with walking, standing, sitting, and lying down, the sequence going from the coarse into the fine and from within out to without.
The misreading to be set aside is this: do not suppose, because this segment also asks after “the path of falling away from the Buddha’s Dharma,” that it is teaching about backsliding. Asking about falling away is precisely in order to know advancing; the scripture goes straight on to ask after the path of leaving birth and the path of bringing forth the Buddha’s Dharma.
Coming down to the reading: to ask about accomplishing and about falling away within one segment is to have a person recognize both ends clearly.
Segment Six · Fifty-One Lines: The Asking Runs from “Contemplating” to the Becoming of a Buddha
The sixth segment of fifty-one lines begins from “What is contemplating?” and asks after contemplating universally, the surge of vigor, and the lion’s roar; then the ten lines of pure giving, keeping of the precepts, patience, exertion, concentration, and wisdom, with loving-kindness, compassion, joy, and equanimity; then it asks after the meaning, the Dharma, the equipment that aids the path in merit, the equipment that aids the path in wisdom, the fullness of clear knowing, seeking the Dharma, understanding the Dharma clearly, and practising the Dharma; and next Māra, the work of Māra, forsaking the work of Māra, seeing the Buddha, the work of the Buddha, the work of conceit, and the work of wisdom, together with being taken in and held by Māra, by the Buddha, and by the Dharma.
Ask first: why are Māra and the Buddha set side by side in the asking? Because by this segment what is asked after is already the choosing that lies near the place of fulfilment. The words “taken in and held” are asked three times over — held by Māra, held by the Buddha, held by the Dharma — and what is asked is precisely ‘who is holding you at this moment’.
Chengguan, carrying on the ancient worthies’ outline, judges these fifty-one lines to ask after the practice in which the cause is fulfilled and the fruit complete; and he says besides that among them only the last four lines belong to the stage of wondrous awakening, while the rest all belong to equal awakening. He explains too why equal awakening is gathered into the fulfilment of the cause — that here the intent is to speak of practice, and so the stage of equal awakening is not opened out separately.
Coming down to the reading: this segment is the sharpest of all the two hundred questions, because what it asks after is where one may still go astray upon that last stretch of the road.
The End of Segment Six: The Eight Aspects of Attaining the Path, and Why the Asking Is “Why”
At the end of the sixth segment the tone of the asking suddenly changes. Nearly all of the two hundred lines before are “what is,” and here they turn into “why” and “how” — after the work done while dwelling in the Tuṣita heaven: why does he display the ending of his life in the palace of the Tuṣita heaven, why does he display dwelling in the womb, what is displaying the subtle courses, why does he display his first being born, why does he display his smiling, why does he display his walking seven steps, why does he display the stage of a young boy, why does he display dwelling within the inner palace, why does he display leaving the household life, why does he display austerities, how does he go to the place of awakening, how does he sit at the place of awakening, what are the extraordinary marks when he sits at the place of awakening, why does he display the subduing of Māra, what is accomplishing the powers of the Tathāgata, how does he turn the wheel of the Dharma, why is it that by turning the wheel of the Dharma he gains the white and pure dharmas, why does the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One, display his entry into parinirvāṇa.
Ask first: why does the manner of asking change? Because the matter asked about has changed. What was asked before is what a bodhisattva cultivates for himself; what is asked here is why, having already become a buddha, he must yet display each of these things. Displaying is not something that cannot be helped, and therefore one must ask “why.”
The misreading to be set aside is this: do not read this string as a life of the Buddha. What the scripture asks after is the reason of each aspect — even the smiling and the walking of seven steps are within the asking, from which it is plain that the weight lies not in the events but in the intent. Chengguan, carrying on the ancient worthies’ outline, judges the last four lines of this segment to belong to the stage of wondrous awakening, which is to say from “accomplishing the powers of the Tathāgata” onward.
Among this run of “why” there is lodged one “what is displaying the subtle courses,” the manner of asking turning back suddenly to “what is,” and it is easily read past. Ask first: why is this question inserted between dwelling in the womb and being first born? Because what is to be said next, after the dwelling in the womb, is precisely what is displayed within the womb. Later in this chapter the scripture answers the question itself: a bodhisattva-mahāsattva has ten kinds of exceedingly subtle courses — within the mother’s womb he displays the first arousing of the mind of awakening and so on up to the ground of consecration; within the mother’s womb he displays dwelling in the Tuṣita heaven, displays his first being born, displays the stage of a young boy, displays dwelling in the royal palace, displays leaving the household life, displays austerities and going to the place of awakening and accomplishing right and equal awakening, displays turning the Dharma wheel, displays parinirvāṇa; and the last is that within the mother’s womb he displays the great subtlety, that is, the measureless gates of distinction of all the practices of bodhisattvas and of all the sovereign spiritual power of the tathāgatas.
The misreading to be set aside is this: “subtle” does not mean small. It is called subtle because the whole set of the eight aspects is gathered into the one place of the womb and displayed there — the place is at its smallest and what is displayed at its widest, and it cannot be measured by coarse marks. Coming down to the reading: the order of the questions speaks for itself — the subtle courses come directly after dwelling in the womb, and that is to tell you that the “dwelling in the womb” is no blank of ten months; the eight aspects have already been played out once within it.
Coming down to the reading: in reading the eight aspects of a buddha, if you read them only as a story you stop at being moved; ask once “why,” and you get as far as reading for whose sake they were displayed.
The Closing Request: It Is Good, Son of the Buddha! Dharmas of This Sort and the Like — We Pray You Will Expound Them
The two hundred questions asked through to the end, Universal Wisdom adds one sentence: “It is good, son of the Buddha! Dharmas of this sort and the like — we pray you will expound them!” Chengguan outlines the portion of request into three — first the general heading of the intent of the asking, next the setting out of the questions proper, last the closing request that they be expounded; and this sentence is that third.
Ask first: the asking is all done, so why add this sentence? The head of the questions proper already carries a general request, 「願為演說」 tr. “may you expound it,” and this sentence gathers that request up again — the two hundred lines before are “asking,” and this sentence is the “closing request.” Asking sets out what is doubted; requesting entrusts the answering to another. Lacking this sentence, the two hundred questions would hang there with nowhere to come home to; having it, asking and requesting meet head to tail, and they become the occasion of an expounding of the Dharma.
Further, this sentence and the separately circulating version throw light upon each other. In the Dushipin jing the words of request stand before the questions proper, and they say expressly that the practices of the bodhisattvas are to be expounded from beginning to end — and it is this very sentence that Chengguan cites in evidence: “We pray only that you will expound the practices of the bodhisattvas, from beginning to end, so that there may be no doubt.” He says that although that scripture does not match them to the names of the ten faiths and the rest, yet since it says from beginning to end, and since at the last it further makes clear the becoming of a buddha, one knows that what is asked after is assuredly the practice of the six stages.
Coming down to the reading: every asking must come down at last upon a “we pray you will expound.” Ask without requesting, and the Dharma will not come.
Lineage
After this passage Samantabhadra addresses Universal Wisdom and the other bodhisattvas and begins to answer. The manner of answering is one question, ten answers — Chengguan glosses this thus: in answering the two hundred questions before, one question is answered with ten, so as to display inexhaustibility, accomplishing the two thousand surpassing practices of Samantabhadra; and he cites a saying of Duke Ying to picture its momentum: two hundred questions rise up like clouds, two thousand replies pour down like a vase. It is on this account that the separately circulating version has the further title Sūtra of Samantabhadra Answering Two Thousand Difficult Questions. The two hundred questions set up in this passage are the whole table of headings for the remaining six units of this chapter.
How the two thousand practices are gathered up Chengguan sets down in four layers: gathering stages by stages, the six stages each gathering in all stages, so that one stage has the two thousand entire and makes twelve thousand practices; gathering gates by gates, the two hundred gates each gathering in all gates and so making forty thousand practices; gathering practices by practices, one practice having all practices entire, so that there are two thousand times two thousand; and gathering the broad by the brief, that is, gathering the breadth of the ten directions by the brevity of a single mote of dust. These four layers are the number given in Chengguan’s explanation of the text, recorded without adjudication.
In explaining the name of the chapter the several houses differ. Chengguan sets up three senses — in terms of dharma, in terms of practice, in terms of stage; and in terms of practice he opens four clauses further, following, detaching, both, and the vanishing of both, saying that only when these four clauses are fused so that all is unobstructed is it truly detachment from the world. Fazang sets up four senses — that the world is deluded clinging and detachment is its emptiness; that detachment is the absence of intrinsic nature in dependent arising; that in terms of practice one is constantly within the world and yet not gathered in by the world; that in terms of stage, humans and gods, the two vehicles, the bodhisattva, and the fruit of buddhahood are detachment each as measured against the last. Li Tongxuan opens two senses out of the very word “detachment”: regarded from the master of the expounding, who expounds the teaching and benefits beings, the chapter may be named one of benefiting the world; regarded from the beings who hear the Dharma and dwell in the world undefiled, it is named detachment from the world — this, he says, “explains it throughout by the two senses of the master of the expounding and of those who gain the benefit.” The number of senses the three houses set up and the places to which they fasten them are wholly unlike one another, each following the version he comments upon and the standard he sets up, and they are recorded without adjudication.
Whether the assembly is a returning or not, the three houses likewise differ. Chengguan fastens it upon the assembly at its end returning to the beginning, and passes it through with the two similes of the lights of lamps entering one another and a lamp-wick giving light again; Fazang fastens it upon the former being the dharma that gives rise to understanding, which may be lodged in many places, while now practice is accomplished in dependence upon that former dharma and so the assemblies are not many; Li Tongxuan says outright that it is not a coming again to gather in assembly. They are recorded side by side without adjudication.
As for the narrative prose and the words of request in this passage, they are not found cited graph by graph in the treatises of the Huayan house (works of the kind of the Fajie xuanjing); this is set down as vacant according to the fact, and nothing from elsewhere is used to fill it out. Among the commentaries, however, they are: Chengguan’s Commentary matches the sense clause by clause, as goes without saying, and Li Tongxuan’s Xin Huayan jing lun also cites the scripture by its opening and closing graphs and makes a long outline of ten segments, of which the present section is the first five — the portion of the prologue, the portion praising the fullness of the aspiration and virtue of the great assembly of bodhisattvas, the portion setting out the names and praising the virtue, the portion of entering and rising from the concentration, and the portion of the two hundred questions.
品三十八 離世間品 · 十信行二十門Detachment from the World · The Twenty Gates of the Practice of the Ten Faiths
全文五層 →Full five layers →先看清楚這一段在答什麼
普慧菩薩一口氣問了兩百句,普賢菩薩每問答以十句,澄觀算作兩千行;本段是第一番答,共二十門,門門十句。開頭那一句「爾時,普賢菩薩告普慧等諸菩薩言:」,澄觀科為說分的先總告,總告之後才是正答——所以這一句雖短,是澄觀所謂全部兩千行的起手處,不屬序分。
這二十門,經文自己沒有安任何位次的名字;「信」字本段只出現兩次——一處說「信心清淨故」,一處說「一向深信」——都是信心之信,不是位名之信。位名從哪裡來?澄觀說得明白:別行的古譯本原本就作六番問答,古來諸德依著那個本子之文來科判這部經,六位之科由此而立,他承用之。所以本段稱作『十信行二十門』,是疏家承古德的科名,不是經的自名。
有人立刻要問:其他經論判六位,都說信位還沒入位,要從十住算起,這裡為什麼反而從信起算,又不另開等覺一位?澄觀的答覆很利落:那些說法意在「位」,取位而成說;這一品意在「行」,所以十信之行正是行的開頭。又有人難他說,這一門既然講「依菩提心」,豈不就是發心住?澄觀回得更硬——這個難尤其不對,第二番答的頭一門叫「發普賢心」,難道那才是發心住?十信之初難道就沒有發心嗎?
還有一個總排誤要先立。「十」不是定數。普慧問一句,普賢答十句,澄觀說這是「問一答十,以顯無盡」,二百問各答十句,澄觀由此算作兩千行;本段二十門則是二百句。所以每一門的十句不是十個台階,是把一件事攤開到無盡的十個側面。看懂這一點,二十門就不是二十張清單,而是二十個入口。
門與門之間仍有次第。澄觀把二十門分作三別:前九門明自分行滿,中八門明勝進行圓,後三門明兩種行的究竟。自分是把自己的地基打完,勝進是往上走進別人與佛的境界,究竟是收攏成果。讀的時候不妨照這個節奏走。
第一門 十種依:行要靠什麼站得住
先問:修行為什麼要先講「依」?澄觀答得直接——依是起行的所依,依託菩提心等等,萬行才成得起來。所以二十門把「依」排在最前,不是隨手起頭。
十句怎麼看?澄觀說,這十樣都叫依,已經是眾行之首,而菩提心又是十樣中的第一樣,因為它是萬行的根本,所以貫在兩千行的最前面。他釋「恒不忘失」四字時引了一句硬話:忘失菩提心而修諸善根,那是魔業。所以這一句是總,其餘九句是分。分中,前四樣是自利,願與行兼通自他;前七樣都是依法,後三樣是依人——同伴智慧相同,供佛與依如來則唯有佛才究竟。法藏所疏的六十本作「依果」,他用一串「雖……若……」把十句串成相生之勢:雖有內在的勝心,若外面沒有善友,行也成不了;雖遇著善友,若宿世沒有善根就順修不來;雖有善根,若得不到所行的法門就無從造修——一路推到第十,唯有如來是究竟所依。
排誤:不要把「依」讀成倚賴而不自立。第八句說依一切菩薩是「同一智慧」,第十句說依如來是「如慈父教誨不斷」——所依的是法與教,不是靠山。落地:這一門是一張自檢表,十樣裡若有一樣長期落空,行就會在那裡鬆掉;澄觀說末後的勝益是成佛大智而為一切所依,並反問一句「豈得不修」,所以他也把這一門叫作勸修。
第二門 十種奇特想:換一副眼光看事情
先問:前門既已說依,此門何為?澄觀說,前面是依因緣以成諸行,這裡是依殊勝之想以攝取善根——翻轉的是妄想之源。因為這十種想都出於平常人的想之外,所以受「奇特」之名。法藏說得更白:這十樣都超出意料之外的想,故云奇特。
十句的骨在『把界線拆掉』。第一句是把他人的善根當作自己的善根,澄觀給了五個理由:隨喜他人而情無彼此、互為主伴而相資相益、同一體性、就是我所行、自他相即。第二句說一切善根都是菩提種子,他引《法華》為證——舉手低頭皆已成佛。第三句說一切眾生都是能盛菩提之器,理由是下至一闡提都有佛性。第五句引《思益》「知離名為法」。第七句說一切法都是佛法,引文殊一語作證,說我不見有一法不是佛法。第八句說語言之道,是因為藉言契理而理不在言。第十句說對如來生無二想,因為如來就是諸法如義。
排誤:不要把「奇特」讀成稀奇古怪。它指的是與常情相反的看法——常情把善根、眾生、願、法都劃在『別人的』那一邊,這十想一一劃掉那條線。落地:澄觀說這一門的勝益是「無想之想名善巧想」——想到最後不是多添一套念頭,是不再用我與非我去分派眼前的一切。
第三門 十種行:把想落成事
先問:既已有想,何必說行?澄觀答:依殊勝之想的解,造修大行;想只在心上,行卻通身口意三業——空有其想而不行,也辦不成什麼。次第就在這裡。
這一門有一件不能不說的事:底本此處只列了九句,卻結作「是為十」。澄觀據晉譯本校出,八十本此處脫落了第三句「善學一切戒」;補足十句之後,他把它們配成五對——一是下化與上求、二是止惡與進善、三是妙止與深觀、四是修因與嚴剎、五是敬友與事師。法藏所疏的六十本原本就是十句,所以他分作初四句戒行(其中前二是攝眾生戒、次一是律儀、後一是攝善)、次一三昧行、次二智慧行、次一嚴佛土行、後二報恩行。
排誤:不要把「一切眾生行」讀成眾生所作的行。十句一律是菩薩所修之行,以所緣立名——緣眾生而修,故稱一切眾生行;緣求法而修,故稱一切求法行。落地:這一門是把第二門的十種想一一兌現。想到『一切眾生是菩提器』,落到行上就是「普令成熟」;想到『一切法是佛法』,落到行上就是「咸悉修學」。想與行對得起來,才算走完前兩門。
第四門 十種善知識:什麼樣的人算良師
先問:為什麼行之後接著說善知識?澄觀答:行既起來,必定要依善友,所以接著明它。他又給了一個極寬的判準——沒知道的使他知道、沒識得的使他識得,所以凡是順益於我的都是我的善友;這十句每一句都以「令……」起,所以十句全都是就利益上立名。
十句次第井然:先使人安住菩提心(發心),次令生善根、行諸波羅蜜(修行),次令解說一切法、成熟一切眾生(自解與化他),次令得決定辯才、不著一切世間(辯與離),次令於一切劫修行無厭倦、安住普賢行,末後令入一切佛智所入之處。法藏所疏亦作十段,末二作「成普行」「入佛智」,與此相合。
排誤:不要把善知識讀成一個名分。經文十句都不說善知識「是」什麼樣的人,只說他「令」你成就什麼——判準在效果,不在頭銜。也不要因此把凡是順我意的人都算作善友;十句所令,件件是菩提心、善根、波羅蜜、佛智,不是順情。落地:拿這十句去看自己身邊——能使你在這十件事上動起來的,就是這一門所說的人;十件一件也不涉的,再親也不在此列。
第五門 十種勤精進:力氣往哪裡使
先問:有了行、有了善友,何以還要別立精進?澄觀答得簡潔:行與友都已具備,必須策動勤勉。他又點出關要——在這十件事上,要離開身心之相而進修不雜。法藏設了另一個問法:為什麼義修此精進?答是為了要作這十種所作。所以這一門不問『要不要用功』,只問『用功用在哪十處』。
十句可分三段看。前四句是自己的功課:教化眾生、深入諸法、莊嚴世界、修學菩薩所學。中三句是除障:滅除眾生之惡、止息三惡道之苦、摧破一切眾魔。後三句是願與供:願為眾生作清淨之眼、供養諸佛、令一切如來歡喜。法藏於第二句下注一筆——入一切法是智證入;於第五句下注——令眾生滅惡是滅其苦因。
排誤:不要把精進讀成緊繃。澄觀說要「離身心相而進修不雜」,緊繃恰恰是有身心之相。也不要把「摧破一切眾魔」讀成與外物相搏;前一句才說『止息三惡道苦』,都在化度的線上。落地:十句裡最容易被跳過的是第八句——發願為一切眾生作清淨之眼。做事可以靠一股勁,願作別人的眼睛,靠的是不肯先閉眼。
第六門 十種心得安隱:自己安了才安得了別人
先問:精進之後為何說安隱?澄觀答:進修成就了自利利他二事,所以得到心安——自利故智心安、利他故悲心安。所以這一門不是叫人休息,是說二利兼行到某個地步,心自然不再晃。
十句的句式極整齊:一律是「自……亦令他……,心得安隱」。澄觀分作五段:第一句是行之本(菩提心);次二句離過(一是無諍三昧離一切爭,二是超越凡夫與愚法小乘);次二句進善;次三句證入(入位、入法、入益);後二句因圓果滿。他在第三段下辨了一件細事:誹謗有粗細二義——粗的是說這不是佛說,其過極大;細的是說得不契合真實,其過就微了。要能證入真實,才沒有細謗。
排誤:不要把「心得安隱」讀成心情平靜。十句每一句都要自他兩邊都做到才說安隱——只自己做到而不管他人,這一門一句也不成立。也不要把第七句的「無自性真實法」讀成空無所有;六十本此句作「一切法無盡性」,兩本合看,所指是同一件事的兩面。落地:覺得心不安的時候,拿這十句一一對照——多半不是心不夠靜,是十件裡有一件只做了自己那一半。
第七門 十種成就眾生:十條把人帶起來的路
先問:前門已說二利心安,此門何為?澄觀答:上面是通說二利之心安,這裡是別說利他之事的成就。所以這一門是把「利他」從心上落到手法上。
十句怎麼用?澄觀說有二義。一是這十樣通用於成就一切眾生——布施、色身、說法、同行、無染著、開示菩薩行、熾然示現世界、示現佛法大威德、神通變現、微密善巧方便,十樣可以並用。二是十樣各成一類眾生,如次相配:第一成就慳貪貧窮的、第二成就恃著形色而憍慢的、第三疑法的、第四很戾的、第五貪愛的、第六樂二乘的、第七不樂莊嚴佛剎的、第八不欣求佛果的、第九邪歸依的、第十邪智狡猾的。法藏所列與此大同,唯字面小異。
排誤:不要把「以色身成就眾生」讀成靠相貌攝人。它與布施、說法、同行並列,是說身之現前本身即是教化的手段。也不要把第二義的十類配對讀成死板的對症下藥表——澄觀先說「通用」,後說「各成」,二義並存。落地:這一門最實用的是第四句「以同行成就眾生」——十樣裡有九樣是你給他什麼,只有這一樣是你陪他走。
第八門 十種戒:戒不只是不做什麼
先問:為什麼成就眾生之後才說戒?澄觀答得極順:要成就眾生,必須自己先止惡行善。所以戒不排在最前,而排在利他之後——先知道要為誰持,再說持什麼。
十句的界線比通常所說的戒寬得多。澄觀說,十句之中若忘失菩提心,乃至諸根觸犯外境,都叫作破菩薩戒。他引前文一句為證,說堅固大悲心則戒不破。所以第一句「不捨菩提心戒」與第十句「諸根律儀戒」是這一門的兩端:最裡的一端是心願,最外的一端是六根。中間八句從遠離二乘、觀察利益眾生、令眾生住佛法、修菩薩所學,一路到於一切法無所得、善根迴向菩提、不著如來身、思惟諸法離取著。澄觀與法藏都以三聚淨戒(攝律儀、攝善法、攝眾生)分屬之,皆說隨其所應而攝。
排誤:不要把「不著一切如來身戒」讀成不必敬佛。它與「思惟一切法離取著」連著說,遮的是取著,不是恭敬。也不要把戒讀成一張禁令清單——十句裡有七句是「要作」的事。落地:這一門的檢查點在兩頭。心上問一句菩提心還在不在,根上問一句這一天六根守住了沒有;兩頭都在,中間八句自然有處著力。
第九門 十種受記法:自己怎麼知道走對了
先問:受記不是佛給的嗎,怎麼說自知?澄觀答:既然過失已離、功德已成,自己驗看己行必定招感當來之果,所以自己就知道受記了。經文自己也把話說死了——「菩薩以此自知受記」。
十句是十條自驗的線索:以殊勝意發菩提心、永不厭捨菩薩行、住一切劫行菩薩行、修一切佛法、於佛教一向深信、修一切善根皆令成就、置一切眾生於佛菩提、於善知識和合無二、於善知識起如來想、恆勤守護菩提本願。澄觀逐條標其修相——第一是見理深而悲切,所以發心殊勝、得果無疑;若只是因他人而厭苦,那就不算殊勝,也還沒定得記。第二是無厭修、第三是長時修、第四是無餘修、第五是契理修。他又說,這十句之中隨有其一,就自己知道得記了。
排誤:不要把這一門讀成受記的儀式或相狀。澄觀說得清楚:這裡辨的是得記之行,不是顯受記之相有何不同;相狀之說如《瑜伽》另有其文。也不要拿位次去卡它——澄觀說此門是就十信而橫具,別處是就豎位而不同;法藏也說這十種約圓教通於諸位,據其起始則在十信之中。落地:十條裡隨便挑一條問到底——譬如第八條,你對善知識是真和合無二,還是留了一分保留?答得出來的那一條,就是你此刻的把柄。
第十門 十種入諸菩薩:進得去別人的行
先問:自分九門既竟,勝進從何說起?澄觀答:自分之行既成,所以勝進,進而契入諸所入之處。從這一門起的八門是勝進之行,其中前五門門名皆作「入」。他先界定「入」字有二義——一是證得義,二是觀達義;入因位可以通於證,通達果位則只是達而未證。
這一門入的是菩薩,也就是入因。為什麼要入菩薩?澄觀說:他所修的就是我所修的,彼此相資相益而為同行。十句所入者:本願、行、聚、諸波羅蜜、成就、差別願、種種解、莊嚴佛土、神力自在、示現受生。法藏所疏亦逐句配之,說入猶是證是得,並以第七句為證入真性。其中兩句最易滑過去。第三句的『聚』不是人眾之聚,法藏釋作「入八萬四千法聚等」——入的是法之總類,八萬四千是舉其多,不是數目。第五句的『成就』也不是成就了什麼事物,法藏釋作「入行位圓滿故云具足」——行與位到了圓滿處才叫具足,所以這一句是入圓滿,不是入成品。別行本此門譯作「不相求短」,澄觀特別繫了這個異名。
排誤:不要把「入諸菩薩」讀成進入某一位菩薩的心裡。所入的是行——十句列的全是願、行、度、成就、佛土、神力,沒有一句是人。落地:這一門是把第二門『他人的善根即我的善根』從想推到證。第一門依一切菩薩只說「同一智慧」,到這裡才逐條把同的是哪十件說完。經文的結句說,菩薩以此普入三世一切菩薩——不限於同時代的同行。
第十一門 十種入諸如來:進得去佛的果
先問:入了菩薩,何以還要入如來?澄觀答得極短:這是入果;所以要入,是因為必當證入。他並引前文一句作對照,說則以佛德自莊嚴。所以這一門與前門是一對——前門入因,此門入果。
十句一律以「無邊」二字冠首:無邊成正覺、無邊轉法輪、無邊方便法、無邊差別音聲、無邊調伏眾生、無邊神力自在、無邊種種差別身、無邊三昧、無邊力與無所畏、無邊示現涅槃。法藏所疏的六十本作「深入如來」,他分作初一句示成菩提、中八句以身口意三輪攝化(前四是語業、次二是身業、後二是意業)、後一句示入涅槃;並說三世諸佛也同樣作如是作用,所以說亦共入。他還特別指出,在信位之內就能得此法,正是圓教中普賢行的相狀。
排誤:不要把「入無邊示現涅槃」讀成佛真的滅去。它與「入無邊成正覺」首尾相對,成與滅同列於所入之中,都是示現。也不要把這一門讀成信位的人已經與佛齊等——澄觀說得分明,通達入果是「唯達未證」。落地:這一門教的是眼界。前十門都在把自己的行做紮實,這一門忽然把眼睛抬到佛果上——不是叫你現在做到,是叫你知道所修之行終究通到哪裡。
第十二門 十種入眾生行:看得懂人在做什麼
先問:前二門入的是能化,此門何為?澄觀答:前二門入的是能化者,這一門明的是入所化者的心行。所以三門是一組——入菩薩、入如來、入眾生,把上、中、下都走了一遍。
十句從時間起,到時機止。前三句入眾生過去、未來、現在之行;次二句入善行與不善行;次四句入心行、根行、解行、煩惱習氣行;末一句入教化調伏的時與非時之行。澄觀於末句下了一句極重的話——時與非時,說的是成熟與未成熟;不知時的人,不是大法師。他又點出經家問端此處脫了一個「行」字,而行有多種,如文可知。法藏所疏亦逐句配之,於末句出二釋:根未熟的要等時、已熟的不待時;又或者說,時是等它熟時而調伏,非時是以方便開覺而不待時。
排誤:不要把「入一切眾生不善行」讀成隨順其惡。所入的是了知,不是同流;十句與門七的十類眾生正好相發。落地:這一門最堪用的是末一句。看人看得再準,時候不對也白搭——澄觀那一句「不知時者,非大法師」,不是修辭,是判準。
第十三門 十種入世界:哪一種世界都進得去
先問:入了眾生,為何又入世界?澄觀答:世界對佛而言是依報,對眾生而言是化處。所以這一門明的是化度的地方。
十句成五對:染與淨、小與大、微塵中的世界與微細世界、覆與仰、有佛與無佛。前四對是境的粗細與形勢,末一對最見分量——菩薩不只入有佛的世界,也入沒有佛的世界。澄觀又釋結句「普入」二字有二意:一是不離這十類之外,二是一時頓入而非前後。法藏所疏分法相當,說初二約染淨、次四約粗細、次二約形狀(伏者向下、仰者向上)、後二約佛之有無。
排誤:不要把「入微塵中世界」讀成把自己縮小。它與「入微細世界」分列兩句,前者說一塵之中有世界,後者說世界本身微細——是兩件事。也不要把「入覆世界」「入仰世界」讀成方位描述而略過;世界之覆仰是華嚴說剎網的常語,此處只是列其類。落地:這一門的用處在最後一對。真正檢驗行的,不是你在有佛法的地方能做什麼,是你到了沒有佛法的地方還做不做。
第十四門 十種入劫:時間也是可以進去的
先問:入了世界為何又入劫?澄觀答:這是化度之時。他並說,從這一門起的三門,都是成就前面所說一念悉知之義,再沒有別的。
十句分兩半。前五句是直入:過去劫、未來劫、現在劫、可數劫、不可數劫。後五句是相即而入:可數即不可數、不可數即可數、一切劫即非劫、非劫即一切劫、一切劫即一念。澄觀說這個相即入有兩重意思:一是那些劫本自相即,智入其一即入其餘;二是由那些劫相攝相入,所以只入能攝的,就同時入了它所攝的。他並指出這一義前面〈發心功德品〉已說。法藏所疏分法相同,說後五之中一是以少攝多、二是以多攝少、三是會事入理、四是從理起事、五是二事相即,末後那句一切劫即一念則通於緣起相由與法性融通兩門。
排誤:不要把「入一切劫即一念」讀成時間是幻覺而不必計較。前五句明明白白入的是過去、現在、未來與可數不可數之劫——先入其別,才說其即。落地:這一門是給發長遠心的人解壓的。門九說「住一切劫行菩薩行」,聽起來像無期徒刑;到這一門才說,那個長,與此刻的一念並不隔。
第十五門 十種說三世:三世怎麼互相說得通
先問:前門已說劫,此門又說三世,豈不重複?澄觀答:前門是劫、此門是世,長短有異而同是時分,都是十世隔法異成之義。所以前門說的是時之量,這一門說的是時之相。
十句前九是別、後一是總。別中三世各三,所以成九世。澄觀逐句解其不齊處:未來是續起之法,所以未來的未來叫作無盡;過去已經起過了,所以過去的過去不叫無盡。現在的現在即事可見,比照過去與未來之現在,所以說平等。接著他破古人之釋。古人說九世只是義說,其實唯有五世,如以五日相望,前三為過去三世、後三為未來三世、中三為現在三世。澄觀說這個解法進則沒有九世之體、退則超過三世之數,那麼一念怎麼具得九世?他自己的正義是:不必讓九世彼此緣起相由,只以三世緣起相由,九世就成了——過去因著現在與未來,那麼過去之中就有現在未來;現在與未來各因兩世也是一樣,所以三世各有三。他引《中觀》「若法所因出,是法不異因」為證,又說《中論》破執時,一中有三是過失;此處明離過之用,一中有三就是功德——以病成藥,豈不良哉。末後收九為十:所謂一念,是把前九世攝末歸本而不離一念;於是以一融九,雖九而常一,以九融一,雖一而常九。《演義鈔》把這一段後面的四層理由分屬四教,並另出時之融通四重——相泯俱盡、相與兩存、相隨互攝、相是互即。法藏所疏此處較略,於未來說無盡與現在說平等處出一問一答,餘義則指歸十世章。
排誤:不要把「現在世說平等」讀成三世一樣長。澄觀說得清楚,是因為現在的現在即事可見,比照過去之現在與未來之現在而說平等。也不要把九世讀成把時間切碎——正相反,九世是說三世彼此相因而不能單立。落地:這一門是本段最深的一節,但它的用處極平實。你以為過去已經定死、未來還沒開始,這一門說:過去之中有你的現在與未來,你此刻的一念裡三世都在。
第十六門 十種知三世:知道三世裡面裝著什麼
先問:說了三世,何以又要知三世?澄觀答得極分明:前兩段明的是法上之時,這一段辨的是時中之法——也就是化度眾生之法,隨著它的安立而施化,是上文所知之法。他並繫了異譯之名:晉經此門作「三世間」,《度世經》作「入於三處」,都取其中之事。
十句怎麼分?澄觀以安立與非安立判之:前七句知安立諦(安立、語言、談議、軌則、稱謂、制令、假名),第八句「知其無盡」通貫兩邊——上成安立之事無有窮盡,下生非安立之性無可窮盡,末二句「知其寂滅」「知一切空」知非安立。法藏所疏的六十本此門作「入三世間」,他出了三種讀法:初釋逐句配安立之法,次釋把十句分作義理世間、言說世間、實相世間三段,後釋分作器世間、眾生世間、智正覺世間;出了三釋之後他自定取捨——雖有三釋,初釋順文。
排誤:不要把「知諸安立」讀成知道一堆名詞。安立是施設而立,語言、軌則、稱謂、制令都是人立出來的秩序;知其為安立,正是為了不被它綁住,所以末後才落到寂滅與空。也不要因此把前七句作廢——若非知得盡那些安立,末二句的空也無處可空。落地:這一門教的是一種雙照的看法。世間的規矩要懂得清清楚楚,同時知道它是立出來的;少了前一半是不通人情,少了後一半是被規矩吃掉。
第十七門 十種無疲厭心:不累的那個心
先問:勝進八門為何以此收尾?澄觀答:所化既然無邊,求法與化度都不厭怠,是由於上一門已知煩惱無所生起的緣故。所以這一門不是勸人咬牙撐住,是說知得那樣之後,厭倦自然沒有根。
十句澄觀分三段:初四句上求(供養諸佛、親近善知識、求一切法、聽聞正法);次四句下化(宣說正法、教化調伏眾生、置眾生於佛菩提、於一一世界經不可說不可說劫行菩薩行);後二句通於二事——遊行一切世界是為近佛化生,觀察思惟一切佛法是為二利之行法。法藏所疏亦作相近之分,說初四是自利行、次三是攝生、次一重明自行之廣、次一重辨化他之廣、後一明二行滿足而出生佛果。
排誤:不要把「無疲厭」讀成不休息。十句所無厭的,件件是供佛、聞法、說法、化眾生,沒有一句在講體力。也不要把第八句「經不可說不可說劫行菩薩行」讀成苦刑——它緊接在門十四「一切劫即一念」之後,那個長已經被交代過了。落地:疲厭起來的時候,先不要問自己還撐不撐得住,先照門十六去看一眼——澄觀說厭怠之所以沒有,是因為知煩惱無所起。看法一鬆,力氣自己會回來。
第十八門 十種差別智:分得清才教得了
先問:後三門明二行究竟,何以先說差別智?澄觀答:這一門明的是所持的差別智究竟。他引前文一句相發,說則以智慧辯才力,隨眾生心而化誘。所以這一門是把前面十七門所化的對象,收成一種能分別的智。
十句所知者:眾生、諸根、業報、受生、世界、法界、諸佛、諸法、三世、一切語言道,十樣各成一種差別智。與門十二對讀最清楚——那裡入的是眾生之行,這裡知的是眾生之差別;那裡是入,這裡是知。法藏所疏的六十本此門作「不可壞智」,他釋其名曰稱法而知,更無改易,所以叫不可壞;並把十句分作四類:知眾生等是約染法,知三寶等是約淨法,知世界等是約亦染亦淨,知法界是約非染非淨。要注意兩本此處句目有異——十句之中九句相當:六十本有「知僧」而八十本無,八十本另出「知業報」一句;至於「知三世」,兩本都有,不是八十本拿三世換掉了僧。
排誤:不要把「差別智」讀成分別心。分別心是隨情取捨,差別智是如實知其不同;末一句「知一切語言道差別智」正是要能隨不同的人說不同的話。也不要把它讀成博學——十句所知的是類,不是量。落地:這一門是教學的本錢。門十二說不知時者非大法師,這一門再補一句:不知差別,也化不了誰。
第十九門 十種陀羅尼:持得住,才不漏掉
先問:既有所持之智,何以又說陀羅尼?澄觀答:這是能持究竟。所以與前門是一對——前門是所持,此門是能持。他引前文一句相發,說修行諸度勝解脫等。
十句澄觀出兩重分法。一是:初一句聞持、次四句義持、次四句廣明聞持之用、後一句收上義持。二是:初四句依次持教、持行、持理、持果;次二句重顯持行,因為是定與慧;次一句持理,因為不思議;次二句重顯持教;後一句重顯果。法藏所疏則先辨體性,引《智論》以定慧為體、《佛地》《瑜伽》以增上念慧為性,說以慧照法、以念憶持;又引《智論》正翻為「持」,能持種種善法令不散失,如同完好的器皿盛水,或翻為「遮」,能遮諸不善心不令生起。他並說《瑜伽》等所立的法、義、咒、忍四種陀羅尼,與此十種不可相攝,因為類別不同。
排誤:不要把陀羅尼讀成記憶力好。十句之中只有第一句是聞持不忘,其餘九句是觀、是知、是照、是聽法不亂、是解了音聲、是演說三世佛法、是演說無邊佛法、是不可說佛所說之法悉能聞、是安住如來力無畏——持的是法之用,不是文之量。落地:法藏那個「完器盛水」的比喻最堪自檢。水不在多,器要完;十句裡任何一句破了,前面十八門所修的都會從那裡漏掉。
第二十門 說十種佛:末了說一說佛是什麼
先問:二十門何以以說佛作結?澄觀答:上面能持與所持都是佛法,這裡是知法主究竟。他又補了一句極要緊的話——十信滿心便得佛故。法藏所疏同義,說信滿而明得佛果,所以在此明之;有人問信滿既已得佛果,後面解位滿時何以不再明?他答:因為在信位之初已明,解位比照此處可知。
十佛是:成正覺佛、願佛、業報佛、住持佛、涅槃佛、法界佛、心佛、三昧佛、本性佛、隨樂佛。澄觀說這十佛與後文十種見佛名義完全相同,與前面所說十身則名有同異而義並無不同,於是逐一相配——成正覺佛即菩提身、願佛與前全同、業報佛即相好莊嚴身、住持佛即力持身、涅槃佛即化身(因為化必示滅)、法界佛即法身(因為是真無漏界)、心佛即威勢身(因為依唯心,光明雖也能攝伏,而心伏最勝,如慈心降魔)、三昧佛即福德身(因為常在定中,定是福之最)、本性佛即前智身(因為了達本性,大圓鏡智與平等性智皆本有)、隨樂佛即意生身,並繫其異譯曰晉經作如意佛。末後他辨立名之所以不同:佛是就內覺而立,身多就相而立。
排誤:不要把十佛讀成十尊不同的佛。十句是就一佛而開其十義——成、願、業、持、滅、界、心、定、性、樂。也不要把「十信滿心便得佛」讀成信位就與佛齊等;澄觀說的是滿心之時得見法主之究竟,門十一早已判明通達入果是唯達未證。落地:二十門走到這裡,回頭看第一門——那裡說「以一切如來為依」,這裡說「說十種佛」。從依佛起,到知佛止,中間十八門所修的一切,就是把那個所依看清楚的過程。
承衍
本段之科,古來有其源。澄觀敘六位之科明言:別行的《度世經》原作六番問答,番番之中都是先問、次答、後動地現瑞以顯益證成;古來諸德依著那個本子之文來科判此經,分為六段,初二十句問十信行,以下依次問十住、十行、十迴向、十地、因圓果滿。他並指出第四段句雖三十,因為「無礙用」一句是總標的虛句,所以實有二十九句。法藏所疏亦同其說,並引《度世經》之請詞為證,說既云從始至終、末後又明成佛為終,可知最初的信行是始。二家於六位之科所自出,判同。
三別之分,二家亦相當而計法不同。澄觀以門計,作初九門自分行滿、次八門勝進行圓、後三門二行究竟;法藏以句計,作初九十句、次八十句、後三十句。第三別的起門,澄觀依八十本作「差別智」,法藏依六十本作「十種不可壞智」——科名之異源在底本之異。
門之逐釋,兩家所判互有出入。門一之釋,澄觀以自利與自他、依法與依人四重分十句,法藏則以「雖……若……」的相生之勢貫串十句,體例全異而不相攻。門三之句數,澄觀據晉本判八十脫了第三句而補足為五對,法藏依六十十句而分作戒行、三昧行、智慧行、嚴佛土行、報恩行五段。門六之證入三句,澄觀作入位、入法、入益,法藏作證位、證法、證道。門十六之分,澄觀作安立與非安立二分而配七、一、二,法藏出三釋而自取初釋。門十九之分,澄觀作聞持、義持、用、收四段,法藏作教、理、慧、定、異方語、三世、辯才、耳根、果之十持。門二十之會通,澄觀把十佛逐一會於前十身,法藏則但略釋十名而指歸別章。以上諸異,皆古德成說,誌錄不判。
李通玄之論於本段無逐門之釋。他長科本品為十段,於本段所屬的正說分自陳說:這一段普賢菩薩有二千答,所答之法一一有十法,其文一一自具,不煩解釋,但如說修行。其於品級所立之義中與本段最相涉的,是說法之主一節——他問此品何故仍令普賢菩薩說,答曰這二千法門正是普賢所行的常行,所以仍令普賢自說自行,使聞法的人效法而行普賢之行。
別行本《度世品經》是西晉竺法護所譯,本段二十門門門附有偈頌,八十、六十二本則無——本品的重頌在最末一段。古來諸德正是依這個別行本之文來科判本品六位的,所以這個譯本於本品不只是校本,也是科文的所自出。
順讀下去,本段之後即接第二番答二十門,自「發十種普賢心」起,明十住之行法;上承序、三昧、發起、起、請五分。澄觀說這一部經上下總有三遍說六位,此當第二遍而約行說——因為普賢行該通六位。所以二十門雖以十信為名,讀時不必先把自己放進某一格;澄觀既已說明此經意取位中之行而不取位,行才是這一段真正的主語。
First, Be Clear What This Passage Is Answering
The bodhisattva Universal Wisdom asked two hundred sentences in one breath, and to each question the bodhisattva Samantabhadra answered with ten, which Chengguan reckons as two thousand practices; this passage is the first of those answers, twenty gates in all, ten sentences to each gate. That opening sentence, at that time the bodhisattva Samantabhadra said to the bodhisattva Universal Wisdom and to the other bodhisattvas, Chengguan places in his outline as the general address that opens the section of the telling, and only after the general address does the direct answer begin — so this sentence, short as it is, is the place where the whole of what Chengguan calls the two thousand practices takes its first step, and it does not belong to the introductory section.
In these twenty gates the sūtra text has fitted on no name of any rank or stage of its own; the word faith occurs just twice in this section — once in because the mind of faith is pure, once in believing deeply and single-mindedly — and both are faith as a state of mind, not faith as the name of a stage. Where do the names of the stages come from? Chengguan says it plainly: the separately circulating old translation was itself arranged as six rounds of question and answer, and the ancient worthies of old took the wording of that text as the basis for outlining this sūtra, and the outline of the six stages was established from it, and he has taken it over and used it. So the naming of this passage as the twenty gates of the practice of the ten faiths is an outline-name that the commentators received from the ancient worthies, and not a name the sūtra gives itself.
Someone will ask at once: when other sūtras and treatises judge the six stages, they all say that the stage of faith has not yet entered the ranks, and that the reckoning starts from the ten abodes — why does the reckoning here start from faith instead, and why is the stage of equal awakening not opened as a separate one? Chengguan’s answer is brisk: those accounts have the ranks in view, and take the ranks as the ground of what they say; this chapter has the practice in view, and therefore the practice of the ten faiths stands precisely at the beginning of practice. Someone pressed him further: if this gate speaks of relying on the mind of awakening, is that not the abode of rousing the mind? Chengguan answers harder still — this objection is especially wrong; the first gate of the second round of answers is called rousing the mind of Samantabhadra, so is that the abode of rousing the mind? And at the beginning of the ten faiths, is there then no rousing of the mind at all?
There is one general error to be cleared away before anything else. Ten is not a fixed number. Universal Wisdom asks one sentence and Samantabhadra answers with ten, which Chengguan says is answering one with ten so as to display the inexhaustible; the two hundred questions each answered with ten sentences is what leads him to reckon two thousand practices, and the twenty gates of this passage come to two hundred sentences. So the ten sentences of each gate are not ten steps of a stair, they are one single thing spread open into ten sides of the inexhaustible. Once this is seen, the twenty gates are not twenty checklists but twenty doorways.
Between gate and gate there is still a sequence. Chengguan divides the twenty gates into three: the first nine gates make clear that the practice of one’s own portion is full, the middle eight make clear that the advancing practice is complete, and the last three make clear the ultimate reach of both kinds of practice. One’s own portion is the finishing of one’s own foundation; advancing is walking upward into the realms of others and of the Buddha; the ultimate is the drawing in of the harvest. It does no harm to read at that rhythm.
Gate One · The Ten Reliances: What a Practice Has to Stand On
First the question: why should practice begin by speaking of reliance? Chengguan answers directly — reliance is that upon which the rousing of practice leans; it is by leaning upon the mind of awakening and the rest that the ten thousand practices come to stand. So the placing of reliance at the very front of the twenty gates is not a casual way of beginning.
How are the ten sentences to be read? Chengguan says that all ten are called reliances and are already the head of all practices, and that the mind of awakening is further the first among the ten, because it is the root of the ten thousand practices, and therefore it runs at the head of the two thousand. When he glosses the four words constantly does not forget and lose, he brings in a hard saying: to forget and lose the mind of awakening while cultivating roots of goodness is the work of Māra. So this sentence is the general one, and the remaining nine are the particular. Within the particular, the first four are for one’s own benefit, while vow and practice run through both self and other; the first seven are all reliance upon dharma, and the last three are reliance upon persons — companions because the wisdom is the same, and the making of offerings to the Buddhas and the reliance upon the Tathāgatas because only a Buddha is ultimate. The sixty-fascicle text that Fazang comments upon has the fruit relied upon, and he strings the ten sentences into a sequence in which each gives birth to the next, by a chain of though … if …: though there is a surpassing mind within, if there is no good friend without, the practice still cannot be completed; though one meets a good friend, if there are no roots of goodness from former lives one cannot cultivate along with him; though one has roots of goodness, if one does not obtain the dharma-gate to be practiced there is nothing to build with — and so on down to the tenth, that only a Tathāgata is the ultimate thing relied upon.
Clearing an error: do not read reliance as leaning on something and never standing up. The eighth sentence says that relying on all bodhisattvas is being of one and the same wisdom, and the tenth says that relying on the Tathāgatas is that their teaching is unbroken, as a kind father’s is — what is relied upon is the dharma and the teaching, not a patron to hide behind. Bringing it down: this gate is a checklist for oneself; if any one of the ten falls empty for long, the practice will come loose just there. Chengguan says that the surpassing benefit at the end is the great wisdom of buddhahood that becomes what all things rely upon, and he asks back, how then could one not cultivate it? — which is why he also calls this gate an exhortation to cultivate.
Gate Two · The Ten Extraordinary Perceptions: Looking at Things with Another Pair of Eyes
First the question: since the gate before has already spoken of reliance, what is this gate for? Chengguan says that the former relies upon causes and conditions so as to complete the practices, while here one relies upon surpassing perception so as to gather in roots of goodness — what is being turned over is the very source of deluded perception. Because these ten perceptions all come out beyond the perceptions of ordinary people, they receive the name extraordinary. Fazang says it more plainly still: these ten are all perceptions that go beyond what is expected, and so they are called extraordinary.
The bone of the ten sentences is taking down the boundary line. The first sentence takes another’s roots of goodness as one’s own roots of goodness, and Chengguan gives five reasons: that in rejoicing with another the feeling makes no this-and-that; that they are host and guest to one another and aid and profit one another; that they are of one and the same substance; that they are the very thing one practices oneself; and that self and other are each the other. The second sentence says that all roots of goodness are seeds of awakening, and he cites the Lotus as his witness — that those who lift a hand or lower a head have all already become Buddhas. The third says that all beings are vessels able to hold awakening, on the ground that even down to one cut off from goodness there is the Buddha-nature. On the fifth he cites the Viśeṣacintā: knowing detachment is what is called dharma. On the seventh, that all dharmas are the Buddha’s dharmas, he cites a saying of Mañjuśrī as witness — I do not see a single dharma that is not the Buddha’s dharma. The eighth, on the road of speech, is because it is by words that one reaches the principle while the principle is not in the words. The tenth, perceiving no difference between the Tathāgata and oneself, is because a Tathāgata is the very suchness of all dharmas.
Clearing an error: do not read extraordinary as odd or curious. It means a view that runs contrary to common feeling — common feeling draws roots of goodness, beings, vows, and dharmas all onto the side of someone else’s, and these ten perceptions strike out that line one by one. Bringing it down: Chengguan says that the surpassing benefit of this gate is that the perception that is no perception is called the skillful perception — the end of perceiving is not the adding on of another set of notions, it is no longer using self and not-self to assign everything in front of you.
Gate Three · The Ten Practices: Bringing the Perception Down into Deeds
First the question: since perception is already had, why must practice be spoken of? Chengguan answers: relying on the understanding that is surpassing perception, one builds and cultivates the great practice; perception is only upon the mind, whereas practice runs through the three activities of body, speech, and mind — to have the perception in vain and not to practice will get nothing done either. The sequence lies just there.
There is one thing about this gate that cannot go unsaid: the base text here lists only nine sentences, yet concludes with these are the ten. Chengguan, collating against the Jin translation, found that the eighty-fascicle text has dropped the third sentence here, studying well all the precepts; and having filled the ten out, he pairs them into five couples — first the transforming of those below and the seeking of what is above, second the stopping of evil and the advancing of good, third fine stillness and deep contemplation, fourth cultivating the cause and adorning the fields, fifth revering companions and serving teachers. The sixty-fascicle text that Fazang comments upon had ten sentences to begin with, and so he divides them as the first four the practice of the precepts (of which the first two are the precept that gathers in beings, the next one the precept of restraint, and the last one the precept that gathers in good), then one the practice of samādhi, then two the practice of wisdom, then one the practice of adorning Buddha-lands, and the last two the practice of requiting kindness.
Clearing an error: do not read the practice of all beings as the practice that beings perform. All ten sentences without exception are practices cultivated by the bodhisattva, named after what they take as their object — cultivated with beings as the object, hence called the practice of all beings; cultivated with the seeking of dharma as the object, hence called the practice of seeking all dharmas. Bringing it down: this gate cashes out the ten perceptions of gate two one by one. Perceive that all beings are vessels for awakening, and what it comes to in practice is bringing beings universally to ripeness; perceive that all dharmas are the Buddha’s dharmas, and what it comes to in practice is cultivating and studying them all. Only when perception and practice answer to each other has one finished walking the first two gates.
Gate Four · The Ten Good Friends: What Sort of Person Counts as a Good Teacher
First the question: why is the good friend spoken of directly after practice? Chengguan answers: once practice has arisen it must certainly lean upon good friends, and so this is made clear next. He also gives an extremely wide criterion — to make one know what one had not known and recognize what one had not recognized, so that whoever is of profit and accord to me is my good friend; and since each of these ten sentences begins with making one, all ten are named from the side of the benefit.
The order of the ten sentences is neat: first making one abide in the mind of awakening (the rousing of the mind), next making one give rise to roots of goodness and practice the pāramitās (the cultivating), next making one explain all dharmas and bring all beings to ripeness (understanding for oneself and transforming others), next making one obtain settled eloquence and not cling to any world (eloquence and detachment), next making one practice throughout all kalpas without wearying and abide in the practice of Samantabhadra, and last making one enter where all the wisdom of the Buddhas enters. Fazang’s commentary likewise makes ten stretches, with the last two as completing the universal practice and entering the Buddha’s wisdom, which agrees with this.
Clearing an error: do not read good friend as a title. None of the ten sentences of the sūtra says what a good friend is; each says only what he makes you accomplish — the criterion is in the effect, not in the standing. Nor should one therefore count as a good friend everyone who falls in with what one wants; what the ten sentences bring about is, item by item, the mind of awakening, roots of goodness, the pāramitās, and the Buddha’s wisdom, and not the following of one’s inclination. Bringing it down: take these ten sentences and look at the people around you — whoever can set you moving on these ten matters is the person this gate is speaking of; and whoever touches not one of the ten, however close, is not on this list.
Gate Five · The Ten Diligent Exertions: Where the Strength Is to Be Spent
First the question: with practice had and good friends had, why must exertion still be set up separately? Chengguan answers concisely: practice and companions are both in hand already, and diligence must be roused to move them. He also points out the crucial thing — in these ten matters one must leave the marks of body and mind behind and cultivate onward without mixture. Fazang sets the question another way: for what sense is this exertion cultivated? The answer is, in order to do these ten things that are to be done. So this gate does not ask whether one should work hard, it asks only at which ten places the work is to be spent.
The ten sentences can be seen in three stretches. The first four are one’s own lesson: teaching and transforming beings, entering deeply into the dharmas, adorning worlds, and cultivating what a bodhisattva ought to study. The middle three are the removing of obstruction: extinguishing the evil of beings, bringing to rest the suffering of the three evil destinies, and crushing all the hosts of Māra. The last three are vow and offering: vowing to be a pure eye for beings, making offerings to the Buddhas, and causing all Tathāgatas to rejoice. Fazang enters a note under the second sentence — that entering all dharmas is entering by the witness of wisdom; and under the fifth — that making beings extinguish evil is the extinguishing of the causes of their suffering.
Clearing an error: do not read exertion as being strung tight. Chengguan says one must leave the marks of body and mind behind and cultivate onward without mixture, and being strung tight is precisely having the marks of body and mind. Nor should crushing all the hosts of Māra be read as a wrestle with something outside; the sentence just before it speaks of bringing to rest the suffering of the three evil destinies, and both lie on the line of transforming and delivering. Bringing it down: of the ten sentences the one most easily skipped is the eighth — vowing to be a pure eye for all beings. Getting things done can run on a burst of energy; vowing to be another person’s eyes runs on being unwilling to shut one’s own.
Gate Six · The Ten Ways the Mind Comes to Rest: Only What Is Settled in Oneself Can Settle Another
First the question: why is rest spoken of after exertion? Chengguan answers: cultivating onward has accomplished the two matters of benefiting oneself and benefiting others, and therefore the mind comes to rest — by benefiting oneself the mind of wisdom rests, and by benefiting others the mind of compassion rests. So this gate is not telling anyone to take a break; it says that when the twofold benefit is carried on together to a certain point, the mind of itself stops swaying.
The sentence-pattern of the ten is perfectly regular: every one runs he himself … and he makes others also …, and the mind comes to rest. Chengguan divides them into five stretches: the first sentence is the root of practice (the mind of awakening); the next two leave faults behind (one, the samādhi of no contention, leaving all quarrel; two, going beyond the ordinary person and the foolish lesser vehicle); the next two advance in good; the next three are the entering by witness (entering the rank, entering the dharma, entering the benefit); and the last two are the fullness of cause and the completion of fruit. Under the third stretch he distinguishes a fine matter: slander has a coarse and a fine sense — the coarse is to say that this is not what a Buddha spoke, and its fault is very great; the fine is to speak in a way that does not accord with the real, and its fault is then slight. Only by being able to enter the real by witness is there no fine slander.
Clearing an error: do not read the mind comes to rest as a calm mood. Every one of the ten sentences requires that both sides, self and other, be done before rest is spoken of — do it only for oneself and leave others out of account, and not one sentence of this gate holds. Nor should the real dharma that has no self-nature of the seventh sentence be read as sheer nothingness at all; the sixty-fascicle text has this sentence as the inexhaustible nature of all dharmas, and reading the two texts together, what is meant is two faces of one and the same thing. Bringing it down: when the mind feels unsettled, hold it against these ten sentences one by one — most often it is not that the mind is insufficiently still, it is that of the ten matters there is one where only one’s own half has been done.
Gate Seven · The Ten Ways of Bringing Beings to Accomplishment: Ten Roads for Raising People Up
First the question: since the gate before has spoken of the mind at rest in the twofold benefit, what is this gate for? Chengguan answers: above was the general speaking of the mind at rest in the twofold benefit, and here is the particular speaking of the accomplishing of the work of benefiting others. So this gate brings benefiting others down from the mind onto the methods.
How are the ten sentences used? Chengguan says there are two senses. First, these ten are used in common for bringing all beings to accomplishment — giving, the body of form, expounding the Dharma, walking the same road, being unstained and unattached, opening up the bodhisattva practice, displaying the worlds ablaze, displaying the great awesome virtue of the Buddha’s Dharma, manifesting supernatural powers, and fine and secret skillful means: the ten may be used together. Second, each of the ten accomplishes one class of beings, matched in order: the first accomplishes the stingy, greedy, and poor; the second those who presume upon their looks and are arrogant; the third those who doubt the Dharma; the fourth the perverse and stubborn; the fifth the covetous; the sixth those who delight in the two vehicles; the seventh those who take no delight in adorning Buddha-fields; the eighth those who do not aspire to the Buddha’s fruit; the ninth those whose refuge is wrong; and the tenth those of wrong and crafty cleverness. What Fazang lists is much the same as this, differing only slightly in wording.
Clearing an error: do not read he brings beings to accomplishment by the body of form as winning people over by good looks. Set alongside giving, expounding the Dharma, and walking the same road, it says that the very presence of the body is itself a means of teaching. Nor should the pairing of the ten classes in the second sense be read as a rigid table of remedy against symptom — Chengguan first says used in common and afterward each accomplishes, and the two senses stand together. Bringing it down: the most usable thing in this gate is the fourth sentence, he brings beings to accomplishment by walking the same road as they do — of the ten, nine are what you give a person, and this one alone is your walking beside him.
Gate Eight · The Ten Precepts: A Precept Is Not Only What One Does Not Do
First the question: why are the precepts spoken of only after the bringing of beings to accomplishment? Chengguan answers most smoothly: to bring beings to accomplishment one must first stop evil and do good oneself. So the precepts are not ranked at the very front but after the benefiting of others — first know for whose sake one keeps them, and then speak of what is kept.
The bounds of the ten sentences are far wider than what is usually called a precept. Chengguan says that among the ten, to forget and lose the mind of awakening, and on down to the faculties transgressing against their objects, are all called breaking the bodhisattva precepts. He cites a sentence from earlier in the sūtra as witness, that with the great mind of compassion made firm the precepts are not broken. So the first sentence, the precept of not casting away the mind of awakening, and the tenth, the precept of the restraint of the faculties, are the two ends of this gate: the innermost end is the mind and its vow, the outermost end is the six faculties. The eight sentences between run from departing from the ground of the two vehicles, contemplating what benefits beings, making beings abide in the Buddha’s Dharma, and cultivating what a bodhisattva ought to study, all the way to grasping nothing at all in any dharma, dedicating and directing roots of goodness toward awakening, not clinging to the body of a Tathāgata, and pondering the dharmas and leaving grasping behind. Both Chengguan and Fazang assign them under the three groups of pure precepts (the gathering in of restraint, the gathering in of good dharmas, and the gathering in of beings), and both say that they are gathered in according to what each fits.
Clearing an error: do not read the precept of not clinging to the body of any Tathāgata as meaning that one need not revere the Buddha. It is spoken together with pondering all dharmas and leaving grasping and attachment behind, and what it screens off is grasping, not reverence. Nor should the precepts be read as a list of prohibitions — seven of the ten sentences are things to be done. Bringing it down: the checkpoints of this gate are at the two ends. On the side of the mind, ask whether the mind of awakening is still there; on the side of the faculties, ask whether the six faculties were kept today. With both ends in place, the eight sentences between will of themselves find somewhere to take hold.
Gate Nine · The Ten Dharmas of Receiving the Prediction: How One Knows for Oneself That the Road Is Right
First the question: is the prediction not something a Buddha gives — how can it be said that one knows it oneself? Chengguan answers: since faults have been left behind and virtue completed, one examines one’s own practice and sees that it must certainly draw down the fruit to come, and therefore one knows of oneself that one has received the prediction. The sūtra text itself puts the matter beyond argument — by these a bodhisattva knows of himself that he has received the prediction.
The ten sentences are ten threads of self-examination: rousing the mind of awakening with a surpassing intent, never wearying of the bodhisattva practices nor casting them away, abiding throughout all kalpas carrying out the bodhisattva practice, cultivating all the Buddha’s dharmas, single-hearted deep faith toward the Buddha’s teaching, cultivating all roots of goodness and bringing them to accomplishment, setting all beings within the Buddha’s awakening, being joined with good friends without a second mind, giving rise toward good friends to the perception of a Tathāgata, and constantly and diligently guarding the original vow of awakening. Chengguan marks the character of the cultivating in each — the first is that the principle is seen deeply and compassion is keen, so that the rousing of the mind is surpassing and the fruit is beyond doubt; if it is only that one wearies of suffering on another’s account, that does not count as surpassing, and the prediction is not yet settled either. The second is cultivating without wearying, the third cultivating over long time, the fourth cultivating with nothing left out, the fifth cultivating in accord with the principle. He also says that let any one of these ten sentences be present, and one knows of oneself that the prediction is had.
Clearing an error: do not read this gate as the ceremony of receiving a prediction or the marks of it. Chengguan says it clearly: what is distinguished here is the practice by which the prediction is had, not a display of how the marks of receiving the prediction differ; for an account of the marks, the Yogācārabhūmi has its own text elsewhere. Nor should one measure it by the ranks — Chengguan says that this gate is complete crosswise within the ten faiths, whereas elsewhere the account differs by the upright ladder of ranks; Fazang too says that these ten, taken in the round teaching, run through all the ranks, and that taken from where they begin, they lie within the ten faiths. Bringing it down: pick any one of the ten threads and press it to the end — take the eighth, for instance: toward a good friend are you truly joined without a second mind, or have you kept a portion in reserve? Whichever one you can answer is the handle you have at this moment.
Gate Ten · The Ten Enterings into the Bodhisattvas: Getting Inside Another’s Practice
First the question: the nine gates of one’s own portion being finished, where does the advancing begin? Chengguan answers: the practice of one’s own portion being complete, one therefore advances, going on to enter into the places that are entered. From this gate onward, eight gates make up the practice of advancing, and of these the first five are the ones whose names are entering. He first defines the word entering as having two senses — one, the sense of obtaining by witness; two, the sense of reaching by contemplation; entering the stage of cause may run through witness, while reaching through into the stage of fruit is only a reaching and not yet a witnessing.
What this gate enters is the bodhisattvas, that is, it enters the cause. Why enter the bodhisattvas? Chengguan says: what they cultivate is what I cultivate, and each aids and profits the other as fellow travelers. What the ten sentences enter are: original vows, practice, gathering, the pāramitās, accomplishment, vows of every difference, resolutions of every kind, the adorning of Buddha-lands, mastery of supernatural power, and the displaying of the taking of birth. Fazang’s commentary likewise matches them sentence by sentence, saying that entering is still witnessing and obtaining, and takes the seventh sentence as the entering by witness into the true nature. Two of the ten are the easiest to slide past. The gathering of the third sentence is not a gathering of people: Fazang glosses it as entering the eighty-four thousand gatherings of dharma and the rest — what is entered is the whole class of the dharma, and eighty-four thousand is raising up how many they are, not a count. Nor is the accomplishment of the fifth sentence something brought to completion as a thing: Fazang glosses it as entering because practice and stage are full and round, and so it is called complete — practice and stage are called complete only when they have come to their fullness, so this sentence enters a fullness, not a finished thing. The separately circulating text renders this gate as not seeking out each other’s shortcomings, and Chengguan expressly attaches this variant name.
Clearing an error: do not read entering the bodhisattvas as getting inside the mind of some particular bodhisattva. What is entered is practice — the ten sentences list vows, practices, perfections, accomplishments, Buddha-lands, and supernatural power throughout, and not one of them is a person. Bringing it down: this gate pushes another’s roots of goodness are my roots of goodness from gate two out of perception and into witness. Gate one, relying on all bodhisattvas, said only of one and the same wisdom; only here are the ten things in which they are the same set out one by one. The closing sentence of the sūtra says that by these a bodhisattva enters universally into all the bodhisattvas of the three times — not confined to the fellow travelers of one’s own age.
Gate Eleven · The Ten Enterings into the Tathāgatas: Getting Inside the Buddha’s Fruit
First the question: having entered the bodhisattvas, why must one still enter the Tathāgatas? Chengguan answers very briefly: this is entering the fruit; and the reason one must enter is that one is certain to enter it by witness. He also cites a sentence from earlier as a foil, that one then adorns oneself with the Buddha’s virtues. So this gate and the one before are a pair — the former enters the cause, this one enters the fruit.
All ten sentences are headed by the two words boundless: boundless accomplishing of right awakening, boundless turning of the wheel of the Dharma, boundless dharmas of skillful means, boundless sounds and voices of every difference, boundless taming of beings, boundless mastery of supernatural power, boundless bodies of every difference, boundless samādhis, boundless powers and fearlessnesses, and boundless displaying of nirvāṇa. The sixty-fascicle text that Fazang comments upon has entering deeply into the Tathāgatas, and he divides it as the first sentence showing the accomplishing of awakening, the middle eight gathering and transforming by the three wheels of body, speech, and mind (the first four being the activity of speech, the next two the activity of body, and the last two the activity of mind), and the last sentence showing the entering into nirvāṇa; and he says that the Buddhas of the three times likewise perform the same working, and so it is said that they enter it in common too. He further points out that being able to obtain this dharma while still within the stage of faith is precisely the character of the practice of Samantabhadra in the round teaching.
Clearing an error: do not read he enters into the boundless displaying of nirvāṇa as the Buddha really passing away. It stands head and tail with he enters into the boundless accomplishing of right awakening, and accomplishing and passing away are listed alike among the things entered, both of them displayings. Nor should this gate be read as meaning that one at the stage of faith is already the equal of a Buddha — Chengguan says it distinctly, that reaching through into the fruit is only a reaching and not yet a witnessing. Bringing it down: what this gate teaches is the range of one’s sight. The first ten gates were all making one’s own practice solid; this gate suddenly lifts the eyes to the Buddha’s fruit — not to tell you to reach it now, but to let you know where the practice you cultivate finally runs through to.
Gate Twelve · The Ten Enterings into the Practice of Beings: Being Able to Read What People Are Doing
First the question: the two gates before entered those who do the transforming — what is this gate for? Chengguan answers: the two gates before entered those who transform, and this gate makes clear the entering into the mind and practice of those who are transformed. So the three gates are one set — entering the bodhisattvas, entering the Tathāgatas, entering beings — walking through the upper, the middle, and the lower.
The ten sentences begin from time and end at timing. The first three enter the past, future, and present practice of beings; the next two enter good practice and not-good practice; the next four enter mind-practice, faculty-practice, resolution-practice, and the practice of afflictions and habit-energies; and the last one enters the practice of what is the time and what is not the time for teaching and taming. Under the last sentence Chengguan sets down a very weighty saying — the time and what is not the time speak of ripe and not yet ripe; one who does not know the time is no great master of the Dharma. He also points out that the questioning formula of the compilers has dropped the word practice here, and that practice is of many kinds, as may be known from the text. Fazang’s commentary likewise matches them sentence by sentence, and on the last sentence puts out two readings: those whose faculties are not ripe must be waited for until the time, and those already ripe need not be waited for; or else, that the time is waiting until it is ripe and then taming, and not the time is opening and awakening by skillful means without waiting.
Clearing an error: do not read he enters into the not-good practice of all beings as going along with their evil. What is entered is the knowing of it, not the flowing along with it; and the ten sentences and the ten classes of beings in gate seven set each other off exactly. Bringing it down: the most serviceable thing in this gate is the last sentence. However accurately you read a person, if the timing is wrong it comes to nothing — that saying of Chengguan’s, one who does not know the time is no great master of the Dharma, is not a turn of phrase, it is a criterion.
Gate Thirteen · The Ten Enterings into Worlds: There Is No Kind of World He Cannot Enter
First the question: having entered beings, why enter worlds as well? Chengguan answers: a world, with regard to a Buddha, is the environing reward, and with regard to beings it is the place of transforming. So what this gate makes clear is the place where the delivering is done.
The ten sentences make five pairs: defiled and pure, small and great, the worlds within a mote of dust and the fine and minute worlds, turned over and turned up, having a Buddha and having no Buddha. The first four pairs concern the coarseness or fineness and the posture of the realm, and the last pair carries the most weight — a bodhisattva enters not only the worlds that have a Buddha but the worlds that have no Buddha. Chengguan further glosses the two words enters universally in the closing sentence as having two meanings: one, that nothing falls outside these ten kinds; two, that the entering is all at once and not one after another. Fazang’s commentary divides them much the same way, saying that the first two are with regard to defilement and purity, the next four with regard to coarseness and fineness, the next two with regard to posture (the fallen facing downward, the upturned facing upward), and the last two with regard to the presence or absence of a Buddha.
Clearing an error: do not read he enters into the worlds within a single mote of dust as shrinking oneself down. It is listed as a separate sentence from he enters into fine and minute worlds; the former says that within one mote there are worlds, the latter says that the world itself is fine and minute — they are two matters. Nor should he enters into worlds that are turned over and worlds that are turned up be read as descriptions of direction and passed over; the turning over and turning up of worlds is common language in the Huayan account of the net of fields, and here it is only their kinds that are being listed. Bringing it down: the use of this gate is in the last pair. What really tests a practice is not what you can do where there is a Buddha’s Dharma, but whether you still do it when you have come to a place where there is none.
Gate Fourteen · The Ten Enterings into Kalpas: Time Too Is Something One Can Enter
First the question: having entered worlds, why enter kalpas as well? Chengguan answers: this is the time of the delivering. He also says that from this gate onward, three gates all complete the sense of knowing all in a single thought stated above, and there is nothing further to them.
The ten sentences fall in two halves. The first five enter directly: past kalpas, future kalpas, present kalpas, countable kalpas, uncountable kalpas. The latter five enter by mutual identity: countable are the very uncountable, uncountable are the very countable, all kalpas are the very absence of kalpas, the absence of kalpas is the very whole of all kalpas, all kalpas are the very single thought. Chengguan says this entering by mutual identity has two senses: one, that those kalpas are of themselves each the other, so that wisdom entering one enters the rest; two, that because those kalpas gather in one another and enter one another, entering only the one that gathers is entering at the same time those that it gathers. He further points out that this sense has already been stated above in the Chapter on the Merit of Rousing the Mind. Fazang’s commentary divides them the same way, saying that among the latter five, the first is the gathering of the many by the few, the second the gathering of the few by the many, the third the drawing of event into principle, the fourth the raising of event out of principle, and the fifth the mutual identity of two events; and that the last sentence, all kalpas are the very single thought, runs through both the gate of conditioned arising by mutual dependence and the gate of the fusion and penetration of dharma-nature.
Clearing an error: do not read he enters into all kalpas that are the very single thought as meaning that time is an illusion and need not be reckoned with. The first five sentences plainly enter past, present, and future and the countable and the uncountable — one enters their difference first, and only then is their identity spoken of. Bringing it down: this gate takes the pressure off one who has roused a long-range mind. Gate nine said he abides throughout all kalpas carrying out the bodhisattva practice, which sounds like a life sentence; only at this gate is it said that that length and this present single thought are not held apart.
Gate Fifteen · The Ten Ways of Speaking of the Three Times: How the Three Times Speak Through One Another
First the question: the gate before has already spoken of kalpas, and this gate speaks of the three times — is that not a repetition? Chengguan answers: the former gate is kalpas and this gate is ages, differing in length but alike being divisions of time, and both are the sense of the ten ages being separately established by their mutual separation. So the former gate speaks of the measure of time, and this gate speaks of the character of time.
Of the ten sentences the first nine are particular and the last is general. Within the particular the three times have three each, and so nine ages are made. Chengguan glosses sentence by sentence where they do not run even: the future is a dharma that goes on arising, and so the future of the future is called having no exhausting; the past has already arisen, and so the past of the past is not called having no exhausting. The present of the present is visible as the event itself, and set against the present of the past and of the future it is therefore called even. Then he breaks the readings of the ancients. The ancients said that the nine ages are only a way of speaking, and that in fact there are only five ages, as when five days are set against one another: the first three are the three ages of the past, the last three the three ages of the future, and the middle three the three ages of the present. Chengguan says that this reading, pressed forward, has no substance of nine ages, and drawn back, exceeds the number of three ages — and then how could a single thought be complete with nine ages? His own right sense is this: one need not let the nine ages be conditionally arisen by mutual dependence upon one another; let only the three times be conditionally arisen by mutual dependence, and the nine ages are made — the past being caused by the present and the future, then within the past there are the present and the future, and the present and the future being each caused by the other two ages, it is the same, and so each of the three times has three. He cites the Zhongguan as witness, if a dharma comes forth from what causes it, that dharma is not other than its cause, and says further that when the Zhonglun broke the grasping at time, three within one was a fault; here, where the working that is free of fault is made clear, three within one is a virtue — making medicine out of the disease, and is that not excellent? At the last he draws the nine into ten: as for the single thought, it is the gathering of the branches back to the root, without departing from a single thought, of the nine ages set against one another; and thereby, fusing nine by one, though nine they are constantly one, and fusing one by nine, though one it is constantly nine. The Yanyi chao assigns the four grounds that follow this passage to the four teachings, and further puts out four tiers of the fusing and penetrating of time — mutually effaced and both exhausted, mutually granted and both kept, mutually followed and gathering each other, and mutually being and identical with each other. Fazang’s commentary is briefer here, putting out one question and answer at the places where the future speaks of no exhausting and the present speaks of evenness, and referring the remaining sense to the chapter on the ten ages.
Clearing an error: do not read in the present age he speaks of evenness as meaning that the three times are of equal length. Chengguan says it clearly: it is because the present of the present is visible as the event itself, and it is called even as set against the present of the past and the present of the future. Nor should the nine ages be read as a cutting of time into pieces — quite the reverse; the nine ages say that the three times cause one another and cannot stand alone. Bringing it down: this is the deepest section of the passage, but its use is entirely plain. You suppose that the past is already fixed dead and the future has not yet begun; this gate says that within the past are your present and your future, and that in the single thought of this moment the three times are all present.
Gate Sixteen · The Ten Ways of Knowing the Three Times: Knowing What Is Held Inside the Three Times
First the question: having spoken of the three times, why must one also know the three times? Chengguan answers most distinctly: the two sections before made clear the time that lies upon dharmas, and this section distinguishes the dharmas that lie within time — that is, the dharmas by which beings are delivered, put into use according as they are set up, and they are the dharmas known in the text above. He also attaches the names in the parallel translations: the Jin scripture calls this gate the three world-spheres, and the Dushi jing calls it entering into the three places, both taking the events within them.
How are the ten sentences divided? Chengguan judges them by the established and the unestablished: the first seven know the established truths (setting-up, speech, discussion, rule and standard, designation, institution and ordinance, borrowed names), the eighth, he knows that they have no exhausting, runs through both sides — completing above that the events of what is established have no ending, and giving birth below to the nature of the unestablished that can nowhere be ended — and the last two, he knows that they are of themselves quiescent and he knows that all is empty, know the unestablished. In the sixty-fascicle text that Fazang comments upon this gate is entering the three world-spheres, and he puts out three readings: the first reading matches the sentences one by one to the dharmas that are established; the second divides the ten sentences into three stretches, the world-sphere of sense and principle, the world-sphere of speech, and the world-sphere of true character; and the last divides them into the world-sphere of the vessel, the world-sphere of beings, and the world-sphere of upright awakened wisdom. Having put out the three readings, he settles his own choice among them: though there are three readings, the first reading accords with the text.
Clearing an error: do not read he knows the many kinds of setting-up as knowing a heap of terms. To set up is to lay down and establish; speech, rule and standard, designation, and institution and ordinance are all orders that people have set up; and to know that they are set up is precisely so as not to be bound by them, which is why at the end it comes down to quiescence and emptiness. Nor should the first seven sentences be discarded on that account — if one did not know those set-up things through and through, the emptiness of the last two sentences would have nothing to be empty of. Bringing it down: what this gate teaches is a way of seeing that illumines both sides. The rules of the world must be understood perfectly clearly, and at the same time known to be things that were set up; lacking the first half is being out of touch with people, and lacking the second is being eaten by the rules.
Gate Seventeen · The Ten Minds That Do Not Weary: The Mind That Does Not Get Tired
First the question: why do the eight gates of advancing close with this one? Chengguan answers: since those to be transformed are boundless, that one neither wearies nor slackens in seeking the Dharma and in delivering is by reason of the gate before, in which it was already known that the afflictions have nowhere to arise. So this gate is not urging anyone to grit the teeth and hold on; it says that once that is known, weariness has of itself no root.
Chengguan divides the ten sentences into three stretches: the first four seek what is above (making offerings to the Buddhas, drawing near to good friends, seeking all dharmas, hearing the true Dharma); the next four transform those below (proclaiming the true Dharma, teaching and taming beings, setting beings within the Buddha’s awakening, passing through kalpas beyond telling and beyond telling in each single world carrying out the bodhisattva practice); and the last two run through both matters — journeying through all worlds is for drawing near to Buddhas and transforming beings, and contemplating and pondering all the Buddha’s dharmas is for the dharma of practice of the twofold benefit. Fazang’s commentary makes a division close to this, saying that the first four are the practice of one’s own benefit, the next three the gathering in of beings, the next one a further making clear of the breadth of one’s own practice, the next one a further distinguishing of the breadth of the transforming of others, and the last one making clear that the two practices are brought to fullness and the Buddha’s fruit is brought forth.
Clearing an error: do not read not wearying as not resting. What the ten sentences do not weary of is, item by item, making offerings to Buddhas, hearing the Dharma, expounding the Dharma, and transforming beings; not one sentence is speaking of bodily strength. Nor should the eighth sentence, passing through kalpas beyond telling and beyond telling carrying out the bodhisattva practice, be read as a hard punishment — it comes directly after all kalpas are the very single thought in gate fourteen, and that length has already been accounted for. Bringing it down: when weariness rises, do not first ask yourself whether you can still hold out; first take a look by way of gate sixteen — Chengguan says that the reason slackening does not arise is that one knows the afflictions have nowhere to arise. Loosen the way of seeing, and the strength comes back of itself.
Gate Eighteen · The Ten Wisdoms of Difference: Only One Who Can Tell Things Apart Can Teach
First the question: the last three gates make clear the ultimate reach of both practices — why is the wisdom of difference spoken of first? Chengguan answers: what this gate makes clear is that the wisdom of difference which is held reaches its ultimate. He cites a sentence from earlier to set it off, that one then, by the power of wisdom and eloquence, guides and draws them according to the minds of beings. So this gate gathers all the objects transformed in the seventeen gates before into one wisdom that is able to tell things apart.
What the ten sentences know are: beings, the faculties, deeds and their fruits, the taking of birth, worlds, the dharma-realm, the Buddhas, the dharmas, the three times, and all the roads of speech — ten things, each making one kind of wisdom of difference. Reading it against gate twelve makes it clearest: there what is entered is the practice of beings, and here what is known is the difference among beings; there it is entering, and here it is knowing. In the sixty-fascicle text that Fazang comments upon this gate is the wisdom that cannot be broken, and he glosses the name as knowing in accord with dharma, with nothing further altered, and therefore called unbreakable; and he divides the ten sentences into four classes: knowing beings and the rest is with regard to the defiled dharmas, knowing the three jewels and the rest with regard to the pure dharmas, knowing worlds and the rest with regard to what is both defiled and pure, and knowing the dharma-realm with regard to what is neither defiled nor pure. Note that the two texts differ in the items of this gate — nine of the ten answer to one another: the sixty-fascicle text has knowing the Saṅgha and the eighty-fascicle text does not, the eighty putting out instead knowing deeds and their fruits; as for knowing the three times, both texts have it, and it is not that the eighty put the three times in the place of the Saṅgha.
Clearing an error: do not read the wisdom of difference as a discriminating mind. A discriminating mind takes and rejects according to feeling; the wisdom of difference knows their differences as they really are, and the last sentence, the wisdom that knows the differences among all the roads of speech, is precisely being able to say different things to different people. Nor should it be read as wide learning — what the ten sentences know are kinds, not quantities. Bringing it down: this gate is the working capital of teaching. Gate twelve said that one who does not know the time is no great master of the Dharma, and this gate adds another line: one who does not know differences will transform no one either.
Gate Nineteen · The Ten Dhāraṇīs: Only What Is Held Fast Does Not Leak Away
First the question: since there is the wisdom that is held, why is the dhāraṇī spoken of as well? Chengguan answers: this is the ultimate of the holding that holds. So it and the gate before are a pair — the former is what is held, this one is what does the holding. He cites a sentence from earlier to set it off, that one cultivates the perfections and the surpassing liberation and the rest.
Chengguan puts out two divisions of the ten sentences. First: the first sentence is the holding of what is heard; the next four are the holding of the sense; the next four make clear at length the use of the holding of what is heard; and the last gathers up the holding of the sense above. Second: the first four hold, in order, the teaching, the practice, the principle, and the fruit; the next two further display the holding of practice, since they are concentration and wisdom; the next one holds the principle, since it is inconceivable; the next two further display the holding of the teaching; and the last further displays the fruit. Fazang’s commentary first distinguishes the substance, citing the Treatise on the Great Perfection of Wisdom for concentration and wisdom as the substance and the Treatise on the Buddha-Ground and the Yogācārabhūmi for heightened mindfulness and wisdom as the nature, saying that by wisdom one illumines the dharma and by mindfulness one remembers and holds it; and he further cites the Treatise on the Great Perfection of Wisdom for the straight rendering holding, able to hold good dharmas of every kind so that they are not scattered and lost, like a whole vessel holding water, or else rendered screening, able to screen off the unwholesome minds and not let them arise. He says besides that the four dhāraṇīs of dharma, sense, spell, and forbearance set up in the Yogācārabhūmi and the rest cannot be gathered together with these ten, because the classes are not the same.
Clearing an error: do not read the dhāraṇī as having a good memory. Of the ten sentences only the first is the holding of what is heard without forgetting; the other nine are contemplating, knowing, illumining, hearing the Dharma without scattering, understanding sounds and speech, setting forth the dharmas of the Buddhas of the three times, setting forth the boundless dharmas of the Buddhas, being able to hear all the dharmas spoken by Buddhas beyond telling, and abiding in the powers and the fearlessnesses of a Tathāgata — what is held is the use of the dharma, not the quantity of the text. Bringing it down: that simile of Fazang’s, the whole vessel holding water, is the most usable for examining oneself. It is not that the water must be much, but that the vessel must be whole; let any one of the ten sentences be cracked, and everything cultivated in the eighteen gates before will leak away from just there.
Gate Twenty · Speaking of the Ten Buddhas: At the Last, a Word on What a Buddha Is
First the question: why do the twenty gates close with the speaking of Buddhas? Chengguan answers: above, both the holding and what is held are the Buddha’s dharmas, and here is the ultimate of knowing the lord of the Dharma. He adds one more sentence of the greatest importance — because at the fullness of the mind of the ten faiths one obtains buddhahood. Fazang’s commentary is of the same sense, saying that at the fullness of faith the obtaining of the Buddha’s fruit is made clear, and therefore it is made clear at this place; and to one who asked, if the Buddha’s fruit is already obtained at the fullness of faith, why is it not made clear again at the fullness of the stage of understanding, he answers: because it was already made clear at the beginning of the stage of faith, and the stage of understanding may be known by comparison with this place.
The ten Buddhas are: the Buddha who accomplishes right awakening, the Buddha of the vow, the Buddha of the fruit of deeds, the Buddha who upholds and sustains, the Buddha of nirvāṇa, the Buddha of the dharma-realm, the Buddha of mind, the Buddha of samādhi, the Buddha of original nature, and the Buddha who accords with what is delighted in. Chengguan says that these ten Buddhas are entirely the same in name and sense as the ten ways of seeing the Buddha in the text that follows, and that with the ten bodies spoken of earlier the names have both sameness and difference while the sense is not different at all; and thereupon he matches them one by one — the Buddha who accomplishes right awakening is the body of awakening; the Buddha of the vow is wholly the same as before; the Buddha of the fruit of deeds is the body adorned with the marks and signs; the Buddha who upholds and sustains is the body of the power that upholds; the Buddha of nirvāṇa is the transformation body (because a transformation must display a passing away); the Buddha of the dharma-realm is the dharma body (because it is the true and undefiled realm); the Buddha of mind is the body of awesome force (because it depends upon mind-only, and though light too can gather and subdue, subduing by mind is the most excellent, as a mind of kindness subdues Māra); the Buddha of samādhi is the body of merit (because he is constantly within concentration, and concentration is the utmost of merit); the Buddha of original nature is the body of wisdom spoken of before (because he penetrates the original nature, and the great mirror wisdom and the wisdom of evenness are both originally there); and the Buddha who accords with what is delighted in is the body born of intent; and he attaches its parallel rendering, that the Jin scripture has the Buddha who is as one wishes. At the last he distinguishes why the naming differs: a Buddha is named from the awakening within, while a body is mostly named from the mark.
Clearing an error: do not read the ten Buddhas as ten different Buddhas. The ten sentences open out ten senses within one Buddha — accomplishing, vowing, deeds, upholding, passing away, the realm, mind, concentration, nature, and delight. Nor should at the fullness of the mind of the ten faiths one obtains buddhahood be read as meaning that at the stage of faith one is already the equal of a Buddha; what Chengguan says is that at the moment of the fullness of the mind one obtains the sight of the ultimate of the lord of the Dharma, and gate eleven had long since judged clearly that reaching through into the fruit is only a reaching and not yet a witnessing. Bringing it down: having walked the twenty gates to this place, look back at gate one — there it said he takes all Tathāgatas as what he relies upon, and here it speaks of ten kinds of Buddha. From relying on the Buddha at the start to knowing the Buddha at the end, everything cultivated in the eighteen gates between is the process of coming to see clearly what that relied-upon thing is.
Lineage
The outline of this passage has its source of old. In setting out the outline of the six stages Chengguan says expressly: the separately circulating Dushi jing was made as six rounds of question and answer, and in each round there is first the question, next the answer, and afterward the quaking of the earth and the showing of auspicious signs so as to display the benefit and attest to it; and the ancient worthies of old all took the wording of that text and used it to outline this sūtra, dividing it into six stretches, of which the first twenty sentences ask about the practice of the ten faiths, and thereafter in order about the ten abodes, the ten practices, the ten dedications, the ten grounds, and the fullness of the cause and the completion of the fruit. He further points out that although the sentences of the fourth stretch are thirty, because the one sentence unobstructed function is an empty sentence of general marking, there are in fact twenty-nine. Fazang’s commentary is likewise of the same account, and cites the words of the request in the Dushi jing as witness, saying that since it says from the beginning through to the end, and since at the very last the accomplishing of buddhahood is made clear as the end, one may know that the practice of faith at the very first is the beginning. The two masters judge alike as to the source from which the outline of the six stages comes.
As to the division into three, the two masters correspond as well, though their way of counting differs. Chengguan counts by gates, making the first nine gates the fullness of the practice of one’s own portion, the next eight the completeness of the advancing practice, and the last three the ultimate reach of both practices; Fazang counts by sentences, making the first ninety sentences, the next eighty, and the last thirty. For the opening gate of the third division Chengguan follows the eighty-fascicle text and has the wisdom of difference, while Fazang follows the sixty-fascicle text and has the ten wisdoms that cannot be broken — the difference in the outline-names has its source in the difference of the base texts.
In the gloss upon the gates one by one the judgments of the two houses differ here and there. In the gloss on gate one, Chengguan divides the ten sentences by four tiers, self-benefit and self-and-other, reliance upon dharma and reliance upon persons, while Fazang strings the ten sentences through with the sequence of mutual generation in the pattern though … if …; the forms are wholly different and do not attack each other. On the number of sentences in gate three, Chengguan judges from the Jin text that the eighty-fascicle has dropped the third sentence and fills it out into five couples, while Fazang follows the ten sentences of the sixty-fascicle and divides them into the five stretches of the practice of the precepts, of samādhi, of wisdom, of adorning Buddha-lands, and of requiting kindness. On the three sentences of entering by witness in gate six, Chengguan has entering the rank, entering the dharma, and entering the benefit, while Fazang has witnessing the rank, witnessing the dharma, and witnessing the way. On the division of gate sixteen, Chengguan makes the two divisions of the established and the unestablished and assigns seven, one, and two, while Fazang puts out three readings and takes the first for himself. On the division of gate nineteen, Chengguan makes the four stretches of the holding of what is heard, the holding of the sense, the use, and the gathering up, while Fazang makes the ten holdings of teaching, principle, wisdom, concentration, the speech of other regions, the three times, eloquence, the faculty of hearing, and the fruit. On the drawing together of gate twenty, Chengguan matches the ten Buddhas one by one to the ten bodies spoken of before, while Fazang only glosses the ten names briefly and refers the matter to a separate chapter. All of these divergences are settled accounts of the ancient worthies, and are recorded without being judged.
Li Tongxuan’s treatise has no gloss upon this passage gate by gate. He outlines this chapter at large into ten stretches, and in the section of the direct telling to which this passage belongs he states of himself: in this one stretch the bodhisattva Samantabhadra has two thousand answers, and the dharmas he answers with have ten dharmas apiece, and the text of each is complete of itself and needs no troublesome explanation — only practice as it is told. Among the senses he sets up at the level of the chapter, the one that touches this passage most nearly is the section on the lord of the telling: he asks why this chapter still has the bodhisattva Samantabhadra do the telling, and answers that these two thousand dharma-gates are the constant practice that Samantabhadra practices, and so Samantabhadra is still made to tell of himself and practice of himself, so that those who hear the Dharma may model themselves upon him and practice the practice of Samantabhadra.
The separately circulating Dushipin jing was translated by Dharmarakṣa of the Western Jin, and in it the twenty gates of this passage each have verses attached, while the eighty-fascicle and the sixty-fascicle texts have none — the repeated verses of this chapter are in the very last stretch. It was precisely upon the wording of this separately circulating text that the ancient worthies of old outlined the six stages of this chapter, and so for this chapter that translation is not only a collating witness but the very source from which the outline came.
Reading straight on, what follows this passage is the second round of answers in twenty gates, beginning from he rouses ten kinds of mind of Samantabhadra, making clear the dharma of practice of the ten abodes; and what precedes it are the five sections of the introduction, the samādhi, the prompting, the rising, and the request. Chengguan says that this sūtra tells of the six stages three times over from beginning to end, and that this is the second time and is with regard to practice — because the practice of Samantabhadra runs through all six stages. So although the twenty gates are named from the ten faiths, one need not, in reading, first put oneself into some one compartment; since Chengguan has already made clear that the intent of this sūtra takes the practice within the ranks and does not take the ranks, practice is the true subject of this passage.
品三十八 離世間品 · 十住行二十門Detachment from the World · The Twenty Gates of the Practice of the Ten Abodes
全文五層 →Full five layers →先看清楚這一段在答什麼
普慧菩薩一口氣問了兩百句,普賢菩薩每問答以十句;本段是第二番答,共二十門,門門十句。這二十門,經文自己沒有安任何位次的名字——沒有一個作位名用的「住」字。位名從哪裡來?澄觀說得明白:古來諸德是依著別行的古譯本之文來科判這部經的,六位之科由此而立,他承用之。所以本段稱作『十住行二十門』,是疏家的科名,不是經的自名。
這一分際先立住,後面才不會讀錯。有人一看見「十住」,就以為經文在講位階高低,要對號入座;不是。經文只是一門一門地開行法,位次是疏家為了讓讀者看出次第而配上去的。澄觀自己也設了一個問難:既然經已沒去位名而只存大行,何必再配?他的答覆是:行有兩面,取其圓融時位次就沒了,約著行布時次第不妨存在——若沒有次第,又拿什麼來圓融?
還有一個排誤。「十」不是定數。法藏在解第四門時舉過:發心之緣,有的經論說四種,有的說七種,此處說十,是要顯無盡。他在釋門一時又說這十心「各是一行,亦不相收」——不是十個台階,是十個彼此不相收攝、各各遍通的行門。看懂這一點,二十門就不是二十條清單,而是二十個入口。
第一門 十種普賢心:發心到底發的是什麼
先問:既已有「菩提心」一詞,何必再說「普賢心」?澄觀答得極利落:普賢心就是菩提心,只是菩提心是就果位來說的,普賢心是就相與用來說的——橫的周遍法界,豎的窮盡未來。所以這一門不是另立一種心,是把菩提心攤開來給你看它的相貌。
十句怎麼分?澄觀給了三重讀法。一是三心菩提:前三句是悲護眾生的心,中間六句是起願的心,最後一句是智心。二是二護:前七句護小乘之心(前三護狹、後四護小),後三句護煩惱之心,所以與凡夫、小乘不同,才叫菩提心。三是四弘:前三是眾生無邊誓願度,因為度生不吝惜所以說一切施;次一是佛道無上誓願成;次三是法門無盡誓願學;後三是煩惱無邊誓願斷。法藏所疏的六十本,則作救護眾生心、上求佛果心、厭離有為心三段。
排誤:這裡的金剛、大海、大山王三句不是形容心力強大。金剛所取的是受生不忘失,海所取的是白淨法悉流入,山王所取的是惡言皆忍受——三句都落在『不被境轉』上。落地處在最末一句:般若究竟心「巧觀一切法無所有」。前九句一路發願擔當,末句一刀切掉『我在擔當』的實執,發心才不會發成負擔。
第二門 十種普賢行法:願怎麼變成行
先問:前一門已發心,此門又說行法,豈不重複?澄觀繫此門為別明菩提心,說它就是大願心,也就是前面〈十住品〉裡的勝進行。法藏則說:依前面的大心而起廣大願行,所以接著說;十句之中,前九句是因行之廣,後一句是成果之廣,因為「普賢」一名通於因果。
十句的句式極特別:每一句都以「願」字起、以「普賢行法」四字收——住未來一切劫、供養未來一切佛、安置眾生於普賢行、積集善根、入一切波羅蜜、滿足菩薩行、莊嚴一切世界、生一切佛剎、善觀察一切法、於一切佛國土成無上菩提。前面九件是因中之事,最後一件是果上之事,而果上那一件仍叫「普賢行法」——這就是法藏所謂普賢通因果。
排誤:不要把「願住未來一切劫」讀成發願受長劫的苦。願的內容是「住」,是不退席;時間之長只是說明不退到什麼程度。落地:這一門是檢查表——你的發心若真,應當能在這十件事上各說出一句自己的話;說不出來的那幾件,正是你願力還沒鋪到的地方。
第三門 十種觀眾生而起大悲:悲心不是情緒
先問:大悲從哪裡生?經文的答法很硬:從「觀察」生。十句每一句都是『觀察眾生如何如何,而起大悲』——先看見,然後才悲。這一門與下一門,澄觀說含有兩重意思:一面成前面發心住之行,一面成下面治地住之行。
澄觀分十句為總別:第一句「無依無怙」是總,因為外沒有善友可依、內沒有自德可怙;其餘九句是別。別中前五句是欲求的眾生,只縱著眼前之情;次一句是有求的眾生,所以沉沒生死之海;後三句是邪梵行求的眾生,被無明邪見所病,只想要邪法。法藏另出一釋,把十句分成顛倒、欲求、有求、梵行求四類,配作二、四、二、二。二家所分不同,都是古德成說,並錄不判。
排誤:「觀察眾生長夜睡眠」不是說人愛睡覺,是說在無明的長夜裡不醒;「長嬰疾苦」也不單指身病。落地一句:悲心若起不來,多半不是心冷,是看得不夠細——這十句就是十副眼鏡,戴上任何一副,悲心自然起。
第四門 十種發菩提心因緣:為什麼發,比發了什麼更要緊
先問:前門已明悲,此門何為?澄觀說此門別顯智心,是觀境推理而發心,與前面〈十住品〉自分行中的發心因緣互相影略。法藏說得更直白:悲願行之生起必定要靠所因,前面說的是所發之心體,這裡辨的是發心的所因。
澄觀分十句為兩段。前五句以眾生為緣:第一句是總,其餘四句是別——令滅妄苦、得真滅、斷癡集、證真道,正是推無作四諦之理而發菩提心。後五句以菩提為緣:前二句是福智之因,後三句是希求福智之果。所以這一門是一張因果的地圖:向下看眾生的苦集滅道,向上看諸佛的福智因果,兩頭一接,心就發起來了。
排誤:不要把「為見一切佛色身相好故,發菩提心」讀成貪著莊嚴相。它與「入一切佛廣大智慧」「顯現諸佛力、無所畏」同列,是希求佛果之德,不是慕好看。落地:發心退了的時候,回頭查這十個因緣——十個都不在了才叫真退,通常只是有一兩個暗了。
第五門 近善知識應起十種心:跟人學法的姿態
先問:這一門為何忽然轉到善知識?澄觀繫此門為治地住之行,說它明的是勝進行中親近善知識這一段,標句之內兼含顯意。十句他分作兩截:前六句是事奉善友之事,後四句是與善友同修而無異。
要緊的是第五句。八十本作「無異求心」,澄觀釋之曰:所謂求者,是不求名聞利養以及過失。六十本此句正作「不求利心」,字面與澄觀之釋相合。這一句是這一門的樞紐——事師而心裡另有所圖,前四句的給侍、歡喜、無違、隨順就全成了交易。
排誤:「如來心」不是把人當佛崇拜到失去分辨,它與『同善根心、同願心、同圓滿行心』並列,說的是在法上與師同一方向。落地:這十心是一張自檢表,最容易缺的往往不是恭敬,是「一向心」——今天這裡學一點、明天那裡取一點,看似廣參,其實是無一向。
第六門 十種清淨:親近善知識之後會發生什麼
先問:清淨是修來的,還是得來的?經文的句法給了答案:「起如是心,則得十種清淨」——它是前一門的果。澄觀正是這樣繫的:此門即是勝進近友之果,所以說起如是心即得。
澄觀還交代了「清淨」一詞的梵語所傳,說它有兩義:一是遍清淨,就是此處這十種;二是極清淨,在本品後文另有一段。十句他分四層:前六句是三業清淨——其中前三(深心、色身、音聲)是體之淨,後三(辯才、智慧、受生)是用之淨;次二句(眷屬、果報)是主伴果報之淨;後二句(大願、諸行)是願行之淨。
排誤:不要把「色身清淨」讀成相貌好,經文自繫其所以是「隨其所宜為示現故」——淨在能隨機示現,不在好看。落地:這一門告訴人一件很實際的事——親近善知識的效驗不在感覺,在這十處是否轉動;十處全不動,多半是前一門的十心裡缺了幾心。
第七門 十種波羅蜜:十度不是六度加四
先問:常說六度,此處何以說十?澄觀繫此門為修行住之自分行,說前面〈十住品〉是開一個慧為十種觀察,此處則總顯所修具足十度,而且「十度皆總相而釋,一一多含」,所以布施一句便說「一切皆捨」。
後四度要看清名義。智波羅蜜,澄觀說智就是方便,進趣佛力的權智,所以立智之名;神通波羅蜜,他繫其異譯說神通就是力度,晉譯本正作「神力」;法波羅蜜,他說法就是智,從所知而得名。願波羅蜜則自繫於普賢——「滿足普賢諸大願故」。
排誤:不要以為前六度是基礎、後四度是進階。十度既然都以總相而釋,一一之中就都含著其餘;布施一度說「悉捨一切諸所有」,已經把持戒的捨非法、忍辱的捨我慢都攝在裡面。落地:讀這一門的方法不是排次第,是任取一度,問它「一一多含」在哪裡——這樣讀一遍,十度就成了一度。
第八門 十種智隨覺:智慧怎麼隨事隨理地覺
先問:既已修十度,何以又立此門?澄觀繫此門為修行住中的勝進行,說由前面的行成就了無倒的了達,於是隨事隨理都能善巧覺知,所以叫智隨覺;它就是前面〈十住品〉勝進十法中觀察眾生界等,彼此互有影略。
十句可分三段看。前五句隨「界」而覺:世界的無量差別、眾生界的不可思議、諸法的一入種種與種種入一、法界之廣大、虛空界之究竟。次三句隨「世」而覺:一切世界入過去世、入未來世、入現在世。後二句隨「佛」而覺:一切如來無量行願都在一智之中圓滿、三世諸佛同一行而得出離。
排誤:第三句「一入種種種種入一」不是說一個東西變成很多個,是說一與多互相涉入而不壞其相——這是本經最要緊的句法之一,讀成神通就落空了。落地:這一門的結句很重,說安住此法便得一切法自在光明、於一念頃悉能解了——一念頃三字繫的是下一門(門九證知)「一切法在一念」的同一義理,不是形容快。
第九門 十種證知:知道與親證的分別
先問:前門既已覺知,何必再立證知?澄觀繫此一門為生貴住之行,說由前面的了達,才能證、能知,因為證的緣故,於聖教之中得生。門名裡的「證」字正是分際:前一門是隨事隨理而覺,這一門是親證而知。
澄觀分十句為四段:初三句是總知一切法(一相、無量相、在一念);次五句是廣說前面的知眾生(心行無礙、諸根平等、煩惱習氣行、心使行、善不善行);第九句菩薩願行是攝在前面的業行之中;第十句知如來十力,就是知涅槃而與生死相對。
排誤:「知一切法一相」與「知一切法無量相」不是矛盾的兩句,也不是先後兩個階段——一相是理,無量相是事,同時而知才叫證知。落地:第七句「知一切眾生心使行」最堪自照——心使是隨心而起的煩惱;連自己一日之中的心使都認不出來,就不必先去論知他人。
第十門 十種力:入得進去,才叫力
先問:此門之力與佛之十力同名,是同一件事嗎?澄觀繫此門為具足方便住之行,並說依梵本,此門之名是「積集」,就是方便具足之義——所以此力是菩薩積集所成之力,不是果地十力。他又指出:前面〈十住品〉只說所修諸行皆為眾生,卻沒說修什麼,此門正是顯所修之行。
澄觀分十句:前六句是解法之力,後四句是上求之力。前六句都以「入」「於」起句——入自性、入如化、入如幻、入皆是佛法、於一切法無染著、於一切法甚明解;後四句轉向善知識、善根、佛法之深信、一切智心之不退。
排誤:「入一切法如化力」「如幻力」不是說世界是假的所以不必管。澄觀在最末一門有一句斷語可以借來讀此處:所謂變化,是即實如化,不是要另變出一個什麼——如幻如化說的是法的實相,不是法的不存在。落地:這一門的檢驗很簡單——聽見「一切法皆是佛法」時心裡若打折扣,第四力就還沒有。
第十一門 十種平等:平等有三層意思
先問:平等是齊頭一致嗎?澄觀在此處給了本段最細的一段釋。他繫此門為正心住之行,說由了達平等,所以聽見讚歎毀謗心都不動;並說「平等」一詞通有三義:一是事等,十類各各相望,如說眾生同有佛性、乃至諸佛同一法身、一心一智;二是理等,此十類同一真故;三是心等,由了前二而即之於心,所以對十種境界不生高下。
十句他逐一釋過,句句都在遮一個常見的偏心:對眾生平等是無怨親;對法平等是於善惡不生分別;對剎平等是見染見淨無高下;對深心平等是同一真道而出離;對善根平等是無一善根不為佛;對菩薩平等是於同行如自己;對願平等是一一大願徹於未來際;對波羅蜜平等是不說般若勝過布施;對行平等是隨一一行皆徹事理;對佛平等是不說這一尊佛最勝。
排誤:第二句「於善惡不生分別」不是不辨善惡,是不於善惡起高下之心——事上仍須揀擇,心上不起憎愛。落地:這十句一句一句地照過去,最容易漏的是第八句與第十句,因為修行人最容易在法門與佛土上暗暗排名次。
第十二門 十種佛法實義句:十句話把法說到底
先問:這十句像是十個結論,怎麼讀?澄觀繫此門為正心住中的勝進行,並以三性判之:第一句約遍計所執,因為都無實故;次四句約依他起;後五句約圓成實。第一句他只以「都無實故」一語釋之;『於無名相之中假名而說』一語,釋的是後五句中的第一句,即全門第六句「一切法但文字所作」——文字是於無名相中假名而說。
依這個判法讀下去,脈絡就清楚了:起首一句先破名言之實有;接著幻、影、緣起、業清淨四句說依他之相——如幻如影是喻其無自性,緣起說其所以生,業清淨說其本自不染;最後文字所作、實際、無相、第一義、法界五句歸於圓成——前一句仍收在文字上,後四句則一路脫落,直到法界為止。
排誤:「一切法但有名」不是說什麼都不存在,是說離開名言去找一個名下之實體,找不到。落地:這一門是前面所有行門的底——若無這十句,前面的十度、十力、十平等都會悄悄變成十件『我做成的事』。
第十三門 說十種法:把法說出去
先問:此門為何忽然講說法?澄觀繫此門為不退住之自分行,說由能宣說深廣之法,所以聽人說法時心不退轉;並說十句之中,說業性等成就如來之力、隨義演說令菩薩不退——他還提到《涅槃》第二十八卷中廣明退與不退之相。
十句由淺入深地排:甚深、廣大、種種,是說法的體量;一切智法、隨順波羅蜜法,是說法的所依;出生如來力法、三世相應法,是說法的所成;令菩薩不退法、讚歎佛功德法,是說法的所為;最後一句最長——說一切菩薩學一切佛平等、與一切如來境界相應之法,是把說法收歸到佛境界上去。
排誤:「說種種法」不是說得雜,與前二句連讀便知:甚深對淺、廣大對狹、種種對單一,三句合起來是說法的三種周遍。落地:這一門其實在說一件事——能講到什麼程度,心就穩到什麼程度;講不明白的地方,正是自己還會退的地方。
第十四門 十種持:持不是背下來
先問:持是記住嗎?澄觀在此門下了一句最省力也最要緊的界定:持是受持奉行,不只是宣之於口。這一句一出,十句的讀法就全定了。
十句所持之物由自而他、由事而理:所集的福德善根、如來所說之法、一切譬喻、一切法的理趣門、出生陀羅尼門、除疑惑之法、成就菩薩之法、如來所說平等三昧門、一切法照明門、諸佛神通遊戲之力。前二句持所修與所聞,中間數句持能入之門,末後三句持定、慧與神通之力(法藏亦判後三為記果法:一佛定法、二佛慧法、三佛通法)。澄觀繫此門為不退住中的勝進行。
排誤:「持一切譬諭」不是收集比喻,譬喻在本經是說法之器——持譬喻就是持住那個能讓人懂的方便。落地:檢驗自己有沒有「持」,不看記得多少,看奉行了幾條;一部經記得滾瓜爛熟而一句不行,按這一門的界定,就還沒有持。
第十五門 十種辯才:辯才從無執著來
先問:辯才是口才嗎?澄觀繫此門為童真住之自分行,並繫其所以:由三業無失的緣故,所以有無著之辯;由知道眾生的欲樂與理解,所以其辯能令他人歡喜。這兩句把辯才的根安在德上,不在舌上。
十句可分三段。前五句說辯之無所黏:無分別、無所作、無所著、了達空、無疑暗——一路遮除說者心中的立處。中間二句說辯之所依:佛加被、自覺悟——一半是佛力,一半是自證。後三句說辯之所成:文句差別善巧、真實說、隨眾生心令歡喜。
排誤:「於一切法無分別辯才」不是含糊其辭。無分別說的是心不取相,文句上反而要「差別善巧」——第八句正是為了防這個誤讀而立的。落地:說法一開口就想著要贏、要顯、要人服,前五句就一句都不在了——辯才不是加上來的能力,是減掉執著之後剩下的。
第十六門 十種自在:作得了主的十處
先問:自在是隨心所欲嗎?澄觀繫此門為童真住中的勝進行,說現變化自在之身等,都是自在之義。所以自在是就用上說的——能不能在該起用的地方起得了用。
十句所自在之處,前四是智之用:教化調伏眾生、普照一切法、修一切善根行、廣大智。中四是行之用:無所依戒、善根迴向菩提、精進不退轉、智慧摧破眾魔。後二是化他之用:隨眾生所樂欲令發菩提心、隨所應化現成正覺。六十本此門作「十種勝法」,法藏依之而立第四科作「從「十種勝法」下五十句」;澄觀依八十本作「十種自在」——二家之科名同出一段而所據本不同。
排誤:「無所依戒自在」不是不持戒,是持戒而不倚仗戒相自高——倚仗一起,戒就成了另一種繫縛。落地:這十句最好倒過來讀:哪一處你還被牽著鼻子走,哪一處就還沒有自在。
第十七門 十種無著:連善的也不黏
先問:無著與前面的無所依、無染著有什麼不同?澄觀繫此門為王子住之行,並繫其效驗:由無著的緣故,才能善知後面的十法。所以無著在這裡是入位的門檻,不是修行的結論。
十句的排法極可玩味:世界、眾生、法、所作、善根、受生處、願、行、菩薩、佛。前四句無著於境與事,尚屬常途;從第五句起,所無著的一路轉成善法——善根、受生、願、行、菩薩、乃至佛。經文最後把「佛」也放進無著之列,正是本經的家風。
排誤:「於一切佛無著」不是不敬佛、不念佛。它與前面第十一門「一切佛平等」互看便明白:不著是不取為我所得、不執為定相,恰恰因為敬到極處才不敢以己意框限。落地:修久了的人最難過的是善根一關——做過的功課、發過的願、走過的路,都會悄悄變成新的所有物。這一門就是為此立的。
第十八門 十種平等心:平等落在心上
先問:第十一門已說平等,此門何以又說平等心?澄觀繫此門為王子住中的勝進行,說由平等的緣故,勝進而學法王處之法。門名多一個「心」字,正是分際:前門就十類境說平等,此門就能緣之心說平等。
十句所平等之處:積集功德、發一切差別願、眾生身、眾生業報、一切法、淨穢國土、眾生之解、一切行無所分別、佛力無畏、如來智慧。從功德與願起,中經眾生的身、業、解,再到國土之淨穢,最後歸於佛之力與智——由自而他、由染而淨、由因而果,一路都是同一顆心。
排誤:第二句「發一切差別願平等心」最容易讀漏——願是差別的,心是平等的;不是把所有的願打成一片,而是在種種不同的願上不起高下。落地:第六句「於一切淨穢國土平等心」是最實在的一句——嫌棄自己所處的時代與環境時,這一句就現前地在考人。
第十九門 十種出生智慧:智慧從知處生
先問:智慧不是本有嗎,怎麼說出生?澄觀繫此門為灌頂位之行,說此門明成就十智而學佛之十智。十句的句法一律是「知……出生智慧」——先有所知之境,智慧從那裡生出來;所以此處說的出生,是就用上說,不是說本無而今有。
十句所知之境:眾生之解、佛剎種種差別、十方網之分齊、覆仰等一切世界、一切法一性與種種性之廣大住、一切種種身、世間顛倒妄想而無所著、一切法究竟以一道出離、如來神力能入一切法界、三世眾生佛種不斷。前六句知事之無量,第七句轉入不著,後三句歸於一道、法界、佛種。
排誤:「知十方網分齊」不是量地圖。世界如網而各有分齊,知其分齊正是為了不壞其相而見其互入——與第八門「一入種種種種入一」同一義理。落地:末一句最堪安心——知三世一切眾生佛種不斷,這是灌頂位所學佛智的落處:看人不看他現在的樣子,看他斷不了的那一分。
第二十門 十種變化:即實如化
先問:變化是神通表演嗎?澄觀在此門下了本段最後也最要緊的一句斷語:這裡的變化是即實如化,不是要另外化作一個什麼。繫此門於灌頂住之自分十法——《鈔》明言「即彼經自分十法」,其成就十智即振動無數世界等,故說由此故能動剎等;勝進所配之勸學十智,屬前一門出生智慧。他並在此收束全段,說上來數段文相並顯,雖有深旨,比類前文可知。
十句所變化者:眾生、身、剎、供養、音聲、行願、教化調伏眾生、成正覺、說法、加持。從眾生與身起,到成正覺與說法止——連「成正覺」也列在變化之中,正是「即實如化」一語的注腳:不是說成佛是假的,是說佛之成、佛之說法,皆如化而無實體可執。
排誤:不要把這一門讀成菩薩學會了變戲法。若照澄觀的界定讀,這一門其實是把前十九門全部再過一遍——所發之心、所修之度、所得之力、所說之法,一一皆如化。落地:二十門走到最後一句是「則得具足一切無上變化法」——所謂具足,是二十門的行都做過了,而一件也不曾據為己有。
承衍
本段之科,古來有三系。澄觀所敘古德之科,把二十門分作四段:初六門別明發心住義、次六門自「十種波羅蜜」下明其餘九住所成的內德之行、三門自「十種說法」下明諸住中的外化之行、五門自「十種自在」下明無礙殊勝之行;澄觀縱成之,說並非無理,然後自取順十住之科,逐門配入發心住乃至灌頂位,並自陳門數之分配:初四門明初住之行,第二第三位各二門,第四第五位各一門,其後五位各二門。法藏所疏的是六十本,其分法相當而以句計——初六十句、次六十句、次三十句、後五十句;第四科的起門,法藏依六十本作「十種勝法」,澄觀依八十本作「十種自在」,科名之異源在底本之異。二家所判並錄不判。
第三系出於智儼。智儼所疏的也是六十本,然而他於本段只立三科而不作四分:初五十句明解之方便,其下七十句是解位中正修的對治之行,再下八十句是利他之行;三科之界,他各以起句之名繫之——初科自『普賢心』起,次科自『十清淨』起,後科自『十說法』起。以句計,作五十、七十、八十。與前二系相較,古德四分作六門六門三門五門,法藏作六十句六十句三十句五十句,智儼則作五十句七十句八十句——前二系之段界相當,智儼之三分則與之異。此處但錄三系之分法,不判其孰是。
門一之釋,兩家亦異。澄觀出三重(三心菩提、二護、四弘),法藏出兩重(三心、二護);三心之名,澄觀作悲護眾生心、起願心、智心,法藏作下救護眾生心、上求佛果心、厭離有為心;二護之數,澄觀作前七護小乘、餘三護煩惱,法藏作初六護小乘、餘四護煩惱。門三之分類,澄觀作三類(欲求、有求、邪梵行求)而配五、一、三,法藏後釋作四類(顛倒、欲求、有求、梵行求)而配二、四、二、二。皆古德成說,誌錄不判。
門十二與門二十,法藏之釋亦與澄觀異。門十二,澄觀以遍計、依他、圓成三性分十句;法藏所疏六十本作「十種方便佛法句」,初一約遍計、次五約依他,而後四不入圓成之名,改以空如來藏(七無生真、八無相真、九無性性真)與不空如來藏(十具德法界)分之——初三性、後二藏,框架自異。門二十,澄觀但立即實如化一義;法藏先立名義「轉變本無,化現令有,故云變化」,逐目配之(變他眾生身、變自身作異類、變染剎為淨,以至化現舍利),又別出一讀「此十亦是以實用化顯其平等」——前釋以變化為轉本無而令有,後釋以變化為即實而用化以顯平等。二家並錄不判。
李通玄之論於本段無逐文之釋可徵,機械檢索零命中,據實標闕,不以他處之文充之。
本段之別行本是西晉竺法護所譯《度世品經》,二十門中十九門附有偈頌(一處古注諸本闕頌),八十、六十二本則無——本品之重頌在最末一段。古來諸德正是依這個別行本之文來科判本品六位的,所以這個譯本於本品不只是校本,也是科文的所自出。
順讀下去,本段之後即接第三番答三十門,自「十種力持」起,明十行之行法;上承第一番答二十門之十信行。三番之間,行相互有廣略而次第井然——正是澄觀所謂「若不壞相,不妨次第」。
First Be Clear About What This Passage Is Answering
Universal Wisdom Bodhisattva asks two hundred clauses in one breath, and Samantabhadra Bodhisattva answers each question with ten clauses; this passage is the second round of answers, twenty gates in all, each gate with ten clauses. To these twenty gates the scripture itself attaches no name of any position — there is not one word ‘abode’ used as the name of a position. Where, then, do the names of the positions come from? Chengguan says it plainly: the ancient worthies outlined this scripture according to the text of a separately circulating old translation, and it was from this that the outline of the six positions was set up, and he takes it over from them. So the name ‘the twenty gates of the practice of the ten abodes’ for this passage is an outline-name of the commentators, not a name the scripture gives itself.
Once this distinction is established, what follows will not be misread. Some, on seeing ‘the ten abodes’, suppose that the scripture is talking about high and low rank and that one must find one's own number in the list; it is not so. The scripture is only opening practice-dharmas one gate after another, and the positions were fitted on by the commentators so that a reader could see the sequence. Chengguan himself also raises an objection: since the scripture has already dropped the names of the positions and keeps only the great practice, why fit them on again? His answer is that practice has two sides — take it as perfectly fused and the positions vanish; take it as spread out in array and there is no harm in a sequence — for if there were no sequence, what would there be to fuse?
There is one more error to clear away. ‘Ten’ is not a fixed number. Fazang, in explaining gate four, brings this up: as to the conditions for giving rise to the mind, some scriptures and treatises say there are four kinds and some say seven, while here ten are spoken of, and this is in order to display inexhaustibility. In explaining gate one he says again that these ten minds ‘are each a practice of its own, and they do not take one another in’ — not ten steps of a stair, but ten practice-gates that do not gather one another up and that each pervade everywhere. Once this is seen, the twenty gates are not twenty items on a list but twenty entrances.
Gate 1, the Ten Kinds of Samantabhadra Mind: What Is It That Giving Rise to the Mind Gives Rise To
First the question: since there is already the word ‘the mind of awakening’, why speak of ‘the Samantabhadra mind’ as well? Chengguan answers with great dispatch: the Samantabhadra mind is just the mind of awakening, only that the mind of awakening is set forth with respect to the fruit, while the Samantabhadra mind is spoken of with respect to mark and function — crosswise it goes all through the Dharma realm, lengthwise it exhausts the whole future. So this gate does not set up another kind of mind; it spreads the mind of awakening open and lets you see the look of it.
How are the ten clauses divided? Chengguan gives three ways of reading them. The first is by the awakening of three minds: the first three clauses are the mind of compassionately protecting sentient beings, the middle six are the mind that raises vows, and the last one is the mind of knowledge. The second is by the two protections: the first seven clauses protect against the mind of the lesser vehicle (the first three protect against narrowness, the latter four against smallness), and the last three protect against the mind of the afflictions, so that it differs from that of ordinary beings and of the lesser vehicle and is therefore called the mind of awakening. The third is by the four great vows: the first three are the vow to deliver sentient beings without bound — because in delivering beings one is not stingy, it says that one gives everything away; the next one is the vow to accomplish the unsurpassed path of a buddha; the next three are the vow to study the inexhaustible gates of Dharma; the last three are the vow to cut off the boundless afflictions. In the sixty-fascicle text on which Fazang comments, the division is made into three parts: the mind that rescues and protects sentient beings, the mind that seeks upward for the fruit of buddhahood, and the mind that turns away in weariness from the conditioned.
An error to clear away: the three clauses of vajra, the great ocean and the king of great mountains here are not descriptions of a mighty strength of mind. What is taken from vajra is not losing the vow when taking birth; what is taken from the ocean is that all the white and pure dharmas flow into it; what is taken from the mountain king is that all evil words are borne — all three clauses come down upon ‘not being turned by circumstances’. The place where it comes to the ground is the very last clause: the ultimate mind of prajñā ‘observes with skill that all dharmas are without anything at all’. The first nine clauses go on vowing and shouldering; the last clause cuts away at a stroke the solid clinging to ‘it is I who am shouldering it’, and only then does giving rise to the mind not turn into a burden.
Gate 2, the Ten Samantabhadra Practice-Dharmas: How a Vow Turns into a Practice
First the question: the previous gate has already given rise to the mind, and this gate speaks of practice-dharmas — is that not a repetition? Chengguan attaches this gate to the several setting-forth of the mind of awakening, saying that it is just the mind of the great vow, that is to say, the advancing practice in the earlier Chapter on the Ten Abodes. Fazang says: it is upon the great mind spoken of before that vast vowed practice is raised, and therefore it is set forth next; and of the ten clauses, the first nine are the breadth of the practice as cause, and the last one is the breadth of the accomplished fruit, because the one name ‘Samantabhadra’ runs through both cause and fruit.
The sentence-form of the ten clauses is most distinctive: every one of them opens with the word ‘vow’ and closes with the four graphs that read ‘Samantabhadra practice-dharma’ — abiding throughout all the kalpas of the future, making offerings to all the buddhas of the future, placing sentient beings in the practice of Samantabhadra, gathering roots of goodness, entering all the perfections, fulfilling the practice of a bodhisattva, adorning all worlds, being born in all the buddha-lands, observing all dharmas well, accomplishing unsurpassed awakening in all buddha-lands. The first nine are matters within the cause and the last one is a matter on the side of the fruit, and yet that one on the side of the fruit is still called a ‘Samantabhadra practice-dharma’ — this is just what Fazang means by Samantabhadra running through cause and fruit.
An error to clear away: do not read ‘vowing to abide throughout all the kalpas of the future’ as vowing to undergo the suffering of long kalpas. The content of the vow is ‘abiding’, that is, not withdrawing from one's seat; the length of the time only states how far the not-withdrawing goes. Coming to the ground: this gate is a checklist — if your giving rise to the mind is genuine, you should be able to say a sentence of your own about each of these ten matters; the ones you cannot speak to are exactly where the strength of your vow has not yet been laid.
Gate 3, the Ten Ways of Observing Sentient Beings and Giving Rise to Great Compassion: Compassion Is Not a Feeling
First the question: where is great compassion born from? The scripture answers this bluntly: it is born from ‘observing’. Each of the ten clauses reads ‘observing that sentient beings are thus and thus, and thereby giving rise to great compassion’ — first the seeing, and only then the compassion. This gate and the next, Chengguan says, contain two senses at once: on one side they complete the practice of the foregoing abode of giving rise to the mind, on the other they complete the practice of the following abode of governing the ground.
Chengguan divides the ten clauses into the general and the several: the first clause, ‘nothing to lean on and no one to protect them’, is the general one, because outwardly there is no good friend to lean on and inwardly no virtue of one's own to be protected by; the other nine are the several ones. Among the several, the first five are sentient beings of the seeking of desire, who only give rein to the feeling of the moment; the next one is sentient beings of the seeking of existence, and therefore they are sunk in the ocean of birth and death; the last three are sentient beings of the seeking of a false holy life, who are sick with ignorance and wrong views and want only wrong dharmas. Fazang puts out another explanation, dividing the ten clauses into four classes — the topsy-turvy, the seeking of desire, the seeking of existence and the seeking of the holy life — matched as two, four, two and two. What the two houses divide is different; both are settled sayings of the ancient worthies, and they are recorded together without adjudication.
An error to clear away: ‘observing that sentient beings sleep through the long night’ does not mean that people are fond of sleeping; it means that they do not wake within the long night of ignorance. Nor does ‘long entangled in the suffering of illness’ refer to bodily sickness alone. One sentence for coming to the ground: if compassion will not rise, it is mostly not that the heart is cold but that the looking has not been fine enough — these ten clauses are ten pairs of spectacles, and put on any one of them and compassion rises of itself.
Gate 4, the Ten Causes and Conditions for Giving Rise to the Mind of Awakening: Why One Gives Rise to It Matters More than What One Gives Rise To
First the question: the previous gate has already set forth compassion, so what is this gate for? Chengguan says that this gate severally displays the mind of knowledge, that it is a giving rise to the mind by observing objects and reasoning them through, and that it and the causes and conditions for giving rise to the mind within the practice of one's own portion in the earlier Chapter on the Ten Abodes abbreviate and display one another. Fazang says it still more plainly: the arising of compassion, vow and practice must depend on that by which it is caused; what was spoken of before is the substance of the mind given rise to, and what is discerned here is that by which the mind is given rise to.
Chengguan divides the ten clauses into two parts. The first five take sentient beings as their condition: the first clause is the general one, and the other four are the several ones — causing deluded suffering to be extinguished, gaining true cessation, cutting off the origination that is folly, and realizing the true path, which is precisely to give rise to the mind of awakening by reasoning out the principle of the four truths as uncontrived. The latter five take awakening as their condition: the first two are the causes of merit and knowledge, and the last three are the seeking after the fruits of merit and knowledge. So this gate is a map of cause and effect: look downward at the suffering, origination, cessation and path of sentient beings; look upward at the causes and fruits of the merit and knowledge of the buddhas; join the two ends, and the mind is given rise to.
An error to clear away: do not read ‘for the sake of getting to see the form-bodies and the marks and signs of all the buddhas, he gives rise to the mind of awakening’ as a craving attachment to adorned appearances. It stands in the same list as ‘entering the vast wisdom of all the buddhas’ and ‘displaying the powers and the fearlessnesses of the buddhas’: it is a seeking after the virtues of the fruit of buddhahood, not an admiring of good looks. Coming to the ground: when the mind you gave rise to has fallen back, turn round and check these ten causes and conditions — only when all ten are gone is it a true falling back; usually it is only that one or two have gone dim.
Gate 5, the Ten Minds to Be Raised in Drawing Near a Good Friend: The Bearing in Which One Learns the Dharma from Someone
First the question: why does this gate turn all at once to the good friend? Chengguan attaches this gate to the practice of the abode of governing the ground, saying that what it sets forth is that stretch of the advancing practice which is the drawing near to a good friend, and that within the clause of the heading a displaying sense is also contained. He divides the ten clauses into two halves: the first six are the matter of waiting upon and serving the good friend, and the last four are practicing together with the good friend without difference.
What matters is the fifth clause. The eighty-fascicle text has ‘the mind that does not seek anything else’, and Chengguan glosses it thus: what is meant by seeking is that one does not seek fame and gain, nor faults. In the sixty-fascicle text this clause reads exactly ‘the mind that does not seek profit’, and on the face of it this agrees with Chengguan's gloss. This clause is the pivot of the whole gate — serve a teacher while having some other design in your heart, and the waiting upon, the gladness, the not going against and the going along of the first four clauses all become a transaction.
An error to clear away: ‘the mind of the Tathāgata’ does not mean worshipping a person as a buddha until one has lost all discernment; standing as it does alongside ‘the mind of the same root of goodness, the mind of the same vow, the mind of fulfilling one's practice in the same way’, it means being of one direction with one's teacher in the Dharma. Coming to the ground: these ten minds are a self-examination sheet, and what is most often missing is not reverence but ‘the mind that is of a single direction’ — take a little here today and a little there tomorrow, and it looks like broad consultation while in fact there is no single direction at all.
Gate 6, the Ten Purities: What Happens After Drawing Near a Good Friend
First the question: is purity cultivated, or is it gained? The sentence-form of the scripture gives the answer: ‘if he gives rise to a mind like this, he will gain ten kinds of purity’ — it is the fruit of the previous gate. Chengguan attaches it in just this way: this gate is the fruit of the advancing drawing near to a friend, and therefore it says that giving rise to such a mind is at once the gaining of it.
Chengguan also accounts for the Sanskrit as transmitted for the word ‘purity’, saying that it has two senses: the first is pervading purity, which is these ten here; the second is utmost purity, which comes in another passage later in this chapter. He divides the ten clauses into four layers: the first six are the purity of the three kinds of action — of these the first three (the deep mind, the form-body, the voice) are the purity of substance and the latter three (eloquence, wisdom, taking birth) the purity of function; the next two (retinue, the fruit of recompense) are the purity of the fruit of recompense as principal and companions; and the last two (the great vow, the practices) are the purity of vow and practice.
An error to clear away: do not read ‘purity of the form-body’ as good looks; the scripture itself attaches the reason for it — ‘because he displays himself in whatever shape suits them’ — the purity lies in being able to display himself according to the capacity, not in being good to look at. Coming to the ground: this gate tells one a very practical thing — the effect of drawing near a good friend does not lie in a feeling but in whether these ten places have turned; if not one of the ten has moved, it is most likely that several of the ten minds of the previous gate are missing.
Gate 7, the Ten Perfections: The Ten Are Not the Six with Four Added On
First the question: six perfections are commonly spoken of; why are ten spoken of here? Chengguan attaches this gate to the practice of one's own portion in the abode of cultivating the practice, saying that the earlier Chapter on the Ten Abodes opens one wisdom into ten kinds of observing, while here it displays in general that what is cultivated is complete in the ten perfections, and moreover that ‘the ten perfections are all explained in terms of the general mark, and each one contains much’, which is why the single clause on giving says ‘he lets go of everything’.
The names and senses of the last four perfections have to be seen clearly. As to the perfection of knowledge, Chengguan says that knowledge is just skillful means, the provisional knowledge that advances toward the powers of a buddha, and that the name of knowledge is therefore set up. As to the perfection of spiritual penetration, he attaches its variant rendering, saying that spiritual penetration is the perfection of power and that the Jin translation has ‘spiritual power’. As to the perfection of dharma, he says that dharma is just knowledge, named from what is known. The perfection of vows he attaches to Samantabhadra himself — ‘because he fulfills the various great vows of Samantabhadra’.
An error to clear away: do not suppose that the first six perfections are the foundation and the last four the advanced course. Since all ten perfections are explained in terms of the general mark, each one of them contains all the rest; the one perfection of giving, in saying ‘he lets go of every single thing he has’, has already gathered in the letting go of what is not Dharma that belongs to the precepts and the letting go of self-conceit that belongs to patience. Coming to the ground: the way to read this gate is not to set the ten in order but to take any one perfection and ask of it where its ‘each one contains much’ lies — read through once in this way, and the ten perfections become one perfection.
Gate 8, the Ten Wisdoms That Awaken in Accordance: How Wisdom Awakens in Accordance with Things and with Principle
First the question: the ten perfections have already been cultivated, so why is this gate set up as well? Chengguan attaches this gate to the advancing practice within the abode of cultivating the practice, saying that by the practice that went before an unmistaken mastery is accomplished, so that in accordance with things and in accordance with principle he can awaken and know them skillfully, and that it is therefore called wisdom that awakens in accordance; and that it is just the observing of the realms of sentient beings and the rest among the ten dharmas of advancing in the earlier Chapter on the Ten Abodes, the two abbreviating one another.
The ten clauses may be seen in three parts. The first five awaken in accordance with ‘realms’: the measureless differences of the worlds, the inconceivability of the realm of sentient beings, the one entering into the various and the various entering into one among the dharmas, the vastness of the Dharma realm, and the ultimacy of the realm of space. The next three awaken in accordance with ‘ages’: all worlds entering into the past age, into the future age, into the present age. The last two awaken in accordance with ‘buddhas’: the measureless practices and vows of all the Tathāgatas being fulfilled within a single wisdom, and the buddhas of the three times coming forth by one and the same practice.
An error to clear away: the third clause, ‘one enters into the various and the various enter into one’, does not mean that one thing turns into many things; it means that one and many enter into each other without ruining their marks — this is one of the most important sentence-forms in this scripture, and to read it as a spiritual power is to lose it altogether. Coming to the ground: the closing clause of this gate is weighty, saying that abiding in this dharma one gains the light of mastery over all dharmas and in the space of a single thought can understand them all — those three words ‘a single thought’ are tied to the same doctrine as ‘all dharmas are within a single thought’ in the following gate (gate nine, certain knowing), and are not a description of speed.
Gate 9, the Ten Realized Knowings: The Difference Between Knowing and Realizing for Oneself
First the question: the previous gate has already awakened and known, so why set up realized knowing as well? Chengguan attaches this one gate to the practice of the abode of being born noble, saying that it is by the mastery that went before that one can realize and can know, and that because of realizing one is born within the holy teaching. The word ‘realize’ in the name of the gate is exactly the distinction: the previous gate awakens in accordance with things and with principle, this gate knows by realizing for oneself.
Chengguan divides the ten clauses into four parts: the first three are the general knowing of all dharmas (one mark, measureless marks, within a single thought); the next five broadly set out the foregoing knowing of sentient beings (mental activity without obstruction, the equality of the faculties, the activity of the afflictions and latent tendencies, the activity of the afflictions that follow the mind, wholesome and unwholesome activity); the ninth clause, the vowed practice of bodhisattvas, is gathered into the karmic activity spoken of before; and the tenth clause, knowing the ten powers of the Tathāgata, is knowing nirvāṇa, set over against birth and death.
An error to clear away: ‘knowing that all dharmas have one mark’ and ‘knowing that all dharmas have measureless marks’ are not two contradictory clauses, nor two stages one after the other — the one mark is principle, the measureless marks are phenomena, and only knowing them at the same time is called realized knowing. Coming to the ground: the seventh clause, ‘knowing the activity of the afflictions that follow the mind in all sentient beings’, is the one most worth shining upon oneself — those afflictions are the ones that rise in the train of the mind; if one cannot even recognize them in a single day of one's own, there is no need to go discussing the knowing of others first.
Gate 10, the Ten Powers: Only What You Can Get Into Is Called Power
First the question: the powers of this gate share a name with the ten powers of a buddha — are they the same thing? Chengguan attaches this gate to the practice of the abode of complete skillful means, and says that according to the Sanskrit text the name of this gate is ‘gathering together’, which is the sense of being complete in skillful means — so these powers are powers accomplished by the bodhisattva's gathering together, not the ten powers on the ground of the fruit. He points out further that the earlier Chapter on the Ten Abodes says only that all the practices cultivated are for the sake of sentient beings but does not say what is cultivated, and that this gate is exactly the displaying of the practice cultivated.
Chengguan divides the ten clauses: the first six are the powers of understanding the Dharma, and the last four are the powers of seeking upward. The first six all open with ‘entering’ or ‘toward’ — entering the own-nature, entering their being like transformations, entering their being like illusions, entering their being all of them the Buddha's dharmas, no defiled attachment toward any dharma, the utmost clear understanding of all dharmas; the last four turn toward the good friend, roots of goodness, deep faith in the dharmas of the buddhas, and the not turning back of the mind of all-knowing wisdom.
An error to clear away: ‘the power of entering all dharmas as being like transformations’ and ‘as being like illusions’ do not mean that the world is false and so need not be minded. There is a decisive sentence of Chengguan's at the very last gate that can be borrowed to read this place: what is called transformation is that, just as it is real, it is like a transformation, and it is not that something else has to be transformed into being — being like illusions and like transformations speaks of the real mark of dharmas, not of the non-existence of dharmas. Coming to the ground: the test of this gate is very simple — if on hearing ‘all dharmas are the Buddha's dharmas’ your heart makes a discount, the fourth power is not yet there.
Gate 11, the Ten Equalities: Equality Has Three Layers of Meaning
First the question: is equality a levelling into sameness? Chengguan here gives the finest stretch of explanation in this passage. He attaches this gate to the practice of the abode of the upright mind, saying that by mastering equality the mind is unmoved whether it hears praise or slander; and he says that the word ‘equality’ runs through three senses: the first is the equality of phenomena, that is, the ten classes regarded severally over against one another, as when it is said that sentient beings alike have the buddha-nature, and so on up to the buddhas being of one dharma-body, one mind and one wisdom; the second is the equality of principle, that these ten classes are alike one and the same truth; the third is the equality of mind, whereby, having mastered the first two, one takes them into the mind, and so no high and low arise toward the ten kinds of object.
He explains the ten clauses one by one, and every clause blocks off some common partiality of mind: equality toward sentient beings is having neither enemy nor kin; equality toward dharmas is giving rise to no discrimination between good and evil; equality toward lands is seeing no high and low between the defiled and the pure; equality toward the deep mind is coming forth by one and the same true path; equality toward roots of goodness is that there is no root of goodness that is not for the sake of buddhahood; equality toward bodhisattvas is treating those who practice alongside as oneself; equality toward vows is that every single great vow goes right through to the limit of the future; equality toward the perfections is not saying that prajñā surpasses giving; equality toward practices is that any one practice goes right through both phenomena and principle; equality toward buddhas is not saying that this buddha here is the most excellent.
An error to clear away: the second clause, ‘giving rise to no discrimination between good and evil’, does not mean not distinguishing good from evil; it means not giving rise to a mind of high and low over good and evil — in matters one must still choose, while in the mind neither hate nor love arises. Coming to the ground: shine these ten clauses over yourself one by one, and the ones most easily missed are the eighth and the tenth, because those who practice most easily go ranking Dharma-gates and buddha-lands in secret.
Gate 12, the Ten Sentences on the Real Meaning of the Buddha-Dharma: Ten Sentences That Speak the Dharma Right Through
First the question: these ten clauses look like ten conclusions; how are they to be read? Chengguan attaches this gate to the advancing practice within the abode of the upright mind, and judges it by the three natures: the first clause is with respect to the imagined and clung-to, because there is nothing real in it at all; the next four are with respect to the other-dependent; the last five are with respect to the perfectly accomplished. The first clause he explains only by the words ‘because there is nothing real in it at all’; the words ‘within what has no name or mark one speaks by a borrowed name’ explain the first of the last five, that is, the sixth clause of the whole gate, ‘all dharmas are made only by written words’ — written words are spoken by a borrowed name within what has no name or mark.
Read on according to this judgment and the thread is clear: the opening clause first breaks the real existence of names and words; then the four clauses of illusion, reflected image, arising from conditions and the purity of karma set forth the marks of the other-dependent — being like illusions and like reflected images likens their lack of own-nature, arising from conditions says how they come to be, and the purity of karma says that they are of themselves undefiled; and last the five clauses of being made by written words, the true limit, having no mark, the highest meaning and the Dharma realm come home to the perfectly accomplished — the first of them is still gathered up under written words, while the latter four fall away one after another until the Dharma realm is reached.
An error to clear away: ‘all dharmas have only a name’ does not mean that nothing exists; it means that if one leaves the name and the word behind and goes looking for a substance under the name, it cannot be found. Coming to the ground: this gate is the floor under all the practice-gates that went before — without these ten clauses, the ten perfections, the ten powers and the ten equalities that went before would all quietly turn into ten ‘things I have brought off’.
Gate 13, Speaking Ten Kinds of Dharma: Speaking the Dharma Out
First the question: why does this gate suddenly speak of preaching? Chengguan attaches this gate to the practice of one's own portion in the abode of not turning back, saying that because one can proclaim the profound and vast dharma, therefore when one hears others preach the mind does not turn back; and he says that among the ten clauses, speaking of the nature of karma and the rest accomplishes the powers of the Tathāgata, and expounding according to the meaning keeps bodhisattvas from turning back — he also mentions that fascicle twenty-eight of the Nirvāṇa Sūtra sets forth at length the marks of turning back and of not turning back.
The ten clauses are arranged from the shallow to the deep: the profound, the vast and the various are the size and measure of the preaching; the dharma of all-knowing wisdom and the dharma that goes along with the perfections are what the preaching rests upon; the dharma that gives rise to the powers of the Tathāgata and the dharma that corresponds to the three times are what the preaching accomplishes; the dharma that keeps bodhisattvas from turning back and the dharma that praises the merit of the buddhas are what the preaching is for; and the last clause is the longest of all — proclaiming the dharma in which all bodhisattvas study the equality of all the buddhas and correspond to the field of experience of all the Tathāgatas — which brings the preaching home to the field of experience of a buddha.
An error to clear away: ‘speaking the various dharmas’ does not mean speaking in a jumble; read it together with the two clauses before it and it is plain — the profound is over against the shallow, the vast over against the narrow, the various over against the single, and the three clauses together are the three pervasions of preaching. Coming to the ground: this gate is really saying one thing — to whatever degree you can expound it, to that degree your mind is steady; the places you cannot make clear are exactly the places where you can still turn back.
Gate 14, the Ten Holdings: Holding Is Not Memorizing
First the question: is holding remembering? Under this gate Chengguan lays down the most effortless and most important of definitions: holding is receiving, holding and carrying out, not merely uttering with the mouth. Once this one sentence is out, the way to read all ten clauses is settled.
What the ten clauses hold runs from oneself outward and from phenomena to principle: the merit and roots of goodness one has gathered, the dharmas spoken by the Tathāgatas, all similes, the gates of the intent and drift of all dharmas, the gates that give rise to dhāraṇī, the dharmas that remove doubt, the dharmas that bring bodhisattvas to accomplishment, the gates of the samādhi of equality spoken by the Tathāgatas, the gates that illuminate all dharmas, and the power of the play of the spiritual penetrations of the buddhas. The first two clauses hold what one cultivates and what one has heard, the middle several clauses hold the gates by which one can enter, and the last three clauses hold the powers of concentration, of wisdom and of spiritual penetration (Fazang likewise judges the last three as recording the dharmas of the fruit: first the Buddha’s concentration-dharma, second the Buddha’s wisdom-dharma, third the Buddha’s penetration-dharma). Chengguan attaches this gate to the advancing practice within the abode of not turning back.
An error to clear away: ‘holding all similes’ does not mean collecting comparisons; in this scripture a simile is a vessel for preaching — to hold similes is to hold fast to that skillful means by which a person can be made to understand. Coming to the ground: to test whether you have ‘holding’, do not look at how much you remember but at how many items you have carried out; to have a whole scripture off by heart and not to practice one clause of it is, by the definition of this gate, still not to hold.
Gate 15, the Ten Eloquences: Eloquence Comes from Non-Attachment
First the question: is eloquence a gift of speech? Chengguan attaches this gate to the practice of one's own portion in the abode of youthful truth, and attaches the reason for it: because the three kinds of action are without fault, therefore there is an unattached eloquence; because he knows the desires and the understanding of sentient beings, therefore his eloquence can make others glad. These two sentences set the root of eloquence in virtue, not on the tongue.
The ten clauses may be divided into three parts. The first five speak of the eloquence's sticking to nothing: no discrimination, contriving nothing, clinging to nothing, mastering emptiness, no doubt or dimness — blocking off, one after another, the standing-place in the speaker's mind. The middle two speak of what the eloquence rests upon: the Buddha's sustaining, and awakening by oneself — half is the power of the Buddha and half is one's own realization. The last three speak of what the eloquence accomplishes: skill in the differences of phrases and words, true proclamation, and going along with the minds of sentient beings so as to make them glad.
An error to clear away: ‘the eloquence that gives rise to no discrimination toward any dharma’ does not mean speaking vaguely. No discrimination speaks of the mind not grasping marks; on the side of phrases and words, on the contrary, one must be ‘skillful in the differences’ — the eighth clause is set up precisely to ward off this misreading. Coming to the ground: open your mouth to preach with the thought of winning, of making a show, of making people submit, and not one of the first five clauses is there — eloquence is not an ability added on, it is what is left over after attachment has been taken away.
Gate 16, the Ten Masteries: The Ten Places Where One Can Be Master
First the question: is mastery doing as one pleases? Chengguan attaches this gate to the advancing practice within the abode of youthful truth, saying that displaying a body of transformation and mastery and the rest are all the sense of mastery. So mastery is spoken of with respect to function — whether one can bring the function into play in the place where it ought to be brought into play.
Of the places in which the ten clauses are masterful, the first four are the function of knowledge: teaching and disciplining sentient beings, illuminating all dharmas universally, cultivating the practice of all roots of goodness, and vast wisdom. The middle four are the function of practice: precepts that lean on nothing, dedicating roots of goodness to awakening, vigor that does not turn back, and crushing the hosts of demons with wisdom. The last two are the function of transforming others: causing sentient beings to give rise to the mind of awakening in accordance with what they delight in and desire, and displaying the accomplishment of perfect awakening in accordance with those who are to be transformed. In the sixty-fascicle text this gate reads ‘the ten surpassing dharmas’, and Fazang, following it, sets up his fourth division as ‘the fifty clauses from “the ten surpassing dharmas” onward’; Chengguan, following the eighty-fascicle text, has ‘the ten masteries’ — the outline-names of the two houses come from one and the same passage while the texts they rely on differ.
An error to clear away: ‘the mastery of precepts that lean on nothing’ does not mean not keeping the precepts; it means keeping them without exalting oneself by leaning on the marks of the precepts — let the leaning arise, and the precepts become one more sort of bondage. Coming to the ground: these ten clauses are best read backwards — in whatever place you are still being led by the nose, in that place there is as yet no mastery.
Gate 17, the Ten Non-Attachments: Not Even the Good Sticks
First the question: how does non-attachment differ from the leaning on nothing and the freedom from defiled attachment spoken of before? Chengguan attaches this gate to the practice of the abode of a prince of the Dharma, and attaches its effect: it is by non-attachment that one can know well the ten dharmas that follow. So non-attachment here is the threshold for entering the position, not a conclusion of practice.
The arrangement of the ten clauses is worth turning over: worlds, sentient beings, dharmas, what is done, roots of goodness, the place of taking birth, vows, practices, bodhisattvas, buddhas. The first four clauses are non-attachment to objects and affairs and are still the ordinary course; from the fifth clause on, what one is unattached to turns all the way into wholesome dharmas — roots of goodness, taking birth, vows, practices, bodhisattvas, and at last buddhas. That the scripture puts ‘buddhas’ too into the list of non-attachment is exactly the family manner of this scripture.
An error to clear away: ‘clinging to nothing in any buddha’ does not mean not revering the buddhas or not calling them to mind. Look at it together with ‘equality toward all buddhas’ in gate eleven and it is plain: not clinging is not taking them as gained by me and not grasping them as a fixed mark, and it is exactly because reverence has gone to its limit that one dares not frame them within one's own idea. Coming to the ground: for one who has practiced long, the hardest pass is that of the roots of goodness — the exercises done, the vows made, the road walked, all quietly turn into new possessions. This gate is set up for just that.
Gate 18, the Ten Minds of Equality: Equality Comes Down onto the Mind
First the question: gate eleven has already spoken of equality; why does this gate speak of the mind of equality as well? Chengguan attaches this gate to the advancing practice within the abode of a prince of the Dharma, saying that by equality one advances and studies the dharmas of the place of a king of the Dharma. The one extra word ‘mind’ in the name of the gate is exactly the distinction: the previous gate speaks of equality with respect to the ten classes of object, this gate speaks of equality with respect to the mind that takes them as its objects.
The places in which the ten clauses are equal: gathering merit, giving rise to all the differing vows, the bodies of sentient beings, the karmic recompense of sentient beings, all dharmas, pure and defiled lands, the understanding of sentient beings, giving rise to no discrimination toward any practice, the powers and fearlessnesses of the buddhas, and the wisdom of the Tathāgatas. Beginning from merit and vows, passing through the bodies, karma and understanding of sentient beings, then to the defilement and purity of lands, and coming home at last to the powers and wisdom of a buddha — from oneself outward, from the defiled to the pure, from cause to fruit, and the whole way it is one and the same mind.
An error to clear away: the second clause, ‘the mind of equality in giving rise to all the differing vows’, is the easiest to read past — the vows are differing, the mind is equal; it is not that all the vows are beaten into one piece, but that upon all the various differing vows no high and low arise. Coming to the ground: the sixth clause, ‘the mind of equality toward all pure and defiled lands’, is the most solid of all — when one is disgusted with the age and the surroundings one lives in, this clause is right there in front, putting one to the test.
Gate 19, the Ten Ways of Giving Birth to Wisdom: Wisdom Is Born from Where It Knows
First the question: is wisdom not innate? How can it be said to be given birth to? Chengguan attaches this gate to the practice of the position of consecration, saying that this gate sets forth the accomplishing of ten wisdoms and the studying of the ten wisdoms of a buddha. The sentence-form of the ten clauses is uniformly ‘knowing … and thereby giving birth to wisdom’ — first there is an object known, and wisdom is born from there; so the giving birth spoken of here is spoken with respect to function, and does not mean that what was formerly not there now comes to be.
The objects known in the ten clauses: the understanding of sentient beings; the various differences among the buddha-lands; the bounds and portions of the net of the ten directions; all the worlds, those lying face down and those lying face up and the rest; the one nature and the various natures of all dharmas and their vast abiding; all the various bodies; the topsy-turvy deluded thoughts of the world, with attachment to none of them; that all dharmas in the end come forth by one and the same road; that the spiritual power of the Tathāgata can enter the whole Dharma realm; that the buddha-seed of sentient beings of the three times is never cut off. The first six clauses know the measurelessness of phenomena, the seventh turns into non-attachment, and the last three come home to the one road, the Dharma realm and the buddha-seed.
An error to clear away: ‘knowing the bounds and portions of the net of the ten directions’ is not surveying a map. The worlds are like a net and each has its bounds and portions, and to know those bounds and portions is precisely so that, without ruining their marks, one may see their entering into one another — the same doctrine as ‘one enters into the various and the various enter into one’ in gate eight. Coming to the ground: the last clause is the most settling of all — knowing that the buddha-seed of all sentient beings of the three times is never cut off is where the buddha-wisdom studied at the position of consecration comes down: look at a person not for what he looks like now, but for that portion in him which cannot be cut off.
Gate 20, the Ten Transformations: Just as It Is Real, It Is Like a Transformation
First the question: is transformation a display of spiritual powers? Under this gate Chengguan lays down the last and the most important decisive sentence of this passage: the transformation here is that, just as it is real, it is like a transformation, and it is not that something else has to be transformed into being. He attaches this gate to the ten dharmas of the abode’s own portion within the abode of consecration — the Chao says plainly ‘this is the ten dharmas of the own portion in that scripture’, whose accomplishment of the ten knowledges is the shaking of countless worlds and the rest, and so he says that it is by this that one can shake the lands and the rest; the ten knowledges one is urged to learn, which belong to the advancing practice, are attached to the preceding gate, the giving rise to wisdom. And here he draws the whole passage to a close, saying that the textual marks of the several passages above are displayed together, and that although there is a deep purport, it can be known by comparison with what went before.
What the ten clauses transform: sentient beings, bodies, lands, offerings, voices, practices and vows, the teaching and disciplining of sentient beings, the accomplishing of perfect awakening, preaching, and sustaining. From sentient beings and bodies at the beginning to the accomplishing of perfect awakening and preaching at the end — that even ‘the accomplishing of perfect awakening’ is listed among the transformations is precisely the footnote to that phrase ‘just as it is real, it is like a transformation’: it does not say that the becoming of a buddha is false, but that the buddha's becoming and the buddha's preaching are alike like transformations, with no substance to be grasped.
An error to clear away: do not read this gate as the bodhisattva having learned conjuring tricks. Read by Chengguan's definition, this gate in fact takes all nineteen gates that went before and passes them through once more — the mind given rise to, the perfections cultivated, the powers gained, the dharma preached, each and every one of them like a transformation. Coming to the ground: the last clause of the twenty gates is ‘then he will be complete in all the unsurpassed dharmas of transformation’ — what is meant by being complete is that the practice of the twenty gates has all been done, and not one item of it has ever been taken as one's own.
Lineage
The outlining of this passage has three lines from of old. The outline of the ancient worthies as reported by Chengguan divides the twenty gates into four parts: the first six gates severally set forth the sense of the abode of giving rise to the mind; the next six, from ‘the ten perfections’ onward, set forth the practice of the inner virtue accomplished in the remaining nine abodes; three gates, from ‘the ten kinds of speaking dharma’ onward, set forth the practice of outward transforming within the abodes; five gates, from ‘the ten masteries’ onward, set forth the practice that is unobstructed and surpassing. Chengguan allows it to stand, saying that it is not without reason, and then takes for himself the outline that goes along with the ten abodes, fitting the gates one by one into the abode of giving rise to the mind and so on up to the position of consecration, and stating for himself the apportioning of the number of gates: the first four gates set forth the practice of the first abode; the second and third positions have two gates each; the fourth and fifth have one each; and the five that follow have two each. What Fazang comments on is the sixty-fascicle text, and his divisions correspond while being reckoned by clauses — first sixty clauses, next sixty clauses, next thirty clauses, last fifty clauses; as for the opening gate of the fourth division, Fazang, following the sixty-fascicle text, has ‘the ten surpassing dharmas’, and Chengguan, following the eighty-fascicle text, has ‘the ten masteries’, the difference of the outline-names having its source in the difference of the underlying texts. What the two houses judge is recorded together without adjudication.
The third line comes from Zhiyan. What Zhiyan comments on is likewise the sixty-fascicle text, and yet for this passage he sets up only three divisions and does not make four: the first fifty clauses set forth the skilful means of understanding; the seventy that follow are the practice of counteraction properly cultivated at the positions of understanding; the eighty that follow are the practice of benefiting others. To the bounds of the three divisions he fastens the names of the clauses at which they open — the first from ‘the Samantabhadra mind’, the next from ‘the ten purities’, the last from ‘the ten kinds of speaking dharma’. Reckoned by clauses they are fifty, seventy, eighty. Set beside the two lines that went before: the ancient worthies in four parts have six gates, six gates, three gates, five gates; Fazang has sixty clauses, sixty clauses, thirty clauses, fifty clauses; and Zhiyan has fifty clauses, seventy clauses, eighty clauses — the bounds of the first two lines correspond, and Zhiyan's threefold division differs from them. Here the divisions of the three lines are merely recorded, and which of them is right is not adjudicated.
In the explanation of gate one the two houses also differ. Chengguan puts out three layers (the awakening of three minds, the two protections, the four great vows), Fazang two (the three minds, the two protections); for the names of the three minds Chengguan has the mind of compassionately protecting sentient beings, the mind that raises vows, and the mind of knowledge, while Fazang has the mind that rescues and protects sentient beings below, the mind that seeks the fruit of buddhahood above, and the mind that turns away in weariness from the conditioned; and for the numbers of the two protections Chengguan has the first seven protecting against the lesser vehicle and the remaining three against the afflictions, while Fazang has the first six protecting against the lesser vehicle and the remaining four against the afflictions. In the classification of gate three, Chengguan has three classes (the seeking of desire, the seeking of existence, the seeking of a false holy life) matched as five, one and three, while Fazang's later explanation has four classes (the topsy-turvy, the seeking of desire, the seeking of existence, the seeking of the holy life) matched as two, four, two and two. All are settled sayings of the ancient worthies, and are recorded without adjudication.
In gates twelve and twenty, too, Fazang's explanation differs from Chengguan's. In gate twelve Chengguan divides the ten clauses by the three natures, the imagined, the dependent and the perfected; Fazang, commenting on the sixty-fascicle text, where the gate reads ‘the ten clauses of the Buddha's dharma of skilful means’, takes the first with respect to the imagined and the next five with respect to the dependent, and then does not bring the last four under the name of the perfected at all, dividing them instead by the empty tathāgata-treasury (the seventh, eighth and ninth: the true that is unborn, the true that is markless, the true that is the nature of naturelessness) and the non-empty tathāgata-treasury (the tenth, the Dharma realm furnished with virtues) — three natures first, two treasuries after, the frameworks themselves differing. In gate twenty Chengguan sets up only the one sense that the transformation is as illusory upon the real; Fazang first sets up the sense of the name, ‘turning about what originally is not and making it appear as though existent, hence it is called transformation’, matches the items one by one (transforming the bodies of other beings, transforming one's own body into other kinds, transforming a defiled land into a pure one, and so on down to manifesting relics), and then puts out a further reading, ‘these ten are also the using of transformation upon the real so as to display its equality’ — the former explanation takes transformation as turning about what originally is not so that it comes to be, the latter takes it as using transformation upon the real so as to display equality. What the two houses hold is recorded together without adjudication.
Of Li Tongxuan's treatise there is no phrase-by-phrase explanation of this passage that can be attested; a mechanical search yields zero occurrences, the lacuna is recorded as it stands, and nothing from elsewhere is used to fill it.
The separately circulating text of this passage is the Dushipin jing, the Scripture of the Chapter on Crossing Beyond the World, translated by Dharmarakṣa of the Western Jin; of its twenty gates, nineteen have verses attached (in one place an old note says the verses are wanting in all the editions), while the eighty-fascicle and the sixty-fascicle texts have none — the verses of repetition in this chapter come in the very last passage. It was precisely according to the text of this separately circulating translation that the ancient worthies outlined the six positions of this chapter, and so for this chapter that translation is not only a witness for collation but also that from which the outline itself comes.
Reading straight on, what follows this passage is the third round of answers in thirty gates, beginning from ‘the ten kinds of sustaining power’, which sets forth the practice-dharmas of the ten practices; and it carries on from the twenty gates of the first round of answers, the practice of the ten faiths. Among the three rounds the marks of practice are now broad and now brief, and yet the sequence is in perfect order — which is just what Chengguan means by ‘if one does not ruin the marks, there is no harm in a sequence’.
品三十八 離世間品 · 十行之行三十門Detachment from the World · The Thirty Gates of the Practice of the Ten Practices
全文五層 →Full five layers →先看這一段站在哪裡
普賢在這一品裡回答普慧的二百個問題。答法很特別:一問答十,澄觀說「成其二千普賢勝行」,於是二百問成了他所謂的二千行。本單元是其中第三番——三十個問題,三十道門,從「十種力持」一路說到『十種入無上正等正覺如海智』,中間沒有一句插問,也沒有一次「爾時」的敘事轉場。全段唯一的說者是普賢,受者是普慧等在座諸菩薩,呼格「佛子」是對在場菩薩眾的泛稱。
這三十門為什麼算作一組?澄觀《疏》立科說,這三十門是回答前面問段中「十行三十句問」的。這裡要立刻做一個排誤:經文本身從頭到尾沒有出現「十行」「歡喜行」這一類位名。六位(十信、十住、十行、十迴向、十地、因圓果滿)之所以能拿來科這一大段,是古來諸德依《度世品經》六番問答之文而分的,澄觀自己也把來歷交代得清楚——他說古來諸德都是依那本經的文來科這部經。所以本篇以下凡說到『第幾行』,一律是澄觀承古德之科的說法,不是經自己說的。讀者若把位名當成經文,讀華嚴的地基就歪了。
澄觀在三十門之前先錄了古德的一種分法:前六門明「大志曠遠行」,中間九門明「定慧業用行」,後十五門明「德備成滿行」;他對這種分法的評語是「然約圓融,此意非無」——不否定。然後他提出自己的分法:不打亂經文次第,而按十行逐位配門:第一行三門,第二、第三行各一門,第四行二門,第五行六門,接下來四行各二門,第十行九門。合起來正好三十。
門數為什麼這樣分配?澄觀給的理由很實在:布施在最初,所以佔三門;持戒與忍辱通於世間,所以各只一門;禪定與智慧尊勝,所以門數多。而智門既已多,般若門就從略;其餘幾行次一等,所以各用兩門。這一句值得記住,因為它說明了一件事——華嚴的「十」不是機械的均分,門的多寡本身在說法。
第一門 力持:先問『行靠什麼撐住』
一個人立志修菩薩行,第一個實際問題不是『要修什麼』,而是『憑什麼撐得住』。這一門就答這個。十種力持是佛、法、眾生、業、行、願、境界、時、善、智。
「力持」二字要先解對。澄觀特別把三個相近的詞分開:陀羅尼是總持,總持的是文與義;受持是領納受行;而力持,是加持任持——是外來的加持與自身的任持合起來把行撐住。三者不可相濫。
再看這十樣怎麼配。澄觀說前三是三寶,即境界持;其中「眾生」為什麼算僧寶?他的解釋是菩薩之僧就是眾生世間。後七之中,業持是悲心所作之業,行持是正起行,願持是持行,境界持是有悲智之境行才成得了,時就是起行之時,最後善與智二者是福與智。這樣一數,十種力持不是十件散事,是一套支撐結構:三寶為所依,悲願為所動,時境為所在,福智為所成。
落到用處:一個人退心,往往不是不想修,是撐持的某一項斷了——或不再見佛聞法,或願心鬆了,或境界不接,或福智不繼。這一門給的是一張自檢表。
第二門 大欣慰:修行為什麼會讓人心裡寬
第二門說十件「心大欣慰」的事。要注意經文的句式:每一則都是先「作是念」,然後「如是思惟,心大欣慰」——欣慰不是遇到好事之後的情緒,是思惟到某一件事而當下生起的寬慰。
澄觀判這一門「正辨歡喜行義」,並且把十則略為五對:一是事佛供佛對,二是聞法親善對,三是二利行成對,四是嚴土化生對,五是難見能見、難成能成對。他還做了一個對比很有意思:一般所說的歡喜行,是見到有人來乞求,加倍歡喜;這裡則是因為知道由布施之故而得見佛供佛,所以心大歡喜——澄觀說初行多半與歡喜地相同。
這裡有一個排誤。第五則講的是未發心前的五種怖畏——不活畏、惡名畏、死畏、墮惡道畏、大眾威德畏——經文說「自一發心,悉皆遠離」。這句容易被讀成『發了心就再也不怕了』。經文的措辭其實更精確:它列的是這五種特定的怖畏,而這五種都繫在「我」這一頭;一旦所為之事整個轉向眾生,這五樣的立足點就沒有了。不是壓下去,是失去了著落處。
落到用處:這一門是給那些覺得修行很苦的人的。它一條一條指出,把眼光放到盡未來際、放到一切眾生上,反而是心裡最鬆的活法。
第三門 深入佛法:不是讀懂,是入得進去
第三門十句,前六句以「入」字起,後四句以「知」字起。澄觀點明這一分法是有意的——「證入、了知二文彰顯」,前半講證入,後半講了知。
再看所入的是什麼。澄觀分為三世間:前四句入器世間(前三分別入過去、未來、現在三世,第四句總說一切世界的種種性);次二句入眾生世間(種種業報、菩薩種種行);後四句入智正覺世間(前三入三世佛,最後一句入法)。這樣一看,「深入佛法」不是深入某部經典,是把器、生、智正覺三重世間都走進去。
最難的是最後一句:「雖知諸法皆無分別而說種種法,悉入法界無所入故。」這裡要排一個常見誤讀:無分別不等於不能說。澄觀的釋法是——因為都入法界,所以無差別;因為沒有一個可入之處,所以能說種種。他還自設一問:如果另有一個入處,那麼入的時候就失去了本相,反而說不出種種了。正因為當體自虛而名為入法界,並無另外一個可入的地方,所以種種不壞。
落到用處:這一門治的是『懂了就不必說』與『說了就不算證』兩種病。經文的立場是兩邊都不取。
第四門 依止:行要託在好緣上
第四門十句句句相同結構——依止某事而行菩薩行。所依止的是供養諸佛、調伏眾生、親近善友、積集善根、嚴淨佛土、不捨眾生、深入波羅蜜、滿足菩薩願、無量菩提心、一切佛菩提。
澄觀把這一門配在第二行(饒益位)中的行,並說:上一門講的是證入,這一門講的是託於良緣。他還加了一句要緊的話——必須遍依這十樣才能饒益眾生,不是只依戒;何況戒本身就含攝善,還有什麼不具足的呢。
這裡的排誤是:一般人容易把「依止」理解成依止一位師父或一條戒。經文列的十樣中,善友只佔一條。所以「依止」在此處是行所站立的整片地基,不是單一支點。
落到用處:檢查自己的修行是不是只靠一條腿站著。十條裡缺得越多,行走得越不穩。
第五門 發無畏心:十件難事上不生畏
第五門配在第三行(無違逆位)。澄觀的解法很清楚:由於依止了菩薩的止善,所以在十件難事上能「難作能作、難忍能忍」,這就叫發無畏心。
他並且把十句一一標成十難:一是障礙難滅,二是遺法難護,三是惡魔難降,四是身命難捨,五是外道難摧,六是物心難稱(眾生的心難以一一稱合),七是大眾難喜,八是八部難調,九是下乘難離,十是上行難修。標完之後他反問了一句:對這十難都不生畏,還會怕眾生來惱害嗎?
這一問正是把『無違逆行』的意思逼出來了——所謂不違逆,不是壓住脾氣,是十難已無所畏,被人惱害這一項根本排不進單子裡。
落到用處:怕,往往是因為沒把怕的東西列出來看。這一門的作法是先把最難的十樣列齊,再說『於此皆無所畏』。
第六門 發無疑心:先把志決定下來
第六、第七兩門,澄觀配在第四行(無屈撓位)。這一門的位置是:因為前面對難事已經不懼,所以在十件所作之事上決志無疑——澄觀說這就是十精進中的被甲精進。被甲,是先立誓要期,像披上鎧甲才上陣。
經文的句式極有力:每一則都是「發此心時,決定無疑;若生疑心,無有是處」。要注意「無有是處」四字——不是說不該有疑,是說在那個心境裡疑根本立不住。
澄觀把十事標得很整齊:一以十度攝生,二事佛供佛,三光明嚴剎,四長時調熟,五具一切智,六作世明燈,七說法開悟,八滅障成佛,九離妄自覺,十決成菩提。
排誤一句:這十條不是十個承諾,是十個『疑不進來的地方』。修行人最耗力的不是做,是做的時候一半在懷疑。這一門把力氣先花在把疑斷乾淨上。
落到用處:立願之後不要再回頭議價。議價本身就是漏。
第七門 不可思議:十件難以測度的事
第七門仍在第四行。澄觀說:由於決志無疑,所以所為之事難以測度,這就叫不可思議。
他把十句分得很細:前三單就善根說——善根、誓願、知法如幻,因為願與智都稱合法性,所以叫不可思議;其餘七句是權實雙運才不可思議,其中前四就行說、後三就智說,智是內明,行是外相。前四之中:第四是涉入有而一道清淨,第五是悟了空而萬行沸騰,第六是修因而八相之果成,第七是現果而大用不捨。後三之中:第八是二諦相即,第九是三事融而不融,第十是權實即而不即。
第九句最要緊:「知心與菩提等,知菩提與心等,心及菩提與眾生等。」澄觀直接繫云這三事就是心、佛、眾生皆無差別,如〈夜摩宮中偈讚品〉覺林菩薩之偈所說。這是華嚴一宗最核心的經據之一,本段佔其一席。
排誤:三事無差別不是說三者是同一個東西。經文緊接著說「亦不生心顛倒、想顛倒、見顛倒」——若把「等」讀成合一,那就正好落進顛倒裡去了。澄觀說第九是「融而不融」,就是這個意思。
第八句是五對十句,經文一句排下來:「知一切法無相是相,相是無相,無分別是分別,分別是無分別,非有是有,有是非有,無作是作,作是無作,非說是說,說是非說。」澄觀說這十句是五對,也就是相、妄想、如如、正智、名這五法;而每一對都有兩層讀法。直就法體讀,無相是真、相是俗,二者常自相即,這是第一層。約迷悟讀,是第二層:迷了如如而以為有相,悟了相即無相就是如如,這是第一對;迷了無分別的正智而成妄想分別,悟了妄想分別就是正智的無分別,這是第二對;了知如如非有才是真有如如,若執有一個如可得就不是如,這是第三對;智若無所造作那才是造作的正智,若有所造作就不是造作的正智,這是第四對;知道名不是所說才是真的說名,若以為名裡有所說那就不是說名,這是第五對。
先問:這樣一正一反地來回說,是不是繞口令?不是。五對的著眼點不在相與無相哪一邊對,而在不許停在任何一邊。排誤:讀者最常犯的是只取後半——「相是無相」讀成『一切都不算數』。經文兩頭都說了,「無相是相」也在其中;把有的一邊拆光了而留下一個空的一邊,仍是一邊。落到用處:判斷自己有沒有落邊,看能不能把這句倒著說一遍而心不慌。
第十句最長,是「即而不即」。它先說「於念念中入滅盡定,盡一切漏而不證實際,亦不盡有漏善根」——念念入得了滅盡定,一切漏也盡了,卻不取證那個實際,也不把有漏的善根用盡。先問:漏都盡了,為什麼不證實際?澄觀在此說的是斷與體用:就斷時而說體用,是盡而不盡;把法性拿來對著斷說,是無而不無。排誤:不證實際不是證不到,是不肯停在那裡歇下來;不盡有漏善根不是留一點煩惱作種子,是不把在世間裡結緣的那些善行一筆勾銷。落到用處:修到某處覺得世事都可以不管了,這一句是攔在那裡的。
落到用處:讀到『心佛眾生三無差別』而心生豪氣的人,要把下半句一起讀。
第八門 巧密語:說得出口的密
第八門到第十三門共六門,澄觀配在第五行(無癡亂位),並分三段:初二門是無癡之行,次二門是無亂之行,後二門雙明前二門所引生的功德。他還把這三段配成三種禪——饒益有情禪、正法樂住禪、引生功德禪。
這一門是六門之首,講的是外言不愚。澄觀特別把「密語」的五種意思列出來:一是說深密之法,二是一句話說盡一切法,三是近而不聞、遠而無隔(近而不聞,如身子在座;遠而無隔,如目連尋聲),四是言近意遠或言遠意近(如說三乘為究竟、說寒時得火名涅槃,這一意也叫隱實說權),五是以異言說異法。他並說經文十句中,第一句具足五意,因為它是總、是一切教。
排誤:「密語」不是暗語,不是不給人聽懂。上面五意各是一路:深密之法、一言攝一切法、聞之近遠、言意之近遠(此即隱實說權)、以異言說異法——皆是說者巧施而聞者各得,沒有一條是隱瞞。
十句逐一看,可以看見「密」是怎麼落在事上的。第一句在一切佛經中——這是總句,前面說它具足五意,因為一切教都在其內。第二句在一切受生處——菩薩示現受生,生本身就是一段說法。第三句在一切菩薩神通變現、成等正覺——現神通、示成佛,都是言外之言。第四句在一切眾生業報——同一業而報有淺深,說得出而不落定,是密。第五句在一切眾生所起染淨——法藏於此說得直白:巧說眾生不染而染名為垢、染而不染名為淨;同一件事順說是垢、逆說是淨,所以密。第六句在一切法究竟無障礙門——說一中有一切。第七句在一切虛空界,處處有世界或成或壞而中間沒有空隙——壞處有成,這是密。
第八句在一切法界、一切十方乃至微細之處,都有如來示現初生乃至成佛、入般涅槃,充滿法界而一一分別可見。先問:佛既已入涅槃,怎麼還處處初生?答在「充滿法界悉分別見」——普遍地現生入滅,見的人在這密處而發言,所以是密語。
第九句與第十句是這一門的分量所在。第九句:「見一切眾生平等涅槃無變易故,而不捨大願,以一切智願未得圓滿令滿足故。」眾生本來平等即是涅槃,沒有變易可說;照理說既無可度,大願就該歇了——可是不歇。法藏把這一句判為巧密:了知眾生即是涅槃、不必更滅,而仍不捨大願攝受眾生。第十句:「雖知一切法不由他悟,而不捨離諸善知識。」悟不是別人給的,這是了義;可是不因此就離開善知識,反而「於如來所轉加尊敬」。經文並列出四同——同一所作、同一體性、同一出離、同一成就:與善知識所作是同一事、體性是同一體、出離是同一出離、成就是同一成就。
排誤:這兩句最容易被拿來當作偷懶的藉口的反面教材。『眾生本來涅槃』不通向『不必度』,「不由他悟」不通向『不必親近善知識』。經文兩句的句型完全一樣:先立那個究竟的了義,再用「而不捨」把行接回來。落到用處:凡是聽到一個高的道理而心裡浮起『那我就不必做某事了』,先看這一門的句型——真正的密,是了義與行同時在口裡說得出來。
落到用處:說法的人若怕說淺,可以看第四意——言近意遠也是密語。
第九門 巧分別智:內智不愚
第九門與前一門配對。澄觀的說法極簡:外言既已隱密,內智又復善巧,所以在利益眾生上沒有癡闇。
經文十句都是「入……巧分別智」:入剎、入眾生處、入心行、入根、入業報、入聲聞行、入獨覺行、入菩薩行、入世間法、入佛法。
這裡值得停一下:這十樣涵蓋了處所、眾生、心、根、業,再到三乘之行與世出世法。換句話說,善巧分別所知有三類:處所與眾生(何處化、何所化)、三乘之行(化置何處)、世間法與佛法(以何法化)——法藏即以這四問配十句。分別在此不是妄想分別,是知道面前這個人站在哪裡、該以何法化。
排誤:前面第七門才說「無分別」,這裡又立「巧分別智」,看似衝突。兩者的分位不同——無分別說的是所證之體,巧分別說的是化他之用。體上無分別,用上不妨分別,這正是澄觀反覆說的權實雙行。
落到用處:真正的慈悲要先看得準。看不準的慈悲常常變成強加。
第十門 入三昧:緣十種境入定
第十、第十一兩門,澄觀說是「無亂行,皆是定體」。這一門明入三昧,顯所緣之處等等不同;下一門明遍入,則觸類皆遍。
經文十句所緣:一切世界、一切眾生身、一切法、見一切佛、住一切劫、從三昧起現不思議身、一切佛身、覺悟一切眾生平等、一念中入一切菩薩三昧智、一念中以無礙智成就一切菩薩行願。
澄觀的觀察很細:這十門所緣雖各不同,但十門都通於一切;而前五是一重之事,後五則是涉入圓融;第九、第十兩句都是即一而多。
排誤:容易把三昧讀成『入定不管事』。看第十句——一念之中以無礙智成就一切菩薩的行願、沒有休息,這仍在三昧之中。定與行在此不是先後兩段。
落到用處:定不是離開所緣,是換一種方式與所緣相處。
第十一門 遍入:入一類即遍一切
第十一門與前門相對。澄觀以小乘的十遍處來況它,說這使三昧漸更增廣;並指出前門講的是能入一切身(如童子身等),卻不必是同一時;這一門則是隨入一類就遍於一切,像海慧菩薩初來時一時皆水。
經文十句所遍入的是:眾生、國土、世間種種相、火災、水災、佛、莊嚴、如來無邊功德身、一切種種說法、一切如來種種供養。
排誤:這一門容易被讀成神通展示。它的重點在「隨入一類皆遍一切」——不是同時做十件事,是做一件事而十件事俱在其中。這是華嚴的根本讀法,不是能力的大小。
落到用處:不必貪多。把一件事做到底,別的自然在裡面。
第十二門 解脫門:作用上的無礙
第十二、第十三兩門,澄觀配在引生功德禪。這一門明作用無礙,所以稱解脫;下一門於境無壅,所以叫神通。
澄觀在此做了一個梵語上的分辨:這裡的解脫,梵語作毘木叉,義為勝解脫,指殊勝的作用,不是依禪定所成的八解脫。這一條要記住,因為第十五門還有一個「解脫」,梵語不同。
經文十句都是身與界的互攝:一身周遍一切世界、於一切世界示現無量色相、以一切世界入一佛剎、普加持一切眾生界、以佛莊嚴身充滿一切世界、於自身中見一切世界、一念中往一切世界、於一世界示現一切如來出世、一身充滿一切法界、一念中示現一切佛遊戲神通。
排誤:這十句不是十種神通清單,是「無礙」的十個側面——大入小、小含大、一即多、多即一。
落到用處:讀到「一身充滿一切法界」而覺得離自己太遠,可以回到第六句——於自身中見一切世界。入處其實就在此身。
第十三門 神通:於境無壅
第十三門,澄觀以四禪引六通來況:這十種若以六通來收攝前四,是可以對得上的;接下來五種是神境通;最後一種是漏盡,因為成菩提的緣故。他並說由於位次不同,這十通與另一處所說的十通略有差異。
經文十句都以「方便智通」為結:憶念宿命、天耳無礙、知他心行、天眼觀察、隨心現大神通力、一身普現無量世界、一念遍入不可說世界、出生莊嚴具莊嚴世界、示現不可說變化身、隨眾生心於不可說世界現成正覺。
排誤:每一句末尾都綴著「方便智通」四字,這四字是關鍵。神通在此不是果報上的能力,是方便——為度生而設的工具。最後一句尤其明白:現成正覺也是隨眾生心而現。
落到用處:判斷神通真假,不看奇不奇,看它是不是為了度生的方便。
第十四門 明:般若之體現為十種智明
第十四、第十五兩門,澄觀配在第六行(善現位)。這一門正顯行體,就是般若,所以叫智明;下一門明離智障,所以稱解脫。他並說這些都是權實無礙之智,所以稱為善巧。
澄觀分十句為兩段:前七單就一智說,後三是雙行。前七之中,初三約所化(業報、境界寂滅、所緣一相),次三約能化(妙音普聞、壞染著、示現受生或不受生),各是先事、次理、後即事歸理;第七離能所之想,會歸般若。後三之中,第八是無說之說、無成之成;第九是無生起生的智明;第十是平等教化的智明。
第九句經文甚長,經文自己給了名字——緣起善巧智明。澄觀把它分三節:先正明,次「何以故」徵釋,末「是名」結名。而正明之中又分兩層:先說無緣(眾生真心稱理,不可得,若無緣則無所化),再從「而知」以下說真心隨緣、不壞緣起,所以又有所化。他還把那一長串「知因、知緣、知事、知境界、知行、知生、知滅」逐一配上十二緣起——因是無明等,緣是業行,事是識、名色等,境界是觸、受、塵境,行是現在的愛、取,生就是生支,滅就是老死。
那一長串「知」共三十一個,前七個已如上配於十二緣起,餘下的二十四個澄觀也都給了位置,逐組看下去骨架就清楚了。
第八是「知言說」:澄觀說這一個是總就隨順世俗而說,因為緣生不離三世。它單獨成一節,是前七的收口——十二支說完了,說出來的這一套本身也是隨俗。
從「知迷惑」到「知無執著」共十二句六對,澄觀判為通知染淨迷悟。迷惑與離迷惑是第一對,顛倒與離顛倒是第二對,雜染與清淨是第三對——迷了理就是顛倒染污,悟了就一一相反。生死與涅槃是第四對,可得與不可得是第五對,執著與無執著是第六對——澄觀說隨順世俗則兩邊都可得,在第一義中則兩邊都不可得;而可得與不可得是就理說,執著與無執著是就智說。先問:既然第一義中兩邊都不可得,為什麼還要一對一對地知?因為菩薩要在俗諦裡認得出眾生站在哪一邊,才有下手處。
從「知住」到「知調伏」共十一句,澄觀轉為知心行。住是本性,動是客塵;隨著客塵走就是去而不歸,見著本性就是還源反本。去與還都還是起心,還與住兩邊都亡了才是寂然不起。而起心則諸善失壞,不起心則出離蓋纏、觸境寂知,這就是成熟——「知失壞」「知出離」「知成熟」三個正落在這裡。最後「知諸根、知調伏」是兼知根機:就自己的根說,六根不被境牽就是調伏。
排誤:三十一個「知」不是三十一項神通清單。它們是一條線:先知緣起十二支,再知說出來的話仍是隨俗,再知眾生在染淨迷悟六對的哪一邊,再知那顆心是住是動、是去是還、起或不起,最後知這人的根熟到哪裡、能不能調伏。知到最後一步,才接得上經文那句「隨其所應種種教化」。落到用處:想幫一個人而不知道他在哪一格,幫法就只能靠自己的習慣。
排誤:這一門最容易被讀成一連串神奇的知見。其實它的骨架只有一句——知道無人可度,而仍然度。經文自答為什麼能如此:菩薩只為利益眾生而發心,沒有其餘所為。
落到用處:發心若還夾著別的目的,就撐不住『無所行而行』。
第十五門 解脫:脫二障
第十五門的「解脫」與第十二門同名而異義。澄觀說得斬截:這裡梵語作毘木底,義為解脫,與前面不同。前面是作用之勝,這裡是脫縛。
他分十句:前四脫凡夫的三障(煩惱、邪見、諸取、蘊界處),因為取增為業的緣故;後六脫智障;而後六之中第一句是揀去劣的(超二乘),其餘都是顯勝。
後六之中的第一句既是揀劣,其餘五句便是逐級的顯勝,一句比一句寬,須逐一看。
第六是無生法忍解脫。忍不是忍耐,是心安住得下來——安住在諸法本來無生這件事上而不驚不退。前四句所脫的是煩惱、邪見、諸取與蘊界處,那都還是『有一個東西要脫』;到這一句,所脫的是「生」這個念頭本身。
第七是於一切世間、一切剎、一切眾生、一切法離著解脫。上一句安住在無生,這一句把無生用出去:世間、剎土、眾生、諸法,四處都不黏。先問:不黏是不是不管?經文他處已答過——不見有眾生而行教化調伏說法。離著是不黏,不是不做。
第八是無邊住解脫。既然四處不黏,所住就沒有邊際可言。這一句是把前一句的「離」翻成正面說:不是無處可住,是住無所限。
第九是發起一切菩薩行入如來無分別地解脫。這一句把行與地合起來說:一面發起一切菩薩行,一面入如來的無分別地。行是有分別的,地是無分別的,二者同時,所以是解脫而不是耽著。
第十是於一念中悉能了知一切三世解脫。時間上的最後一關。前面九句一路脫到無分別地,這一句說三世在一念中盡知——不是把三世壓縮成一點,是不被時間的長短擋住。
排誤:這五句常被囫圇讀成『境界越來越高』。看清楚它們各脫什麼:第六脫生的念,第七脫黏著,第八脫住處之邊,第九脫行與地的相隔,第十脫時間之隔。澄觀說前四脫凡夫的三障、後六脫智障,正是這個次第——前面脫的是煩惱這一面,後面脫的是所知這一面。落到用處:覺得自己『已經放下了』的人,可以拿這五句一句一句問過去。
排誤:同一個中文詞在同一段裡出現兩次而指不同的事,這在漢譯經典中很常見。讀者若不查,就會把第十二門的十句與第十五門的十句混成一堆。分辨的辦法不是查梵語,是看上下文——第十二門句句在說『周遍、示現、充滿』,那是用;第十五門句句在說『從什麼解脫』,那是縛。
落到用處:修行人常說『我要解脫』,要先問是要哪一種。作用無礙與斷除繫縛,工夫下得不一樣。
第十六門 園林:把最不想去的地方當園林
第十六、第十七兩門,澄觀配在第七行(無著位),並說這一門明遊處縱情、下一門明棲止適悅,兩門都通於自利利他,是權實方便而無所執著。
這一門的力道全在第一句:「生死是菩薩園林,無厭捨故。」園林是世人遊觀取樂之處,經文卻把生死放在這個位置上。接下來九句同一手法:教化眾生、住一切劫、清淨世界、一切魔宮殿、思惟所聞法、六度四攝三十七道品、十力四無畏十八不共、示現威力神通、一念普示成正覺。
排誤:這不是說生死很好,也不是苦中作樂。每一句後面都綴著理由——「無厭捨故」「不疲倦故」「攝諸大行故」。園林之所以是園林,不在境,在於此無所厭捨。第五句「一切魔宮殿是菩薩園林,降伏彼眾故」最明白:去那裡是有事要辦的。
落到用處:判斷自己有沒有「無著」,一個現成的尺子是——最不願意去的那個地方,能不能待得住。
第十七門 宮殿:安身之處
第十七門與前門對舉:園林是遊處,宮殿是棲止。十句從菩提心起,到受一切智王灌頂之記止。
澄觀在此只點一句,卻點得準:十句中的「四梵住禪定」就是四無量心,也是色界之因;他並引《度世品經》為證,說那本經作「修四梵行慈悲喜捨」。
經文的排法值得看:菩提心(恒不忘失)、十善業道(化欲界)、四梵住(化色界)、生淨居天(不染煩惱)、生無色界(令離難處)、生雜染世界(令斷煩惱)、現處內宮妻子眷屬(成就同行)、現居輪王護世釋梵(調自在心者)、住菩薩行遊戲神通、受一切智王灌頂記。從三界到王位到內宮,全都算宮殿。
排誤:這十句不是說菩薩享福。第七句「現處內宮妻子、眷屬」下面接的理由是「成就往昔同行眾生故」——所在之處是為了誰在那裡的人。
落到用處:不必厭棄自己現在的處境。問一句『我在這裡是為了成就誰』,處境就從牢籠變成宮殿。
第十八門 所樂:內心所欣之處
第十八、第十九兩門,澄觀配在第八行(難得位)。他說這一門是內心的願樂,願就是行體;既已處在宮殿,自然情欣勝樂。
十句所樂:正念、智慧、往詣佛所、諸佛、菩薩、諸三昧門、陀羅尼、無礙辯才、成正覺、轉法輪。每一句都帶著理由,例如樂陀羅尼是因為「持法不忘轉授眾生故」——注意末四字,總持之樂不止於自己記得住。
排誤:「所樂」不是興趣。它是行的動力來源。澄觀說「願即行體」,意思是:一個人真正樂於什麼,他的行就長成什麼樣。
落到用處:不要只檢查自己做了什麼,也檢查自己樂於什麼。前者可以勉強,後者勉強不來。
第十九門 莊嚴:以眾德莊嚴其願
第十九門與前門配對。澄觀說:前門是內心願樂,這一門是外德莊嚴之具,以眾德來莊嚴那個願。
十種莊嚴是:力、無畏、義、法、願、行、剎、普音、力持、變化。每一種都帶理由,如義莊嚴是「說不可說義無窮盡故」,法莊嚴是「八萬四千法聚觀察演說無忘失故」。
排誤:莊嚴容易被讀成外表的華美。這裡十樣沒有一樣是外表——力、無畏、義、法都是德。「莊嚴」在此的意思接近『使之完備而顯』。第九「力持莊嚴」回照本段第一門,可見三十門並非各自獨立。
落到用處:想讓自己的願站得住,辦法不是反覆發願,是把這十樣一件件補上。
第二十門 發不動心:外緣動不了
第二十、第二十一兩門,澄觀配在第九行(善法位),並說這一門明外緣不動、下一門明內心不捨;又說這一門明心堅、下一門明深入,兩者都是「力」的意思。
澄觀在十句上做了一個細分:第二句與第九句是思擇力,其餘都是修習力。他又把第八句裡的信一一數過——那一句經文列了有根信、無濁信、清淨信、極清淨信、離垢信、明徹信、恭敬供養一切佛信、不退轉信、不可盡信、無能壞信、大歡喜踊躍信,澄觀數為十一,並逐一給理由:一是信能生佛果,二是不雜因為不被不信所濁,三是淨因為無煩惱,四是無細念,五是離所知垢,六是徹事源,七是向果位,八是自分堅,九是德無盡,十是緣不動,十一是證真如。
排誤:不動心不是麻木。看第五句——「普攝眾生不揀怨親」,這是動得極廣而心不移,不是不動。
落到用處:思擇力與修習力的分別很實用。有些不動要靠想通(思擇),有些不動只能靠一遍一遍做熟(修習)。用錯了方法,工夫就白費。
第二十一門 不捨深大心:內心不放手
第二十一門與前門配對。澄觀的解法一句話說完:由於不動,所以能窮盡理與事;理深而事廣,所以叫「深大」。
十句都以「不捨」起:不捨成滿佛菩提、不捨教化調伏眾生、不捨不斷佛種性、不捨親近善知識、不捨供養諸佛、不捨專求大乘功德法、不捨修梵行護淨戒、不捨親近菩薩、不捨求佛法方便護持、不捨滿菩薩行願集諸佛法。
排誤:「深大」二字若讀成形容詞(很深很大的心),就丟了澄觀的分判。深指理,大指事——這心之所以深大,是因為它同時抓著理與事兩頭不放。
落到用處:前一門說外緣動不了,這一門說自己不鬆手。這兩件事要分開檢查:許多人是外緣沒動,自己先放了。
第二十二門 智慧觀察:第十行九門之首
自第二十二門起共九門,澄觀配在第十行(真實位),並把這九門標成九智:觀察智、說法智、離障智、審決智、照徹智、無等智、無劣智、高出智、深廣智。這是全段最長的一組,也是澄觀分得最整齊的一組。
第一是觀察智。澄觀說:正因為不捨深大,所以能觀察。他還注意到一個細節——前面問段只說「觀察」而脫落了「智慧」二字,經此處答文可以補足。
十句所觀察:善巧分別說一切法、三世一切善根、諸菩薩行自在變化、諸法義門、諸佛威力、陀羅尼門、於一切世界普說正法、入一切法界、一切十方不可思議、一切佛法智慧光明無障礙。
排誤:這裡的「觀察」不是打坐時的內觀。十句中有說法、有入法界、有知佛威力——是帶著智慧去看一切,不是一個特定的修法。
落到用處:真實行從觀察起。想在事上不錯,先要看得準;而看得準的前提,是前一門的不捨。
第二十三門 說法:由內觀而外說
第二是說法智。澄觀說:由於能內觀,所以能外說。次第不可顛倒。
他把十句分成真俗兩段:前二說俗(皆從緣起、皆悉如幻),後八說真,並逐一標義:一是無二可諍,二是體德兼廣,三是相深遠,四是體堅利,五是如如不動,六是體絕百非,七是在纏不染,八是體相一味。
排誤:十句都以「說一切法」起頭,容易看成十句口號。它其實是一張說法的次第表——從緣起、如幻這兩句最容易入手的俗諦說起,一路說到「皆住一義,本性成就」。
落到用處:教人時先給哪一句,這一門已經排好了。跳過前二句直接說「本性成就」,聽的人接不住。
第二十四門 清淨:離智障
第三是離障智。澄觀說這一門所離的是智障,並指出晉譯本此門名為「無垢」;他又說:雖然同稱清淨,所淨的東西並不相同——這是提醒讀者不要把此處的清淨與別處的清淨混為一談。他還把這十句與「七淨」相比,說開合不同,在文中容易看出,七淨的辨析在第五地之初。
十句是:深心、斷疑、離見、境界、求一切智、辯才、無畏、住一切菩薩智、受一切菩薩律儀、具足成就無上菩提三十二種百福相白淨法一切善根。
排誤:清淨在這裡不是道德上的乾淨,是智上的無障。第二句「斷疑清淨」、第三句「離見清淨」最能說明——所淨的是疑與見。
落到用處:覺得自己修得不清淨的人,可以先問是煩惱障還是所知障。這一門治的是後者。
第二十五門 印:決定印可
第四是審決智。澄觀說得很清楚:以清淨之智決定印可一切法,所以叫印;晉譯本此門名為「智印」;而末後所結的利益也是智印,就像三法印那樣。
他把十印逐一標成十種決定:一是於安受苦境時忍智不動,二是他人不饒益時忍行決定,三是於佛法深信忍決定(也就是諦察法忍),四是決定成佛度生,五是決定知佛智無邊,六是決欲佛果不退,七是決不顧身命以親近人與法,八是決度已入大乘者,九是決平等度,十是決同佛體、因圓果滿。
排誤:「印」不是印證的憑據,也不是某種體驗。看第一印——知三苦而專求佛法不生懈怠,不驚不畏不恐不怖。這是在最壞的境上心不轉,所以叫印:像印之印物,不可改易。
落到用處:檢查自己有沒有這十印,最快的辦法是看第二印——被人以惡語毀辱、以刀杖加害時,還在不在菩薩心上。
第二十六門 智光照:照徹無礙
第五是照徹智。澄觀一句帶過:由於前面印定的緣故,所以照徹無礙,十句容易明白。
十句是:知定當成正覺、見一切佛、見眾生死此生彼、解一切經法門、依善知識發菩提心集善根、示現一切諸佛、教化眾生令住如來地、演說不可思議廣大法門、善巧知諸佛神通威力、滿足一切波羅蜜。
排誤:第一句「知定當成阿耨多羅三藐三菩提智光照」不是自負。它接的正是前一門的印——印既已決定,這件事就從願望變成所照見的事實。若沒有前門的十印,這一句就成了妄想。
落到用處:這一門說明了一件事——確信是照出來的,不是想出來的。想不出確信,只能一門一門走上來。
第二十七門 無等住:雙住事理
第六是無等智。澄觀說:由於前面照徹,所以不偏住一邊,能雙住事與理,所以名為無與等。他並說這十句都是權實雙行,或是即寂之用、或是即用之寂。
十句的句法幾乎相同,都是「雖……而……」:雖觀實際而不取證、種等法界善根而無執著、修菩薩行知其如化而於佛法不生疑惑、雖離妄想然能作意而不疲厭、於一切法無所取著而不證涅槃、知一切劫即非劫而真實說劫數、知一切法無所作而不捨作道、知三界唯心三世唯心而了知其心無量無邊、為一眾生於不可說劫行菩薩行而不生疲厭、雖修行圓滿而不證菩提。
第八句是全段唯一直說唯心之處,值得記住。而第十句經文自己給了理由——菩薩這樣想:我之所作本為眾生,所以我應當久處生死。
排誤:「無等住」不是『比別人高』。經文開頭就說「一切眾生、聲聞、獨覺悉無與等」,無與等的地方在於雙住——聲聞住理而捨事,凡夫住事而昧理,只有這裡兩頭都不放。
落到用處:修行上兩種常見的偏,一種是只顧了生死而不管人間,一種是只忙事而理上不明。這一門是照這兩偏的鏡子。
第二十八門 發無下劣心:向上不自輕
第七是無劣智。澄觀的解法很巧:前一門是向下看而無等,這一門是向上看而無劣;對於十件勝事都決定要做,所以叫無下劣。他並提到晉譯經中此門名為「無怯弱」。
他把十句分成五對:一降魔制外對,二喜他自滿對,三積福成智對,四下化上成對——這四對都是單辨;第五是悲智究竟對,才是雙行。其中第九句是即智之悲而悲智雙行,雖然行悲卻不求果報;第十句是即悲之智而權實雙行。第十句最長,澄觀分成四節:先列所知,再從「如是」以下辨能知(知苦覺妄、見理證滅、修道斷集),再從「然於」以下拂去能知之相(能知無分別所以無功德,所知無種種所以無境界),最後從「非有」以下會歸中道。他還辨了兩個字:異是就竪說變異,差別是就橫說不同。
排誤:無下劣心不是自我激勵。第九句是把手足耳鼻血肉骨髓乃至王位都能捨而不生一念憂悔——這種『不下劣』是往捨的方向去的,不是往得的方向。
落到用處:覺得自己根器差而修不成的人,這一門正是對治。但要注意它給的方子是『決定去作十件勝事』,不是『相信自己很行』。
第二十九門 如山增上心:萬行高出
第八是高出智。澄觀說:由於無下劣,所以萬行迥然高出,難以仰其高;在勝事上決定去作,所以直趣菩提,不可傾動。
他逐一標十句:一勤修能證之智,二常觀所證之理,三內修無漏,四外近善人。第四句他說得最重——為名利、為異求而親近,或者從他人聽來一句話就說自己已解,這叫盜法;他引《觀佛三昧經》說這樣的人墮地獄如箭射一般快,並說這是給後學的告誡。第五是大忍度生而弘誓更增,他用了一個比喻:像柴使火更旺。第六是決定超越魔境,因為成就了勝德而不執著,只以法樂自資,那麼魔境都成了佛境。第七是勤勇修行,他引《攝大乘論》的偈說:愚人修行雖只一小段時間,懈怠之心卻疑自己已久;佛在無量劫中勤勇精進,卻只當作片刻。第八是不捨惡人,第九是孤標等佛,第十是權實雙行。
第十句經文甚長,澄觀分四節,並在「何以故」的徵問上辨了兩重意思:一問是修行須稱合於理,理既然無所得,願為什麼不捨?既然不捨願,又何必觀無所得?他的兩重釋是:其一,若有所得就不得菩提,因為無所得才出生菩提,所以雖不捨願,仍須觀無得;其二,無得之法並不在得之外,必須遍求一切法才窮盡無得之源,所以想證無得,就須不捨菩提之願。
排誤:這一門最容易被讀成勵志。看第八句——不捨惡人;看第九句——不待他人助我修行。高出之處不在氣勢,在於別人做不到的地方仍舊站著。
落到用處:第四句的盜法之誡值得每個讀經的人抄下來。聽人一句便說自己懂了,是最省力也最傷的一種取巧。
第三十門 入無上菩提如海智:智體深廣如海
第九是深廣智,也是三十門的最後一門。澄觀說:不只是求升高聳峻,也因為智體包含深廣的緣故——山之高與海之廣,正是這第十行末二門的一對。
他分十句:前四即是四無量界,後六都是佛界。後六再細分:第五是入三世佛的善根,第六、第七、第八是入三世佛界(過去、未來、現在各一),第九是供多佛,第十是求多法。他末後結了一句:「由此因海,得入果海。」
值得看的是第八句,篇幅最長:從諸佛坐道場、降魔、成正覺,到轉法輪、入涅槃、結集法藏、莊嚴佛塔,一整套佛事都在念念之中普見;而經文自問為什麼能觀察普遍而不錯謬,自答是因為了知諸佛都如同夢境,卻仍前往一切佛所恭敬供養。
排誤:「如夢」在此不是說佛不真實。它與下一句「而能往詣一切佛所恭敬供養」是連著的——正因為不執取,所以供養無有厭足。若讀成佛是虛幻而不必恭敬,就整個顛倒了。
落到用處:三十門走到這裡,收在「無有厭足」四字上。前面二十九門講的都是怎麼撐得住、怎麼不退、怎麼不執,最後這一門講的是:這樣走下去,是走不完也不想停的。
承衍
兩種科的並存。三十門之科有二:古德分三,初六門明大志曠遠行、次九門明定慧業用行、後十五門明德備成滿行;澄觀則「不壞次」而以十行逐位配之,第一行三門、第二第三行各一、第四行二門、第五行六門、次四行各二門、第十行九門。澄觀對古德之分下了明判:「然約圓融,此意非無」——這是他的判語,本篇標明是澄觀之判而並錄二科,不代判優劣。而更要緊的是前面已說過的一層:六位之名經文全不出現,是古來諸德依《度世品經》之文而科,澄觀承之——凡本篇言位處,皆屬此繫。
三譯門數之相合。八十本三十門;六十本此段實得三十個答段——八十本第九門「巧分別智」對六十本第九段「巧方便分別智」,第十門「入三昧」對第十段「正受三昧」,自始至末逐一相當;別行《度世品經》第二番亦實得三十門。三譯門數相合而門名多異,據實記錄,不強配。
門名之異與澄觀所稱之異。澄觀在四處提到晉譯之名:第一門他說《度世品經》名為「十建立」,與該經現存實文相合;第三門他引晉經句以釋八十本之文;第二十四門他說晉名「無垢」、第二十五門他說晉本名為「智印」,二者與六十本實文都相合;唯獨第二十八門,他說晉經名「無怯弱」,而六十本現存實文作「發無懈怠心」,《度世品經》則作『心不怯弱發其道心』——澄觀所稱之名與《度世》合而與六十本異。三本並錄不判。此外第一門八十本作「時力持」處六十本作「妙持」,第十五門八十本「諸取」六十本作「熾然」、八十本「蘊、界、處」六十本作「陰界入」且該門六十本只列八句,也一併誌錄。
三家之釋與三種科。本單元有三家可徵。澄觀《疏》逐門而釋,已如上。澄觀《演義鈔》不別立科,而逐句牒《疏》以詳其所本——《疏》「夫說法」一句出《維摩詰經》目連章、「非但依戒」一句出阿難四問佛令依戒為師、第七門第八句「十句五對」之二意如何雙釋、第五種密語出《攝大乘論》四祕密中的轉變祕密,都由《鈔》指出。法藏《探玄記》則有本節逐門之專釋,自「大門第三」科起,逐門釋至第三十門而下接次番,門一之十持、門八之密語五義、門九之三重釋、門十四之科段、門十五之二種解脫,皆有明文。惟《探玄記》所疏是六十本,故門名與句數與八十本多有不合。唯李通玄《新華嚴經論》於品三十八採整品的義理框架而不逐門牒文,本段沒有他的逐門之釋可徵,據實標闕,不以他處之文充之。
三十門之科因此有三種並存:古德分三,初六門大志曠遠行、次九門定慧業用行、後十五門德備成滿行——此為澄觀所轉錄;法藏亦分三,而以句計,初六十句大志曠遠行、次九十句定慧業用行、後一百五十句德備成滿行;澄觀自己則不壞次第而以十行逐位配門。前二者三分之名全同,所異者一以門數、一以句數為單位,一門十句,故六門即六十句、九門即九十句、十五門即一百五十句,數相為表裡。三科並錄,不代判優劣。
互讀之處。第一門的十持,澄觀曾與〈十地品〉第十地大盡分的十一持互校——那裡多出一個煩惱持,因為就應化不斷而說;此處只就行本而說,所以沒有煩惱持。又那裡有供養持與劫持而沒有境界持與善力持,澄觀說此以時攝劫、彼以行攝善力並依境起供,所以並無實異。第七門第九句的心佛眾生三無差別,澄觀繫於〈夜摩宮中偈讚品〉覺林之偈。第八門釋密語第一義時,澄觀繫於〈如來出現品〉之「如來密藏」。這三處都可對讀。
與品名之相涉。第七門第十句說「雖知佛法即世間法,世間法即佛法,而不於佛法中分別世間法,不於世間法中分別佛法」,澄觀判為「即而不即」,並說是以當體自虛而名相即,並非世間之中另有佛法可得。本品名為〈離世間〉,此句正與品名相為表裡——所離的不是世間這件事,是在世間與佛法之間分別取著的那一念。
First, Where This Stretch Stands
In this chapter Samantabhadra answers the two hundred questions of Universal Wisdom. The manner of the answering is peculiar: one question is answered with ten, and Chengguan says that this “accomplishes the two thousand surpassing practices of Samantabhadra,” so that two hundred questions became what he calls two thousand practices. This unit is the third of those rounds — thirty questions, thirty gates, running from “the ten kinds of sustaining power” all the way to ‘the ten kinds of ocean-like wisdom that enters unsurpassed perfect awakening,’ with not one question inserted in the middle and not a single narrative turn of “at that time.” The one and only speaker throughout is Samantabhadra; those addressed are Universal Wisdom and the other bodhisattvas seated in the assembly; and the vocative “Sons of the Buddha” is a general form of address to the assembly of bodhisattvas present.
Why are these thirty gates reckoned as one set? Chengguan, in his Huayan jing shu, sets up the outline and says that these thirty gates answer the “thirty phrases of the question about the ten practices” in the earlier part of the questioning. Here a misreading must be cleared away at once: nowhere from beginning to end does the scriptural text itself produce such stage-names as “the ten practices” or “the practice of gladness.” The reason the six positions (the ten faiths, the ten abodes, the ten practices, the ten dedications, the ten grounds, and the fullness of cause and completion of fruit) may be used to outline this whole long stretch is that the ancient worthies of old divided it on the basis of the text of the six rounds of question and answer in the Dushipin jing; and Chengguan himself states the provenance plainly — he says that the ancient worthies of old all relied on the text of that scripture to outline this scripture. Therefore, in everything that follows, wherever ‘the such-and-such practice’ is spoken of, it is uniformly what Chengguan says in carrying on the outline of the ancient worthies, not what the scripture says of itself. If a reader takes the stage-names for scriptural text, the very foundation of his reading of the Avataṃsaka is set crooked.
Before the thirty gates Chengguan first records a division made by the ancient worthies: the first six gates make clear the practice of a great resolve that reaches far; the middle nine make clear the practice of the working of concentration and wisdom; and the last fifteen make clear the practice in which the virtues are complete and brought to fullness. His comment on this division is, “yet taken as perfectly interfused, this sense is not without warrant” — he does not deny it. Then he puts forward a division of his own: he does not disturb the sequence of the scriptural text, but assigns the gates to the ten practices position by position — three gates to the first practice, one each to the second and the third, two to the fourth, six to the fifth, two to each of the next four, and nine to the tenth. Added together, that comes to exactly thirty.
Why is the number of gates apportioned in this way? The reason Chengguan gives is very down-to-earth: giving stands at the beginning, and so it takes three gates; keeping the precepts and patience run through the world, and so they have only one apiece; meditative concentration and wisdom are honored and surpassing, and so they have many gates. And since the gates of wisdom are already many, the gate of prajñā is treated briefly; the remaining practices are of the next rank, and so two gates are used for each. This sentence is worth remembering, for it makes one thing clear — the “ten” of the Avataṃsaka is not a mechanical dividing into equal shares; the very number of the gates is itself saying something.
Gate 1. Sustaining Power: The First Question Is ‘What Holds Practice Up?’
When a person sets his resolve on the bodhisattva practice, the first practical question is not ‘what am I to cultivate?’ but ‘by what shall I hold up?’ This gate answers that. The ten kinds of sustaining power are the buddhas, the Dharma, sentient beings, deeds, practice, vows, the objective realm, time, good, and wisdom.
The two graphs “sustaining power” must first be understood rightly. Chengguan expressly sets three near-synonyms apart: dhāraṇī is holding all things, and what it holds is the letter and the meaning; receiving and upholding is taking in and carrying out; while sustaining power is empowering and sustaining — an empowering that comes from without and a sustaining in oneself, joined together to hold practice up. The three are not to be confounded with one another.
Now look at how the ten are assigned. Chengguan says that the first three are the three jewels, that is, the sustaining power of the objective realm; and as to why “sentient beings” should count as the jewel of the Saṅgha, his explanation is that the Saṅgha of bodhisattvas is precisely the world of sentient beings. Of the latter seven: the sustaining power of deeds is the deeds performed by the compassionate mind; the sustaining power of practice is the setting of practice rightly going; the sustaining power of vows is what holds practice; the sustaining power of the objective realm is that only where there is a realm of compassion and wisdom can practice come to anything; time is the time at which practice is set going; and the last two, good and wisdom, are blessings and wisdom. Counted in this way, the ten kinds of sustaining power are not ten scattered items but one structure of support: the three jewels are what is relied upon, compassion and vow are what set it in motion, time and realm are where it stands, and blessings and wisdom are what it comes to.
Brought home to use: when a person’s resolve fails, it is often not that he no longer wishes to practice, but that some one of the things that sustain him has been cut — either he no longer sees the buddhas and hears the Dharma, or his vow has gone slack, or the realm no longer meets him, or blessings and wisdom no longer follow. What this gate gives is a checklist for examining oneself.
Gate 2. Great Gladness of Heart: Why Practice Makes a Person Feel Wide Inside
The second gate speaks of ten things at which “the heart is greatly glad and consoled.” Notice the sentence-pattern of the text: every one of them first “thinks thus,” and then “contemplating in this way, the heart is greatly glad and consoled” — gladness is not an emotion that follows upon a piece of good fortune; it is a consolation that arises on the spot upon contemplating a certain matter.
Chengguan judges this gate to be “directly setting forth the sense of the practice of gladness,” and briefly gathers the ten into five pairs: first, serving the buddhas and making offerings to them; second, hearing the Dharma and drawing near to the good; third, the completion of the practice of the two benefits; fourth, adorning the lands and converting living beings; fifth, seeing what is hard to see and accomplishing what is hard to accomplish. He also makes a comparison that is quite interesting: what is usually spoken of as the practice of gladness is that upon seeing someone come to beg, one is doubly glad; here, on the other hand, it is because one knows that through giving one comes to see the buddhas and make offerings to them that the heart is greatly glad — and Chengguan says that the first practice is for the most part the same as the Joyful Ground.
There is a misreading to be cleared away here. The fifth item speaks of the five terrors before the mind was brought forth — the terror of not making a living, the terror of a bad name, the terror of death, the terror of falling into a bad destiny, the terror of the majesty of the great assembly — and the text says, “from the moment I brought forth the mind, all of these were left far behind.” This sentence is easily read as ‘once the mind is brought forth one is never afraid again.’ The wording of the text is in fact more precise: what it lists is these five particular terrors, and all five are fastened to the end that is “I”; once what one acts for turns wholly toward sentient beings, these five have no footing left. It is not that they are pressed down; it is that they have lost the place they stood on.
Brought home to use: this gate is for those who find practice bitter. Item by item it points out that setting one’s eyes upon the whole future and upon all sentient beings is, on the contrary, the way of living in which the heart is most at ease.
Gate 3. Entering Deeply into the Buddha-dharma: Not Understanding It, but Getting into It
The ten phrases of the third gate: the first six begin with the graph “enter,” the latter four with the graph “know.” Chengguan points out that this division is deliberate — “the two passages of realizing entry and of fully knowing are made manifest” — the first half speaks of realizing entry, the latter half of fully knowing.
Now look at what is entered. Chengguan divides it into three worlds: the first four phrases enter the world as receptacle (the first three severally enter the three ages, past, future, and present, and the fourth speaks generally of the various natures of all worlds); the next two enter the world of sentient beings (the various deeds and their fruits, and the various practices of the bodhisattvas); the latter four enter the world of the wisdom of perfect awakening (the first three entering the buddhas of the three times, and the last phrase entering the Dharma). Seen in this way, “entering deeply into the Buddha-dharma” is not entering deeply into some scripture; it is walking into all three layers of world — the receptacle, living beings, and the wisdom of perfect awakening.
The hardest is the last phrase: “though knowing that all dharmas are without any discrimination, still speaking the various dharmas, for the reason that all of them enter the Dharma realm and yet there is no place that is entered.” Here a common misreading must be cleared away: no-discrimination does not amount to being unable to speak. Chengguan’s way of explaining it is this — because all of them enter the Dharma realm, therefore there is no difference; because there is no place that is entered, therefore the various can be spoken. He further raises a question against himself: if there were some other place that is entered, then in the entering the original mark would be lost, and on the contrary the various could not be spoken. Precisely because the thing itself is of itself empty and is therefore named entering the Dharma realm, and there is no separate place to be entered, the various are not destroyed.
Brought home to use: what this gate cures are the two ailments of ‘having understood, one need not speak’ and ‘having spoken, it does not count as realization.’ The position of the text is to take neither side.
Gate 4. Reliance: Practice Must Be Set upon Good Conditions
The ten phrases of the fourth gate are all of one and the same structure — relying on some matter, one carries out the bodhisattva practice. What is relied upon is making offerings to the buddhas, taming sentient beings, drawing near to good friends, accumulating roots of good, adorning and purifying buddha-lands, not forsaking sentient beings, entering deeply into the perfections, fulfilling the vows of a bodhisattva, the measureless mind of awakening, and the awakening of all the buddhas.
Chengguan assigns this gate to the practice within the second practice (the station of benefiting), and says: the previous gate spoke of realizing entry, this gate speaks of being set upon good conditions. He adds one sentence that matters — one must rely upon all ten of these before sentient beings can be benefited; it is not a matter of relying on the precepts alone; and besides, the precepts of themselves take in the good, so what could still be lacking?
The misreading to be cleared away here is this: people readily understand “reliance” as reliance on one master or one precept. Among the ten items the text lists, the good friend occupies only one. So “reliance” here is the whole spread of ground on which practice stands, not a single point of support.
Brought home to use: examine whether your own practice is standing on only one leg. The more of the ten are missing, the less steadily the walking goes.
Gate 5. Bringing Forth the Fearless Mind: No Fear Arises before Ten Hard Matters
The fifth gate is assigned to the third practice (the station of no contrariety). Chengguan’s way of explaining it is very clear: because one has relied upon the good of restraint of a bodhisattva, therefore in ten hard matters one can “do what is hard to do and bear what is hard to bear,” and this is called bringing forth the fearless mind.
He also labels the ten phrases one by one as ten hardships: first, obstructions hard to extinguish; second, the Dharma left behind hard to guard; third, evil demons hard to subdue; fourth, body and life hard to forsake; fifth, outsiders hard to crush; sixth, the minds of beings hard to suit (the minds of sentient beings being hard to meet one by one); seventh, the great assembly hard to gladden; eighth, the eight kinds of beings hard to tame; ninth, the lower vehicle hard to leave; tenth, the higher practice hard to cultivate. Having finished the labeling he asks in return: if one gives rise to no fear before all ten of these hardships, would one still fear that sentient beings might trouble and harm one?
That very question forces out the sense of ‘the practice of no contrariety’ — what is meant by no contrariety is not holding one’s temper down; it is that when the ten hardships are already without fear, being troubled and harmed by others simply does not make it onto the list.
Brought home to use: fear is often because one has not set out the things one fears and looked at them. What this gate does is first to set the ten hardest things out in full, and then to say ‘in all of these there is nothing feared.’
Gate 6. Bringing Forth the Mind without Doubt: First Get the Will Settled
The sixth and the seventh gates Chengguan assigns to the fourth practice (the station of no flinching). The position of this gate is this: because one already does not dread hard matters, therefore in ten matters to be done one settles the will without doubt — and Chengguan says that this is the vigor of donning armor among the ten kinds of vigor. To don armor is first to take an oath and set a term, as one puts on a coat of mail before going into battle.
The sentence-pattern of the text is extremely forceful: every one of them runs, “when they bring forth this thought, it is decided and without doubt; that a doubting mind should arise — there is no such thing.” Notice those last words, “there is no such thing” — it is not saying that one ought not to doubt; it is saying that within that state of mind doubt simply cannot get a footing.
Chengguan labels the ten matters very tidily: first, gathering beings in with the ten perfections; second, serving the buddhas and making offerings to them; third, adorning the lands with light; fourth, taming and ripening over a long time; fifth, being complete in all-knowing wisdom; sixth, being a bright lamp of the world; seventh, expounding the Dharma and bringing beings to awakening; eighth, extinguishing obstructions and attaining buddhahood; ninth, leaving the deluded behind and awakening of oneself; tenth, decidedly accomplishing awakening.
A misreading in one sentence: these ten are not ten promises, they are ten places where doubt cannot get in. What most drains a practitioner is not the doing, but that half of him is doubting while he does. This gate spends the strength first on cutting doubt clean away.
Brought home to use: after the vow is made, do not go back and haggle. The haggling is itself the leak.
Gate 7. The Inconceivable: Ten Matters Hard to Fathom
The seventh gate is still within the fourth practice. Chengguan says: because the will is settled and without doubt, therefore what is done is hard to fathom, and this is called the inconceivable.
He divides the ten phrases very finely: the first three speak of the roots of good alone — the roots of good, the vows, and knowing dharmas to be like an illusion — and because both vow and wisdom accord with the nature of things, they are called inconceivable; the remaining seven are inconceivable because the provisional and the real are carried on together, and of these the first four speak in terms of practice and the latter three in terms of wisdom, wisdom being the inward clarity and practice the outward mark. Of the first four: the fourth is entering into existence while the one path is pure; the fifth is having awakened to emptiness while the myriad practices seethe up; the sixth is cultivating the cause while the fruit of the eight aspects is accomplished; the seventh is manifesting the fruit while the great functioning is not forsaken. Of the latter three: the eighth is the mutual identity of the two truths; the ninth is the three matters fused and yet not fused; the tenth is the provisional and the real identical and yet not identical.
The ninth phrase matters most: “fully knowing that mind is equal to awakening, fully knowing that awakening is equal to mind, and that mind and awakening are equal to sentient beings.” Chengguan directly fastens these three matters to mind, buddha, and sentient beings being alike without difference, as stated in the verses of Forest of Awakening Bodhisattva in the Chapter on the Praises in Verse in the Palace of Yama. This is one of the most central scriptural grounds of the whole Huayan school, and this stretch holds one place among them.
The misreading to clear away: that the three matters are without difference does not say that the three are one and the same thing. The text goes straight on to say, “and yet giving rise to no inversion of mind, no inversion of thought, no inversion of view” — if one reads “equal” as merged into one, one falls precisely into inversion. When Chengguan says that the ninth is “fused and yet not fused,” this is what he means.
The eighth phrase is ten sentences in five pairs, and the text sets them down in one breath: “fully knowing that in all dharmas the markless is the mark and the mark is the markless, that non-discrimination is discrimination and discrimination is non-discrimination, that what is not existent is existent and what is existent is not existent, that non-doing is doing and doing is non-doing, that what is not spoken is spoken and what is spoken is not spoken.” Chengguan says these ten are five pairs, that is, the five dharmas: mark, false imagining, suchness, right wisdom, and name; and that each pair may be read on two levels. Read directly in terms of the substance of the dharmas, the markless is the real and the mark is the conventional, and the two are always of themselves identical: this is the first level. Read in terms of delusion and awakening, this is the second: deluded about suchness, one takes there to be marks; awakened to marks as markless, this is suchness — this is the first pair. Deluded about the non-discriminating right wisdom, one becomes false discriminating imagination; awakened to false discrimination as the right wisdom’s non-discrimination — this is the second pair. Understanding that suchness is not an existent is truly to have suchness; if one grasps at a suchness to be had, it is not suchness — this is the third pair. If wisdom does nothing, that is the doing of right wisdom; if it has something done, it is not the doing of right wisdom — this is the fourth pair. Knowing that the name is not the thing spoken is truly the speaking of the name; if one takes the name to hold what is spoken, that is not the speaking of the name — this is the fifth pair.
To ask first: is this back-and-forth of assertion and reversal a mere tongue-twister? It is not. The point of the five pairs is not which side, mark or markless, is the right one, but that one is not permitted to halt on either side. The misreading to clear away: what a reader most often does is take only the latter half — reading “the mark is the markless” as “nothing counts at all.” The text says both ends; “the markless is the mark” is in it as well. To dismantle the side of existence and be left holding the side of emptiness is still to be on one side. Brought home to use: to judge whether one has fallen to a side, see whether one can say the sentence backwards without the heart growing anxious.
The tenth phrase is the longest, and it is “identical and yet not identical.” It begins: “in thought after thought entering the concentration of cessation, exhausting every outflow and yet not realizing the real limit, and not exhausting the roots of good that have outflows” — in thought after thought one can enter the concentration of cessation and every outflow is exhausted, and yet one does not take up the realization of that real limit, nor does one use up the roots of good that have outflows. To ask first: if the outflows are exhausted, why not realize the real limit? What Chengguan speaks of here is cutting off, and substance and function: spoken of in terms of the time of cutting off, it is exhausted and yet not exhausted; setting the nature of dharmas over against that cutting off, it is not, and yet not not. The misreading to clear away: not realizing the real limit is not an inability to reach it, but an unwillingness to halt there and rest; not exhausting the roots of good that have outflows is not the keeping back of a little affliction as seed, but the refusal to strike out at a stroke all those good deeds by which bonds are formed within the world. Brought home to use: when one has practiced to the point of feeling that the affairs of the world may all be let go, this phrase stands in the way.
Brought home to use: whoever grows large-hearted upon reading that ‘mind, buddha, and sentient beings are three without difference’ must read the latter half along with it.
Gate 8. Skillful Secret Speech: A Secret That Can Be Spoken Aloud
The six gates from the eighth through the thirteenth Chengguan assigns to the fifth practice (the station of no folly and disorder), and divides them into three sections: the first two gates are the practice of no folly; the next two are the practice of no disorder; the last two make clear in both respects the merits brought forth by the two preceding sections. He further matches these three sections with three kinds of meditation — the meditation that benefits sentient beings, the meditation of abiding in the delight of the true Dharma, and the meditation that brings forth merits.
This gate stands at the head of the six, and what it speaks of is that outward speech is not foolish. Chengguan expressly sets out five senses of “secret speech”: first, speaking a profound and secret dharma; second, speaking all dharmas in a single utterance; third, near and yet not heard, and far and yet without partition (near and yet not heard, as Śāriputra sat in the assembly; far and yet without partition, as Maudgalyāyana went in search of the voice); fourth, the words near while the sense is far, or the words far while the sense is near (as in saying that the three vehicles are ultimate, or in saying that to get fire in cold weather is called nirvāṇa — this sense is also called hiding the real and speaking the provisional); fifth, speaking a different dharma with different words. And he says that among the ten phrases of the text the first phrase is complete in all five senses, because it is the general one and is the whole of the teaching.
The misreading to clear away: “secret speech” is not a code, and it is not a refusal to let people understand. The five senses above are each a road of its own: a profound and secret dharma; a single utterance gathering all dharmas; the near and the far in hearing; the near and the far between words and sense (this being the hiding of the real and speaking of the provisional); speaking a different dharma with different words — all are the skilful bestowing of the speaker, each hearer receiving in their own measure, and not one of them is a concealing.
Taking the ten phrases one by one, one can see how the “secret” comes to rest upon actual matters. The first is within all the buddhas’ scriptures — this is the general phrase, and it was said above to be complete in all five senses, because the whole of the teaching lies within it. The second is within every place of taking birth — where a bodhisattva manifests the taking of birth, that birth is itself a stretch of Dharma-preaching. The third is within all the bodhisattvas’ superknowledges and transformations and their attaining of perfect awakening — displaying the superknowledges and showing the attaining of buddhahood are alike words beyond words. The fourth is within the deeds and retributions of all sentient beings — one deed, and yet the retribution shallow or deep; that it can be spoken and yet not fixed is the secret. The fifth is within the defilement and purity that sentient beings give rise to — Fazang says it plainly here: skillfully to speak of sentient beings as defiled while undefiled, and to call this stain; as undefiled while defiled, and to call this purity. One and the same matter, spoken with the grain, is stain; spoken against it, is purity; and so it is secret. The sixth is within the gate of ultimate unobstructedness in all dharmas — the speaking of all within one. The seventh is within the whole of space, where in place after place worlds form or decay with no gap between — that within decay there is formation is the secret.
The eighth is within the whole dharma-realm, all ten directions, down to the most minute place, where everywhere the Tathāgata displays first birth and on to buddhahood and entry into parinirvāṇa, filling the dharma-realm and each seen distinctly. To ask first: if the Buddha has already entered nirvāṇa, how is he everywhere newly born? The answer is in “filling the dharma-realm and each seen distinctly” — universally he manifests birth and entry into extinction, and the one who sees stands at this secret place and speaks; therefore it is secret speech.
The ninth and the tenth phrases carry the weight of this gate. The ninth: “seeing that all sentient beings are evenly nirvāṇa and without alteration, and yet not forsaking the great vow, so that the vow of omniscience, not yet fulfilled, may be brought to fulfillment.” Sentient beings are of themselves even, which is nirvāṇa, and there is no alteration to speak of; by that reasoning, since there is none to be delivered, the great vow ought to rest — and yet it does not rest. Fazang judges this phrase to be skillful secrecy: understanding that sentient beings are nirvāṇa itself and need not be extinguished again, and yet still not forsaking the great vow to gather beings in. The tenth: “though knowing that no dharma is awakened to through another, yet not parting from good friends.” Awakening is not given by another — that is the definitive sense; and yet one does not on that account leave the good friends, but rather “grows the more reverent toward the Tathāgata.” The text then sets out four samenesses — the same doing, the same substance and nature, the same going forth, the same accomplishing: with the good friend, what is done is one doing, the substance is one substance, the going forth is one going forth, the accomplishing is one accomplishing.
The misreading to clear away: these two phrases are the ones most easily taken up as a warrant for idleness. “Sentient beings are of themselves nirvāṇa” does not lead to “there is no need to deliver them”; “not awakened to through another” does not lead to “there is no need to draw near good friends.” The sentence-pattern of the two is exactly the same: first the ultimate and definitive sense is set up, and then with “and yet not forsaking” the practice is brought back in. Brought home to use: whenever one hears a lofty principle and there floats up the thought “then I need not do such and such,” look first at the pattern of this gate — the real secret is that the definitive sense and the practice can be spoken in one breath.
Brought home to use: one who expounds the Dharma, if he fears that he is speaking shallowly, may look at the fourth sense — words near and sense far is also secret speech.
Gate 9. The Wisdom of Skillful Discernment: Inward Wisdom Is Not Foolish
The ninth gate is paired with the one before it. Chengguan’s statement is extremely brief: outward speech being already hidden, and inward wisdom being further skillful, therefore in benefiting sentient beings there is no folly or darkness.
The ten phrases of the text are all “the wisdom of skillful discernment that enters …”: entering lands, entering the dwelling places of sentient beings, entering mental conduct, entering the faculties, entering deeds and their fruits, entering the practices of the śrāvakas, entering the practices of the pratyekabuddhas, entering the practices of the bodhisattvas, entering the dharmas of the world, entering the dharmas of a buddha.
Here it is worth stopping a moment: these ten cover place, sentient beings, mind, faculties, and deeds, and then the practices of the three vehicles and the dharmas both worldly and world-transcending. In other words, what skillful discernment knows is of three kinds: places and sentient beings (where to convert, whom to convert), the practices of the three vehicles (where to set those converted), and the dharmas of the world and of the Buddha (by what dharma to convert) — Fazang matches the ten phrases to these four questions. Discernment here is not the discerning of deluded imagining; it is knowing where the person in front of you is standing and by what dharma they are to be converted.
The misreading to clear away: the seventh gate has only just spoken of “no discrimination,” and here “the wisdom of skillful discernment” is set up, which looks like a contradiction. The two are of different stations — no discrimination speaks of the substance that is realized, skillful discernment of the functioning that converts others. There being no discrimination in the substance, there is no harm in discerning in the functioning; and this is exactly the carrying on of both the provisional and the real that Chengguan speaks of again and again.
Brought home to use: real compassion must first see accurately. Compassion that does not see accurately often turns into imposition.
Gate 10. Entering Samādhi: Taking Ten Kinds of Object and Entering Concentration
Of the tenth and the eleventh gates Chengguan says that they are “the practice of no disorder, all of them the substance of concentration.” This gate makes clear the entering of samādhi, showing that the places taken as object and the rest are not the same; the next gate makes clear universal entering, and there the touching of one kind pervades all.
The objects of the ten phrases of the text: all the worlds, the bodies of all sentient beings, all dharmas, seeing all the buddhas, abiding in all the kalpas, rising from samādhi and manifesting an inconceivable body, the bodies of all the buddhas, awakening to the equality of all sentient beings, within a single thought entering the samādhi-wisdom of all bodhisattvas, and within a single thought with unobstructed wisdom accomplishing the practices and vows of all bodhisattvas.
Chengguan’s observation is very fine: though the objects of these ten gates are each different, all ten run through everything; and the first five are matters of one layer, while the latter five are an interpenetrating perfect fusion; the ninth and tenth phrases are both a being one and yet many.
The misreading to clear away: it is easy to read samādhi as ‘entering concentration and attending to nothing.’ Look at the tenth phrase — within a single thought, with unobstructed wisdom, accomplishing the practices and vows of all bodhisattvas without rest, and this is still within samādhi. Concentration and practice are not here two stretches, one before and one after.
Brought home to use: concentration is not leaving the object behind; it is being with the object in another manner.
Gate 11. Universal Entering: To Enter One Kind Is to Pervade All
The eleventh gate stands over against the one before it. Chengguan likens it to the ten universals of the Lesser Vehicle, saying that this makes samādhi gradually broader still; and he points out that the previous gate spoke of being able to enter all bodies (such as the body of a youth and the rest), which need not, however, be at one and the same time; whereas this gate is that upon entering one kind one pervades all, as when Ocean of Wisdom Bodhisattva first came and all at once everything was water.
What the ten phrases of the text universally enter is: sentient beings, lands, the various marks of the world, the calamity of fire, the calamity of water, the buddhas, adornment, the boundless body of merit of the Tathāgata, all the various expoundings of the Dharma, and all the various offerings to the tathāgatas.
The misreading to clear away: this gate is easily read as a display of spiritual penetrations. Its weight lies in “upon entering one kind, pervading all” — it is not doing ten things at once, but doing one thing with the other ten all present within it. This is the root way of reading the Avataṃsaka, and not a matter of how great an ability is.
Brought home to use: there is no need to covet quantity. Carry one thing through to the end, and the rest is naturally inside it.
Gate 12. Gates of Liberation: Unobstructedness in Functioning
The twelfth and the thirteenth gates Chengguan assigns to the meditation that brings forth merits. This gate makes clear that functioning is unobstructed, and so it is called liberation; the next gate is that in the objective realm there is no blockage, and so it is called spiritual penetration.
Chengguan here makes a distinction on the side of Sanskrit: the liberation here is in Sanskrit vimokṣa, which means surpassing liberation, pointing to a surpassing functioning, and is not the eight liberations accomplished on the basis of meditative concentration. This is to be remembered, because in the fifteenth gate there is another “liberation,” and its Sanskrit is different.
The ten phrases of the text are all a mutual containing of body and realm: one body pervading all the worlds; manifesting measureless forms in all the worlds; making all the worlds enter one buddha-land; universally empowering the whole realm of sentient beings; filling all the worlds with the adorned bodies of the buddhas; seeing all the worlds within one’s own body; within a single thought going to all the worlds; within a single world manifesting the appearing in the world of all the tathāgatas; one body filling the whole Dharma realm; within a single thought manifesting the sporting spiritual penetrations of all the buddhas.
The misreading to clear away: these ten phrases are not a list of ten spiritual penetrations; they are ten sides of “unobstructedness” — the large entering the small, the small containing the large, one being many, many being one.
Brought home to use: if on reading “one body fills the whole Dharma realm” one feels it too far from oneself, one may go back to the sixth phrase — seeing all the worlds within one’s own body. The place of entry is in fact just this body.
Gate 13. Spiritual Penetrations: No Blockage in the Objective Realm
For the thirteenth gate Chengguan makes his comparison with the six penetrations drawn forth by the four meditations: if the first four of these ten are gathered under the six penetrations, they can be matched; the next five are the penetration of the divine faculty; the last is the exhaustion of the outflows, for the reason that awakening is accomplished. He also says that because the stations differ, these ten penetrations are slightly different from the ten penetrations spoken of in another place.
The ten phrases of the text all conclude with “the penetration of the wisdom of skillful means”: recollecting former lives, the divine ear without obstruction, knowing the mental conduct of others, contemplating with the divine eye, manifesting great spiritual power according to the mind, one body universally manifesting measureless worlds, within a single thought entering everywhere into unspeakable worlds, bringing forth articles of adornment and adorning worlds, manifesting unspeakable transformation bodies, and, according to the minds of sentient beings, manifesting the accomplishing of perfect awakening in unspeakable worlds.
The misreading to clear away: the four words “the wisdom of skillful means” appended at the end of every phrase are the key. Spiritual penetration here is not an ability belonging to the fruit of one’s deeds; it is skillful means — an instrument set up for the sake of delivering beings. The last phrase is plainest of all: even the manifesting of the accomplishing of perfect awakening is manifested according to the minds of sentient beings.
Brought home to use: to judge whether a spiritual penetration is genuine, do not look at how wonderful it is; look at whether it is a skillful means for delivering beings.
Gate 14. Clarity: The Substance of Prajñā Appearing as Ten Kinds of Clarity of Wisdom
The fourteenth and the fifteenth gates Chengguan assigns to the sixth practice (the station of good manifesting). This gate directly displays the substance of practice, which is prajñā, and so it is called clarity of wisdom; the next gate makes clear the leaving behind of the obstruction to wisdom, and so it is called liberation. He also says that these are all a wisdom in which the provisional and the real are unobstructed, and so it is called skillful.
Chengguan divides the ten phrases into two sections: the first seven speak of a single wisdom alone, the latter three are the carrying on of both. Of the first seven, the first three are in terms of those converted (deeds and their fruits, the quiescence of the realm, the one mark of what is taken as object), and the next three in terms of the one who converts (the subtle sound heard everywhere, the destroying of defiled attachment, the manifesting of the taking or not taking of birth), each of these sets going first by way of phenomena, next by way of principle, and last by way of returning phenomena to principle; the seventh leaves behind the thought of a grasper and a grasped, and gathers all back into prajñā. Of the latter three, the eighth is a speaking that is no speaking and an accomplishing that is no accomplishing; the ninth is the clarity of wisdom that gives rise to birth from no-birth; the tenth is the clarity of wisdom of teaching in evenness.
The ninth phrase is a long one, and the text itself gives it a name — the skillful clarity of wisdom of dependent origination. Chengguan divides it into three parts: first the direct setting forth; next the raising and explaining at “why is this”; last the concluding of the name at “this is called.” And within the direct setting forth there are again two layers: first the saying that there is no condition (the true mind of sentient beings according with principle, not to be got at; and if there were no condition there would be nothing converted), and then, from “and yet they know” onward, the saying that the true mind accords with conditions and does not destroy dependent origination, and that therefore there is after all something converted. He further matches that long string of “knowing causes, knowing conditions, knowing things, knowing realms, knowing courses, knowing arising, knowing ceasing” one by one with the twelvefold dependent origination — causes being ignorance and the rest, conditions being the deeds of the formative activities, things being consciousness, name-and-form, and so on, realms being contact, feeling, and the objects of the senses, courses being craving and grasping in the present, arising being the link of birth, and ceasing being aging-and-death.
That long string of “knowings” numbers thirty-one. The first seven have been matched above with the twelvefold dependent origination, and Chengguan gives a place to the remaining twenty-four as well; taken group by group, the frame becomes clear.
The eighth is “knowing speech”: Chengguan says this one is spoken generally in terms of according with the conventional, because what arises from conditions is not apart from the three times. It stands as a part of its own and closes off the first seven — the twelve links having been set out, the very setting out of them is itself an according with convention.
From “knowing delusion” to “knowing non-attachment” are twelve phrases in six pairs, which Chengguan judges to be a general knowing of defilement and purity, delusion and awakening. Delusion and freedom from delusion are the first pair; inversion and freedom from inversion the second; defilement and purity the third — deluded about principle, one is inverted and defiled; awakened, each is the reverse. Birth-and-death and nirvāṇa are the fourth pair; what can be got at and what cannot the fifth; grasping and non-grasping the sixth. Chengguan says that according with convention both sides may be got at, while in the ultimate sense neither side may be got at; and that “got at and not got at” is spoken in terms of principle, while “grasping and non-grasping” is spoken in terms of wisdom. To ask first: if in the ultimate sense neither side can be got at, why must they still be known pair by pair? Because the bodhisattva must be able to recognize, within conventional truth, which side a being stands on, before there is any place to begin.
From “knowing abiding” to “knowing taming” are eleven phrases, and here Chengguan turns to the knowing of the movements of mind. Abiding is the original nature; stirring is the adventitious dust. To follow the adventitious dust is to go and not return; to see the original nature is to return to the source and turn back to the root. Going and returning are both still the arising of mind; only when returning and abiding are both gone is there the stillness of not arising. And when mind arises, all goods are lost and ruined; when it does not arise, one goes forth from the coverings and bonds and knows quiescently upon contact with objects — and this is ripening: “knowing loss and ruin,” “knowing going forth,” “knowing ripening” fall exactly here. Last, “knowing the faculties, knowing taming” is a further knowing of capacity: spoken of one’s own faculties, that the six faculties are not dragged along by their objects is taming.
The misreading to clear away: the thirty-one “knowings” are not a list of thirty-one marvels. They are a single line: first knowing the twelve links of dependent origination; then knowing that the words in which they are spoken are still an according with convention; then knowing on which side of the six pairs of defilement and purity, delusion and awakening, a being stands; then knowing whether that mind abides or stirs, goes or returns, arises or does not arise; and last knowing how far this person’s faculties are ripened and whether he can be tamed. Only when the knowing reaches this last step does it join to the text’s own words, “teaching and converting in the various ways that answer to each.” Brought home to use: to wish to help someone without knowing which square he is in leaves one able to help only out of one’s own habit.
The misreading to clear away: this gate is most easily read as a string of marvelous knowings and seeings. In fact its frame is a single sentence — knowing that there is no one to be delivered, and yet delivering. The text answers for itself why this is possible: a bodhisattva brings forth the mind only for the sake of benefiting sentient beings, and has nothing else for which he acts.
Brought home to use: if the bringing forth of the mind still has some other purpose mixed into it, it cannot hold up ‘practicing while carrying out nothing at all.’
Gate 15. Liberation: Freedom from the Two Obstructions
The “liberation” of the fifteenth gate has the same name as that of the twelfth but a different sense. Chengguan says it flatly: here the Sanskrit is vimukti, meaning liberation, and it is not the same as the earlier one. The earlier was the surpassingness of functioning; this is freedom from bondage.
He divides the ten phrases: the first four are freedom from the three obstructions of the ordinary person (the afflictions, wrong views, the various graspings, and the aggregates, elements, and sense-fields), for the reason that grasping increased becomes deeds; the latter six are freedom from the obstruction to wisdom; and of those latter six, the first phrase sets aside the inferior (surpassing the two vehicles), while the rest all display the surpassing.
Of the latter six, the first sets aside the inferior, and so the remaining five are the surpassing displayed by degrees, each wider than the last, and each must be looked at in turn.
The sixth is the liberation of the forbearance of the non-arising of dharmas. Forbearance here is not endurance; it is that the mind can come to rest — resting upon the fact that dharmas are from the first unarisen, without alarm and without retreat. What the first four are freed from is the afflictions, wrong views, the various graspings, and the aggregates, elements, and sense-fields, and these are still “a something to be freed from”; at this phrase, what is freed from is the very notion of arising.
The seventh is the liberation of freedom from attachment with respect to all worlds, all lands, all sentient beings, and all dharmas. The former phrase rested in non-arising; this one puts non-arising to use: to world, to land, to beings, to dharmas — in none of the four does one stick. To ask first: is not sticking the same as not caring? The text has answered elsewhere — not seeing that there is any sentient being, and yet teaching, taming, and expounding the Dharma. Freedom from attachment is not sticking; it is not a not-doing.
The eighth is the liberation of boundless abiding. Since one does not stick in the four, what is dwelt in has no boundary to speak of. This phrase turns the “freedom from” of the former phrase into a positive saying: it is not that there is nowhere to abide, but that the abiding has no limit.
The ninth is the liberation of bringing forth all the bodhisattva practices and entering the Tathāgata’s ground of non-discrimination. This phrase speaks of practice and ground together: on one side bringing forth all the bodhisattva practices, on the other entering the Tathāgata’s ground of non-discrimination. Practice discriminates, the ground does not, and the two are at once; therefore it is liberation and not an indulging.
The tenth is the liberation of being able, within a single thought, to know fully all three times. This is the last barrier, that of time. The preceding nine have gone on freeing until the ground of non-discrimination; this one says that the three times are known entire within one thought — not that the three times are compressed into a point, but that one is not barred by the length or shortness of time.
The misreading to clear away: these five are often read wholesale as “the state getting higher and higher.” See clearly what each is freed from: the sixth, the notion of arising; the seventh, sticking; the eighth, the bound of a dwelling place; the ninth, the separation of practice from ground; the tenth, the separation of times. When Chengguan says that the first four are freedom from the ordinary person’s three obstructions and the latter six from the obstruction to wisdom, this is exactly that order — what is freed from before is on the side of the afflictions, what is freed from after is on the side of the knowable. Brought home to use: one who feels that he “has already let go” may take these five and put them as five questions, one at a time.
The misreading to clear away: one and the same Chinese word appearing twice within one stretch and pointing to different things is very common in the scriptures translated into Chinese. If a reader does not look into it, he will mix the ten phrases of the twelfth gate and the ten phrases of the fifteenth into a single heap. The way to tell them apart is not to look up the Sanskrit but to look at the context — every phrase of the twelfth gate speaks of ‘pervading, manifesting, filling,’ and that is functioning; every phrase of the fifteenth speaks of ‘being freed from what,’ and that is bondage.
Brought home to use: practitioners often say ‘I want liberation,’ and should first ask which kind is wanted. Unobstructedness in functioning and the cutting off of bondage are two different labors.
Gate 16. Gardens and Groves: Taking the Place You Least Want to Go as a Garden
The sixteenth and the seventeenth gates Chengguan assigns to the seventh practice (the station of no attachment), and says that this gate makes clear a roaming ground where the feelings are given free rein and the next makes clear a resting place of ease and delight, and that both run through the two benefits, being provisional and real skillful means with nothing grasped at.
The force of this gate lies wholly in its first phrase: “birth-and-death is the garden of a bodhisattva, for the reason that there is nothing he wearies of and forsakes.” A garden is where people of the world roam and take their pleasure, and yet the text sets birth-and-death in that place. The nine phrases that follow use the same stroke: teaching sentient beings, abiding in all the kalpas, purified worlds, the palaces of all the demons, contemplating the dharma one has heard, the six perfections and the four means of gathering and the thirty-seven factors of the path, the ten powers and the four fearlessnesses and the eighteen exclusive dharmas, manifesting majestic power and spiritual penetrations, and within a single thought universally manifesting the accomplishing of perfect awakening.
The misreading to clear away: this is not saying that birth-and-death is fine, nor is it making merry in the midst of suffering. Every phrase has a reason appended to it — “for the reason that there is nothing he wearies of and forsakes,” “for the reason that he does not tire,” “for the reason that he takes up and holds the great practices.” What makes a garden a garden is not the circumstance but that in it there is nothing wearied of and forsaken. The fifth phrase, “the palaces of all the demons are the garden of a bodhisattva, for the reason that he subdues that host of demons,” is plainest of all: he goes there because there is work to do.
Brought home to use: to judge whether one has “no attachment,” a ready measure is this — the place you least wish to go, can you stay there?
Gate 17. Palaces: The Place Where One Sets One’s Body
The seventeenth gate is set over against the one before: a garden is a roaming ground, a palace a resting place. The ten phrases begin with the mind of awakening and end with receiving the prediction sealed by the anointing of the king of all-knowing wisdom.
Chengguan here points out only one thing, but points it out accurately: the “meditative concentration of the four dwellings of Brahmā” among the ten phrases is the four measureless minds, and is also the cause of the realm of form; and he cites the Dushipin jing as witness, saying that that scripture has “cultivating the four practices of Brahmā, loving-kindness, compassion, joy, and equanimity.”
The way the text arranges them is worth looking at: the mind of awakening (never forgotten and lost), the ten courses of good deeds (converting the realm of desire), the four dwellings of Brahmā (converting the realm of form), birth among the gods of the Pure Abodes (undefiled by afflictions), birth in the formless realm (causing beings to leave the difficult conditions), birth in a defiled world (causing beings to cut off afflictions), dwelling manifestly amid the wives and retinue of the inner palace (bringing to accomplishment those who practiced together), dwelling manifestly as a wheel-turning king, a world-guarding king, Śakra, or Brahmā (taming those whose minds are set on mastery), abiding in the bodhisattva practice and sporting in spiritual penetrations, and receiving the prediction sealed by the anointing of the king of all-knowing wisdom. From the three realms to the station of a king to the inner palace, all of it counts as a palace.
The misreading to clear away: these ten phrases are not saying that a bodhisattva enjoys good fortune. Beneath the seventh phrase, “dwelling manifestly amid the wives and retinue of the inner palace,” the reason appended is “for the reason that he brings to accomplishment the sentient beings who practiced together with him in former times” — the place one is in is for the sake of the people who are there.
Brought home to use: there is no need to loathe and cast off the circumstances one is now in. Ask one question — ‘for whose accomplishment am I here?’ — and the circumstance turns from a cage into a palace.
Gate 18. What Is Delighted In: What the Inward Mind Takes Joy In
The eighteenth and the nineteenth gates Chengguan assigns to the eighth practice (the station of what is hard to obtain). He says that this gate is the vowing and delighting of the inward mind, and that the vow is the substance of practice; being already in a palace, one’s feelings naturally take joy in surpassing delights.
The ten things delighted in: right mindfulness, wisdom, going to the presence of the buddhas, the buddhas, the bodhisattvas, the gates of samādhi, dhāraṇī, unobstructed eloquence, accomplishing perfect awakening, and turning the wheel of the Dharma. Every phrase carries its reason; for instance, delighting in dhāraṇī is “for the reason that he holds the Dharma without forgetting and hands it on to sentient beings” — note the last words: the delight of holding all things does not stop at one’s own remembering.
The misreading to clear away: “what is delighted in” is not a matter of interest or taste. It is the source of the motive force of practice. Chengguan says “the vow is the substance of practice,” which means: what a person truly delights in is what his practice grows up to be.
Brought home to use: do not only examine what you have done; examine also what you delight in. The former can be forced; the latter cannot.
Gate 19. Adornment: Adorning the Vow with a Multitude of Virtues
The nineteenth gate is paired with the one before it. Chengguan says: the previous gate was the vowing and delighting of the inward mind; this gate is the outward furnishings of the adornment of virtue, adorning that vow with a multitude of virtues.
The ten adornments are: power, fearlessness, meaning, the Dharma, the vow, practice, the land, the universal sound, sustaining power, and transformation. Every one of them carries its reason — as the adornment of meaning is “for the reason that he speaks meanings that cannot be spoken and does not exhaust them,” and the adornment of the Dharma is “for the reason that he contemplates and expounds the eighty-four thousand collections of Dharma without forgetting or losing them.”
The misreading to clear away: adornment is easily read as an outward splendor. Not one of the ten here is outward — power, fearlessness, meaning, and the Dharma are all virtues. The sense of “adornment” here is close to ‘making a thing complete and manifest.’ The ninth, “the adornment of sustaining power,” looks back to the first gate of this whole stretch, which shows that the thirty gates are not each of them standing alone.
Brought home to use: to make your vow stand firm, the way is not to make the vow over and over, but to fill in these ten one item at a time.
Gate 20. Bringing Forth the Unmoving Mind: Outward Conditions Cannot Move It
The twentieth and the twenty-first gates Chengguan assigns to the ninth practice (the station of the good dharma), and says that this gate makes clear that outward conditions do not move one and the next makes clear that the inward mind does not forsake; he further says that this gate makes clear firmness of mind and the next makes clear entering deeply, and that both carry the sense of “power.”
Chengguan makes one fine division upon the ten phrases: the second and the ninth are the power of deliberating and choosing, and the rest are all the power of repeated cultivation. He also counts one by one the kinds of faith listed in the eighth phrase — that phrase of the text lists faith that has a root, faith that is unmuddied, pure faith, utterly pure faith, faith free of defilement, faith that is clear through, faith that reveres and makes offerings to all the buddhas, faith that does not turn back, faith that cannot be exhausted, faith that none can destroy, and faith of great gladness and exultation — and Chengguan counts eleven of them, giving a reason for each: the first is that faith can give birth to the fruit of buddhahood; the second is unmixed, because it is not muddied by unbelief; the third is pure, because it is without afflictions; the fourth is without subtle stirrings of thought; the fifth is apart from the defilement of the knowable; the sixth penetrates the source of phenomena; the seventh tends toward the station of the fruit; the eighth is firm in its own portion; the ninth is inexhaustible in virtue; the tenth is unmoved by conditions; the eleventh realizes suchness.
The misreading to clear away: an unmoving mind is not numbness. Look at the fifth phrase — “universally gathering in sentient beings without choosing between enemy and kin” — this is being moved to the widest extent while the mind does not shift; it is not a not-moving.
Brought home to use: the distinction between the power of deliberating and choosing and the power of repeated cultivation is very practical. Some kinds of unmovingness must come by thinking a thing through (deliberating and choosing); some can come only by doing it over and over until it is familiar (repeated cultivation). Use the wrong method, and the labor is spent for nothing.
Gate 21. The Deep and Great Mind Not Forsaken: The Inward Mind Does Not Let Go
The twenty-first gate is paired with the one before it. Chengguan’s way of explaining it is finished in a sentence: because one is unmoved, therefore one can go to the very end of both principle and phenomena; principle being deep and phenomena being broad, it is called “deep and great.”
All ten phrases begin with “not forsaking”: not forsaking the bringing to fulfillment of the awakening of the buddhas, not forsaking the teaching and taming of sentient beings, not forsaking the not cutting off of the family and nature of the buddhas, not forsaking the drawing near to good friends, not forsaking the making of offerings to the buddhas, not forsaking the single-minded seeking of the dharmas of merit of the Great Vehicle, not forsaking the practice of pure conduct and the guarding of the pure precepts, not forsaking the drawing near to bodhisattvas, not forsaking the seeking of the skillful means by which the dharmas of a buddha are guarded and upheld, not forsaking the fulfilling of the practices and vows of a bodhisattva and the gathering of the dharmas of the buddhas.
The misreading to clear away: if the two words “deep and great” are read as adjectives (a very deep and very great mind), Chengguan’s division is lost. Deep points to principle and great points to phenomena — this mind is deep and great precisely because it holds on to both ends, principle and phenomena, at once.
Brought home to use: the previous gate said that outward conditions cannot move one; this gate says that one does not oneself let go. These two are to be examined separately: for many people, the outward conditions have not moved and they have let go first.
Gate 22. Contemplation with Wisdom: The First of the Nine Gates of the Tenth Practice
From the twenty-second gate on there are nine gates in all, which Chengguan assigns to the tenth practice (the station of the real), and he labels these nine gates as nine wisdoms: the wisdom of contemplation, the wisdom of expounding the Dharma, the wisdom of leaving obstruction behind, the wisdom of deciding upon examination, the wisdom of shining through, the wisdom without equal, the wisdom that is not inferior, the wisdom that towers up, and the wisdom deep and vast. This is the longest set in the whole stretch, and also the set Chengguan divides most tidily.
The first is the wisdom of contemplation. Chengguan says: precisely because one does not forsake the deep and great, therefore one is able to contemplate. He also notices one detail — that in the earlier part of the questioning only “contemplation” was said and the two graphs “with wisdom” had dropped out, and that by this passage of the answer the lack can be made good.
The ten things contemplated: skillfully discriminating and proclaiming all dharmas, all the roots of good of the three times, the mastered transformations of the practices of the bodhisattvas, the gates of the meaning of the dharmas, the majestic power of the buddhas, the gates of dhāraṇī, universally proclaiming the true Dharma in all the worlds, entering the whole Dharma realm, all that is inconceivable in the ten directions, and the light of the wisdom of all the dharmas of a buddha being without obstruction.
The misreading to clear away: the “contemplation” here is not the inward looking of sitting in meditation. Among the ten phrases there is expounding the Dharma, there is entering the Dharma realm, there is knowing the majestic power of the buddhas — it is looking at everything with wisdom in hand, not one particular method of practice.
Brought home to use: the practice of the real begins from contemplation. To make no mistake in the matter at hand, one must first see accurately; and the precondition of seeing accurately is the not forsaking of the gate before.
Gate 23. Expounding the Dharma: From Inward Contemplation to Outward Speaking
The second is the wisdom of expounding the Dharma. Chengguan says: because one is able to contemplate inwardly, therefore one is able to speak outwardly. The sequence cannot be inverted.
He divides the ten phrases into two sections, the real and the conventional: the first two speak of the conventional (all arising from conditions, all being like an illusion), the latter eight speak of the real, and he labels the sense of each: first, there is no duality to be disputed; second, the substance and its virtue are alike broad; third, the mark is deep and far; fourth, the substance is firm and sharp; fifth, suchness is unmoved; sixth, the substance cuts off the hundred negations; seventh, bound within, it is undefiled; eighth, substance and mark are of one flavor.
The misreading to clear away: all ten phrases begin with “expounding that all dharmas,” and are easily taken for ten slogans. In truth it is a table of the sequence of expounding the Dharma — beginning from the two conventional phrases easiest to take hold of, arising from conditions and being like an illusion, and running all the way to “all abide in one meaning and are accomplished in their original nature.”
Brought home to use: which phrase to give a person first when teaching him has already been set in order by this gate. Skip the first two phrases and go straight to “accomplished in their original nature,” and the hearer cannot catch it.
Gate 24. Purity: Leaving the Obstruction to Wisdom Behind
The third is the wisdom of leaving obstruction behind. Chengguan says that what this gate leaves behind is the obstruction to wisdom, and points out that in the Jin translation this gate is named “without defilement”; he further says that though both are called purity, what is purified is not the same — this is a reminder to the reader not to confound the purity here with purity elsewhere. He also compares these ten phrases with the “seven purities,” saying that the opening out and the drawing together differ and that this is easily seen in the text, and that the discussion of the seven purities is at the beginning of the fifth ground.
The ten phrases are: the deep mind, cutting off doubt, leaving views behind, the objective realm, seeking all-knowing wisdom, eloquence, fearlessness, abiding in the wisdom of all bodhisattvas, receiving the disciplines of all bodhisattvas, and being complete in the accomplishing of unsurpassed awakening, the thirty-two marks of a hundredfold merit, the white and pure dharmas, and all the roots of good.
The misreading to clear away: purity here is not a cleanness in the moral sense; it is the absence of obstruction in wisdom. The second phrase, “purity of cutting off doubt,” and the third, “purity of leaving views behind,” make this plainest of all — what is purified is doubt and view.
Brought home to use: one who feels that his practice is not pure may first ask whether it is the obstruction of the afflictions or the obstruction to what is knowable. What this gate cures is the latter.
Gate 25. The Seal: Deciding and Sealing
The fourth is the wisdom of deciding upon examination. Chengguan says it very clearly: with pure wisdom one decides and seals all dharmas, and therefore it is called a seal; in the Jin translation this gate is named “the seal of wisdom”; and the benefit concluded at the end is likewise the seal of wisdom, just as with the three seals of the Dharma.
He labels the ten seals one by one as ten decisions: first, when the circumstance of suffering is peacefully received, the wisdom of forbearance does not move; second, when others do not benefit one, the practice of forbearance is decided; third, deep faith and forbearance toward the Buddha-dharma are decided (that is, the forbearance that examines dharmas); fourth, deciding to attain buddhahood and deliver beings; fifth, deciding to know that the wisdom of a buddha is boundless; sixth, deciding to long for the fruit of buddhahood without turning back; seventh, deciding to take no thought for body or life so as to draw near to persons and to the Dharma; eighth, deciding to deliver those who have already entered the Great Vehicle; ninth, deciding to deliver evenly; tenth, deciding to be of one substance with the buddhas, the cause full and the fruit complete.
The misreading to clear away: a “seal” is not a token of certification, nor is it some kind of experience. Look at the first seal — knowing the three kinds of suffering and single-mindedly seeking the Buddha-dharma without giving rise to indolence, not startled and not fearful, not alarmed and not terrified. This is the mind not turning in the very worst circumstance, and so it is called a seal: like a seal sealing a thing, it cannot be altered.
Brought home to use: the quickest way to examine whether one has these ten seals is to look at the second seal — when one is abused with evil words and harmed with knives and staves, is one still upon the mind of a bodhisattva?
Gate 26. The Shining of the Light of Wisdom: Shining Through Unobstructed
The fifth is the wisdom of shining through. Chengguan passes over it in a sentence: because of the sealing that went before, therefore the shining through is unobstructed, and the ten phrases are easily understood.
The ten phrases are: knowing that one will decidedly accomplish perfect awakening, seeing all the buddhas, seeing sentient beings dying here and being born there, understanding the gates of Dharma of all the scriptures, relying on good friends to bring forth the mind of awakening and gather roots of good, manifesting all the buddhas, teaching sentient beings and causing them to abide on the ground of the Tathāgata, expounding inconceivable and vast gates of Dharma, skillfully knowing the spiritual penetrations and majestic power of the buddhas, and fulfilling all the perfections.
The misreading to clear away: the first phrase, “the shining of the light of wisdom that fully knows that he himself will decidedly accomplish unsurpassed perfect awakening,” is not self-conceit. What it follows upon is precisely the seal of the gate before — the sealing being already decided, this matter turns from a wish into a fact that is shone upon and seen. Without the ten seals of the previous gate, this phrase would be a deluded imagining.
Brought home to use: this gate makes one thing clear — certainty is shone out, not thought out. Certainty cannot be arrived at by thinking; one can only walk up gate by gate.
Gate 27. Abidings without Equal: Abiding in Both Phenomena and Principle
The sixth is the wisdom without equal. Chengguan says: because of the shining through that went before, therefore one does not abide partially on one side but is able to abide in both phenomena and principle, and so it is named as having no equal. He further says that all ten phrases are the carrying on of both the provisional and the real, being either the functioning that is quiescence itself or the quiescence that is functioning itself.
The syntax of the ten phrases is nearly the same throughout, all of them “though … yet …”: though contemplating the true limit, yet not realizing it; planting roots of good equal to the Dharma realm, yet without grasping; practicing the bodhisattva practice and knowing that it is like a transformation, yet giving rise to no doubt about the Buddha-dharma; though leaving deluded imaginings behind, yet still able to bring the mind to bear and not to weary; grasping at nothing among all dharmas, yet not realizing nirvāṇa; knowing that all kalpas are themselves no-kalpa, yet truly speaking the number of the kalpas; knowing that all dharmas are without doing, yet not forsaking the practice of doing the path; knowing that the three realms are mind-only and the three times are mind-only, yet fully knowing that this mind is measureless and boundless; for the sake of a single sentient being carrying out the bodhisattva practice through unspeakable kalpas, yet giving rise to no weariness; though fulfilling his practice, yet not realizing awakening.
The eighth phrase is the one place in the whole stretch where mind-only is directly stated, and is worth remembering. And for the tenth phrase the text gives its own reason — a bodhisattva thinks thus: what I do was from the first for the sake of sentient beings, and therefore I ought to dwell long in birth-and-death.
The misreading to clear away: “abiding without equal” is not ‘being higher than others.’ At the head of the passage the text says, “none among all sentient beings, śrāvakas, and pratyekabuddhas is equal to them,” and the place where none is equal is the abiding in both — śrāvakas abide in principle and forsake phenomena, ordinary beings abide in phenomena and are dark to principle, and only here are both ends kept hold of.
Brought home to use: there are two common leanings in practice, one attending only to being freed from birth-and-death and paying no heed to the human world, the other busy only with phenomena and unclear in principle. This gate is the mirror in which those two leanings are seen.
Gate 28. Bringing Forth the Mind That Is Not Inferior: Looking Upward without Slighting Oneself
The seventh is the wisdom that is not inferior. Chengguan’s way of explaining it is deft: the previous gate looked downward and had no equal, this gate looks upward and is not inferior; with regard to ten surpassing matters one decides that they are to be done, and so it is called not inferior. He also mentions that in the Jin translation of the scripture this gate is named “without timidity.”
He divides the ten phrases into five pairs: first, the pair of subduing the demons and curbing the outsiders; second, the pair of gladdening others and fulfilling oneself; third, the pair of accumulating blessings and accomplishing wisdom; fourth, the pair of converting below and accomplishing above — these four pairs all being set forth singly; the fifth is the pair of compassion and wisdom brought to the end, and this alone is the carrying on of both. Of these, the ninth phrase is a compassion that is wisdom itself, in which compassion and wisdom are carried on together, and though compassion is practiced no fruit in return is sought; the tenth phrase is a wisdom that is compassion itself, in which the provisional and the real are carried on together. The tenth phrase is the longest, and Chengguan divides it into four parts: first the listing of what is known; then, from “in this way” onward, the setting forth of the one who knows (knowing suffering and awakening to the deluded, seeing principle and realizing cessation, cultivating the path and cutting off arising); then, from “and yet within” onward, the brushing away of the mark of the one who knows (the one who knows being without discrimination, therefore without merit; what is known being without variety, therefore without realm); and last, from “neither existent” onward, the gathering back into the Middle Way. He also distinguishes two graphs: otherness speaks of alteration lengthwise, difference speaks of unlikeness crosswise.
The misreading to clear away: the mind that is not inferior is not self-encouragement. The ninth phrase is being able to give away hands and feet, ears and nose, blood and flesh, bone and marrow, and even the throne of a king, without giving rise to a single thought of sorrow or regret — this kind of ‘not inferior’ goes in the direction of giving away, not in the direction of getting.
Brought home to use: for one who feels that his capacity is poor and that he cannot succeed in practice, this gate is exactly the remedy. But note that the prescription it gives is ‘decide to do ten surpassing things,’ not ‘believe that you are very capable.’
Gate 29. The Ascendant Mind Like a Mountain: The Myriad Practices Tower Up
The eighth is the wisdom that towers up. Chengguan says: because one is not inferior, therefore the myriad practices tower far up and it is hard to look up to their height; with regard to surpassing matters one decides to do them, and so one goes straight toward awakening and cannot be shaken.
He labels the ten phrases one by one: first, diligently cultivating the wisdom that is able to realize; second, constantly contemplating the principle that is realized; third, inwardly cultivating what is without outflows; fourth, outwardly drawing near to good persons. Upon the fourth phrase he speaks most weightily — to draw near for the sake of fame and gain or for the sake of some other seeking, or to hear a single word from another and then say that one has already understood, this is called stealing the Dharma; and he cites the Guanfo sanmei jing to say that such a person falls into the hells as swiftly as an arrow shot, and says that this is an admonition to those who come after. The fifth is the great forbearance that delivers beings while the great oath increases still further, and for this he uses a comparison: as firewood makes the fire fiercer. The sixth is decidedly surpassing the realms of the demons, for the reason that having accomplished surpassing virtues he is not attached to them but only takes the delight of the Dharma as his support, and then the realms of the demons all become the realm of a buddha. The seventh is diligent and brave practice, and for it he cites a verse of the She dacheng lun: though a fool practices but a little while, his slothful mind suspects that he has been long at it; the Buddha through measureless kalpas was diligent and brave in vigor, and took it only for an instant. The eighth is not forsaking evil persons; the ninth is standing alone and being equal to the buddhas; the tenth is the carrying on of both the provisional and the real.
The tenth phrase of the text is a long one, and Chengguan divides it into four parts, and upon the raising of the question at “why is this” he distinguishes two layers of sense: one question is that practice must accord with principle, and since principle is without anything got at, why is the vow not forsaken? and since the vow is not forsaken, what need is there further to contemplate that nothing is got at? His two explanations are these: first, if there were something got at, awakening would not be got, for it is precisely because nothing is got at that awakening comes forth, and therefore, though the vow is not forsaken, one must still contemplate that nothing is got at; second, the dharma of nothing-got-at does not lie outside the getting, and one must seek all dharmas everywhere before the source of nothing-got-at is exhausted, and therefore, wishing to realize that nothing is got at, one must not forsake the vow for awakening.
The misreading to clear away: this gate is most easily read as an exhortation. Look at the eighth phrase — not forsaking evil persons; look at the ninth — not waiting for another to help one in one’s practice. The place where it towers up is not in its momentum, but in still standing where others cannot.
Brought home to use: the admonition against stealing the Dharma in the fourth phrase is worth copying out by everyone who reads the scriptures. To hear a single word from another and say one has understood is the most labor-saving and the most damaging of shortcuts.
Gate 30. Entering the Ocean-like Wisdom of Unsurpassed Awakening: The Substance of Wisdom Is Deep and Vast as an Ocean
The ninth is the wisdom deep and vast, and it is also the last of the thirty gates. Chengguan says: it is not only a seeking to rise up lofty and steep, but also because the substance of wisdom contains what is deep and vast — the height of a mountain and the breadth of an ocean are precisely the pair of final gates of the tenth practice.
He divides the ten phrases: the first four are the four measureless realms; the latter six are all the realm of a buddha. The latter six are further divided: the fifth is entering the roots of good of the buddhas of the three times; the sixth, seventh, and eighth are entering the realms of the buddhas of the three times (past, future, and present, one each); the ninth is making offerings to many buddhas; the tenth is seeking many dharmas. At the end he concludes with a sentence: “by this ocean of cause, entry into the ocean of fruit is gained.”
What is worth looking at is the eighth phrase, the longest in length: from the buddhas sitting at the place of awakening, subduing the demons, and accomplishing perfect awakening, to turning the wheel of the Dharma, entering nirvāṇa, the compiling of the treasury of the Dharma, and the adorning of the stūpas of the Buddha — a whole set of the deeds of a buddha, all of it seen everywhere in thought after thought; and the text asks itself why it is that this contemplation can be everywhere and yet without error, and answers itself that it is because one fully knows that all the buddhas are like a dream, and yet still goes to the presence of all the buddhas and reverently makes offerings.
The misreading to clear away: “like a dream” here does not say that the buddhas are not real. It is joined to the next phrase, “and yet they are able to go to the presence of all the buddhas and reverently make offerings” — precisely because there is no grasping, therefore in the making of offerings one never has enough. Read as though the buddhas were unreal and need not be revered, the whole thing is turned upside down.
Brought home to use: walking the thirty gates as far as this, it comes to rest on four words, “never having enough.” The twenty-nine gates before all spoke of how to hold up, how not to turn back, how not to grasp; and this last gate speaks of this: to go on walking in this way is neither to finish nor to wish to stop.
Lineage
The standing together of two outlines. There are two outlines of the thirty gates: the ancient worthies divide them into three, the first six gates making clear the practice of a great resolve that reaches far, the next nine the practice of the working of concentration and wisdom, and the last fifteen the practice in which the virtues are complete and brought to fullness; Chengguan, on the other hand, “does not disturb the sequence” but assigns them to the ten practices position by position — three gates to the first practice, one each to the second and the third, two to the fourth, six to the fifth, two to each of the next four, and nine to the tenth. Chengguan passes an explicit judgment on the division of the ancient worthies: “yet taken as perfectly interfused, this sense is not without warrant” — these are his words of judgment, and this piece marks them as Chengguan’s judgment while recording the two outlines side by side, ranking neither in his stead. And what matters still more is the layer already spoken of above: the names of the six positions do not appear at all in the scriptural text, but were assigned as an outline by the ancient worthies of old on the basis of the text of the Dushipin jing, and Chengguan carried it on — wherever this piece speaks of a position, it belongs to that assigning.
The agreement of the number of gates in the three translations. The eighty-fascicle recension has thirty gates; the sixty-fascicle recension in this stretch yields thirty passages of answer in fact — the ninth gate of the eighty, “the wisdom of skillful discernment,” answers to the ninth passage of the sixty, “the wisdom of skillful and expedient discernment,” and the tenth gate, “entering samādhi,” to the tenth passage, “right-reception samādhi,” corresponding one by one from beginning to end; the separately circulating Dushipin jing, in its second round, likewise yields thirty gates. The numbers agree in the three translations while the names of the gates mostly differ; this is recorded as it stands and not forced into agreement.
Divergences in the names of the gates, and divergences in what Chengguan reports. Chengguan mentions the Jin translation’s names in four places: for the first gate he says that the Dushi jing names it “the ten establishings,” which agrees with the actual text of that scripture; for the third gate he cites a sentence of the Jin scripture in order to explain the text of the eighty-fascicle recension; for the twenty-fourth gate he says the Jin name is “without defilement” and for the twenty-fifth that the Jin recension names it “the seal of wisdom,” and both of these agree with the actual text of the sixty-fascicle recension; only for the twenty-eighth gate, where he says the Jin scripture names it “without timidity,” the actual text of the sixty-fascicle recension reads “bringing forth the mind without indolence,” while the Dushipin jing reads ‘the mind not timid, bringing forth the mind of the path’ — the name Chengguan reports agrees with the Dushi and differs from the sixty-fascicle recension. The three recensions are recorded together without judgment. Besides this, where the eighty-fascicle recension of the first gate reads “the sustaining power of time” the sixty reads “marvelous sustaining”; and in the fifteenth gate, where the eighty reads “the various graspings” the sixty reads “blazing,” and where the eighty reads “the aggregates, the elements, and the sense-fields” the sixty reads “the heaps, elements, and entries,” and in that gate the sixty lists only eight phrases — these too are recorded together.
The explanations of the three commentators, and three outlines. For this unit three commentators may be adduced. Chengguan’s Shu explains gate by gate, as above. Chengguan’s Yanyi chao sets up no separate outline, but cites the Shu phrase by phrase to set out what each rests upon — that the Shu’s “now one who expounds the Dharma” comes from the Maudgalyāyana chapter of the Vimalakīrti Sūtra; that “not merely relying upon the precepts” comes from Ānanda’s four questions, where the Buddha bade them take the precepts as teacher; how the two senses of “ten phrases in five pairs” in the eighth phrase of the seventh gate are each explained twice; that the fifth kind of secret speech comes from the secret of transformation among the four secrets of the Mahāyānasaṃgraha — all of these the Chao points out. Fazang’s Tanxuan ji, for its part, does have an explanation of this section gate by gate: from the outline of “the third great section” it explains gate by gate as far as the thirtieth and then passes on to the next round, and there is explicit text on the ten sustainings of gate 1, the five senses of secret speech in gate 8, the three successive explanations of gate 9, the outline of gate 14, and the two kinds of liberation in gate 15. Only, what the Tanxuan ji comments on is the sixty-fascicle recension, and so its names for the gates and its counts of phrases in many places do not agree with the eighty. It is only Li Tongxuan’s Xin Huayan jing lun that, in chapter thirty-eight, takes up a doctrinal framework for the whole chapter and does not cite the text gate by gate, so that for this stretch there is no gate-by-gate explanation of his to be adduced; the absence is recorded as it stands, and the text of some other place is not used to fill it out.
Three outlines of the thirty gates therefore stand together. The ancient worthies divided them into three — the first six gates, the practice of great and far-reaching aspiration; the next nine, the practice of the working of concentration and wisdom; the last fifteen, the practice of merit fully accomplished — and this is what Chengguan transmits. Fazang also divides into three, but counts by phrases: the first sixty phrases, the practice of great and far-reaching aspiration; the next ninety, the practice of the working of concentration and wisdom; the last hundred and fifty, the practice of merit fully accomplished. Chengguan himself does not break the sequence, but assigns the gates to the ten practices station by station. The names of the three parts in the first two are wholly the same; what differs is that the one takes the gate and the other the phrase as its unit, and since each gate has ten phrases, six gates are sixty phrases, nine gates ninety, and fifteen gates a hundred and fifty, the two counts answering to each other. The three outlines are recorded together, and no judgment is made among them.
Places for cross-reading. For the ten sustainings of the first gate, Chengguan once collated them with the eleven sustainings of the part on the great exhaustion in the tenth ground of the Chapter on the Ten Grounds — there one sustaining of the afflictions is added, because it is spoken with reference to the unbroken continuity of responsive manifestation; here it is spoken only with reference to the root of practice, and so there is no sustaining of the afflictions. Again, there there is a sustaining of offerings and a sustaining of kalpas but no sustaining of the objective realm and no sustaining of the power of good; Chengguan says that here kalpas are taken in under time, and there the power of good is taken in under practice and offerings arise in dependence upon the realm, and so there is no real divergence. The mind, buddha, and sentient beings without difference of the ninth phrase of the seventh gate Chengguan fastens to the verses of Forest of Awakening in the Chapter on the Praises in Verse in the Palace of Yama. And when explaining the first sense of secret speech in the eighth gate, Chengguan fastens it to “the secret treasury of the Tathāgata” of the Chapter on the Appearance of the Tathāgata. All three of these places may be read across.
How this bears upon the name of the chapter. The tenth phrase of the seventh gate says, “though fully knowing that the Buddha-dharma is the dharma of the world and the dharma of the world is the Buddha-dharma, yet not within the Buddha-dharma discriminating the dharma of the world and not within the dharma of the world discriminating the Buddha-dharma,” which Chengguan judges to be “identical and yet not identical,” saying that it is by the thing itself being of itself empty that it is named mutual identity, and that it is not that within the world there is a separate Buddha-dharma to be got at. This chapter is named Detachment from the World, and this phrase is precisely the inside and the outside of that name — what is detached from is not the world as such, but that single thought which discriminates and grasps between the world and the Buddha-dharma.
品三十八 離世間品 · 十迴向行二十九門Detachment from the World · The Twenty-Nine Gates of the Practice of the Ten Dedications
全文五層 →Full five layers →先看清楚這一段在問什麼
普慧菩薩一口氣問了二百句,普賢一句答十句。這一番是第七十一句到第九十九句之間的二十九句,二十八門都是『佛子!菩薩摩訶薩有十種某某』,一門作『發十種』。讀者第一個要建立的認識是:經文自己沒有說這一番是十迴向位。二十九門之中,除了第七門「善根迴向」與不共法第三門說到「善巧迴向」是行法之名以外,全段沒有一處出現位名。
那麼「十迴向行」四個字從哪裡來?來自古來諸德依《度世品經》六番問答所立的科,澄觀承這個科而逐門去釋。澄觀在品初自己交代得很清楚:古來諸德都依那部經的文來科這部經。所以本編凡是講到六位,一律繫在『澄觀承古德科』上,不當作經文自說。這一分際若不先立住,讀者會把科家的方便讀成佛的親說,那是讀華嚴最容易犯的一個錯。
門數也要先說明。澄觀出了兩個數:正科作二十九門,如果把「無礙用」那一句總標也算一門,就有三十門。差別在哪裡?經文在十自在之後先總標「有十種無礙用」,列出眾生乃至力十個名目,然後才一門一門地答。那一句總標本身不答十句,所以不計為門;要計也可以,古德就計了。兩個數並存,不必去判哪一個對。
古德三分與澄觀十配:同一段文的兩把尺
澄觀在這裡錄了一個古德的三分之科:初十一門明迴向位中行體堅固,從十自在以下十二門明行用自在,從十種遊戲以下七門明行德圓備。這是把二十九門看成「體—用—德」三節。
澄觀自己又另配了一把尺:依十迴向的次第重配,初迴向四門、第二第三迴向各二門、第四第五第六第七迴向各一門、第八迴向就是十無礙用、第九迴向三門、第十迴向四門。
同一段經文,一分為三,一分為十。要留意的是這兩把尺不衝突也不相攝,是兩個角度。讀者不必去問哪一個才是『經的原意』——經文只是一門一門地說,科是後人為了讓人看得出脈絡而安的。落到用處:讀長篇法數時,先找一把尺把它分節,再問每一節在講體、講用、還是講德,就不至於讀成流水帳。
第一門 如寶住:為什麼安住之處要叫寶
首門不說「十種住」,說「十種如寶住」。寶貴在哪裡?澄觀釋這一門說,所安住的善根可貴而圓滿,所以稱寶。
十句的次第是有條理的。澄觀逐句標了名目:一是供事多佛,二是聞法受持,三是自在受生,四是說本末法,五是知斷自在,六是悲智雙行,七是知性相無礙,八是無得之得,九是觀空滿願,十是受行無厭。
先問一個問題:第一句只是『去很多佛那裡禮拜供養』,這算什麼可貴?答案在「悉能往詣無數世界」八個字——不是去了一處,是無一處不能去。這已經不是凡夫的供養,是行體堅固之後才有的自在。第二句接著說聽法而「不令忘失」並且「覺慧增長」,可見供佛不是為了求福,是為了受法。落到用處:一個人若供佛而不受法,這一門的第一句他有,第二句他沒有,寶就住不成。
第一門之三與之六:受生不迷,與無處所而說方處
第三句只有一句話:「於此剎歿,餘處現生,而於佛法無所迷惑」。前八個字是凡夫也有的事——死此生彼;可貴的全在後面那個限定:於佛法無所迷惑。澄觀名這一句為自在受生,法藏同。先問:受生為什麼要專立一門?因為隔陰之迷是修行人最實際的一道關——這一生所解的法,來生還記不記得。經文的答案不是靠神通保住記憶,是說於佛法不迷惑。所迷的是身世,不迷的是法。落到用處:能不能帶著走,看的是法在你這裡有沒有成為見地,而不是成為記憶。
第六句的句法是兩重轉折:「知一切眾生心所分別皆無處所,而亦說有種種方處;雖無分別、無所造作,為欲調伏一切眾生而有修行、而有所作」。知無處所是實,說有方處是權;無分別無造作是實,有修行有所作是權。要看清那個「為欲調伏一切眾生」——這八個字是全句的理由所在,也是權之所以不虛的根據。澄觀名這一句為悲智雙行;法藏說得更直:知眾生空而行化度。先排一個誤解:既然無處所又無造作,說方處與有所作豈不成了自相矛盾?不是矛盾,是兩邊各有所對——無處所是對心的分別說,有方處是對受化者說。若因為知空就不說不作,那是斷了悲;若因為要說要作就忘了空,那是斷了智。落到用處:一個人講法時心裡若還在計較講得對不對、有沒有效,多半是這一句的前半沒站住。
第一門之四:一法出一切法,而一切義究竟是一義
第四句說「知從一法出一切法,而能各各分別演說」,收句是「以一切法種種義究竟皆是一義故」。澄觀釋這一句分兩截:前半是從本起末,後半是攝末歸本,後半正是用來釋成前半的。他還舉了一個對讀:如同經中所說從一法生,那一法就是無相。
這裡有個排誤要做。『一切義究竟是一義』容易被讀成『所以講什麼都一樣,不必分別』——正好相反。經文說的是「能各各分別演說」,能分別才是本事;之所以能分別而不亂,正因為知道諸義究竟同歸。若只有分別而無同歸,說法就成了知識堆積;若只有同歸而不能分別,就成了籠統。兩邊都要。
第一門之五:不證實際,卻到實際彼岸
第五句是全段最要緊的一句:「知厭離煩惱,知止息煩惱,知防護煩惱,知除斷煩惱,修菩薩行不證實際,究竟到於實際彼岸。」
澄觀把前四知配四道:資糧道是厭離,加行道是防護,無間道是斷除,而解脫道的證入偏偏不取。他說得明白:不取證入,是為了異於二乘,也是因為菩薩留惑——留惑不斷,才能究竟斷證;法藏也並舉這兩個理由:異二乘故、留惑故。留惑的是菩薩,不是二乘。
先問:不證,是還沒有能力證嗎?不是。經文自己接著答:「方便善巧,善學所學,令往昔願行皆得成滿。」是為了滿昔日之願而不取。澄觀在這裡舉了一個很生動的比方:像箭射向空中,後箭抵住前箭的箭尾,所以箭一直不落地。菩薩的不入涅槃,就是這樣一支接一支的願力在拄著。
落到用處:修行人一旦嘗到寂靜的甜頭,最容易停在那裡。這一句是給那個時候讀的——會停不是問題,願若夠大,自然拄得住。
第一門之七至十:泯了性相,還要說得出差別
第七句先立「知一切法皆同一性,所謂:無性」,一連七個「無」把性相全泯;然後筆鋒一轉,連下十五個「此是」:這是佛法、這是菩薩法、這是獨覺法、這是聲聞法……直到有為法無為法。澄觀名這一句為「知性相無礙」。
先問:既然同一性,為什麼還要分十五種?因為泯是就理說,分是就教說。若不能分,說法無門;若不知泯,分別成執。無礙就無礙在這裡——不是把兩邊調和成一個中庸,是兩邊各盡其極而互不妨礙。
第八句「求佛不可得」而「不捨調伏眾生令於諸法成正覺願」,澄觀名為「無得之得」;第九句知一切方便皆是心想建立而「非是顛倒,亦非虛誑」,名為「觀空滿願」;第十句聞不可說授記法而「不驚不怖,不迷不惑」,名為「受行無厭」。四句連讀,講的是同一件事:見了空,願反而更立得住。
第二門 如金剛大乘誓願心:願為什麼要像金剛
第二門是十個大願。澄觀釋這一門說,這就是大願救護,並解釋為什麼放在第二:迴向一定以大願為先。他又點出願的兩個向度——對於將要做的事和正在做的行,都沒有齊限,要心堅固,窮盡它的邊際。
十句的配法,澄觀說得很細:一是法門無盡誓願知,二是眾生無邊誓願度,三是嚴剎,四是迴向,五是供佛;其中後三——嚴剎、迴向、供佛——澄觀說是願成佛果,前五都約當來成就,都是橫向論其無畔。第六見聞無著、第七安忍不亂,是約現在所作,都是縱向論其深無際。後三又回到當來:第八遍於時處修二利行,第九以心為要而成無際大行,第十即寂而起用。
橫與竪是什麼意思?橫是廣度——十方無盡;竪是深度——一念之中忍得下去。願若只有橫,是空願;只有竪,是小願。落到用處:發願的人不妨自問,我的願是攤得開,還是耐得住?
第二門之七:割截身體而不生恚害
第七句寫得極重:有眾生訶罵毀辱、鞭打杖責,甚至截手足、割耳鼻、挑眼、斬頭,「如是一切皆能忍受,終不因此生恚害心」。經文自己給了理由:「已善觀察一切諸法無有二相,心不動亂,能捨自身忍其苦故。」
先排一個誤解:這不是在教人麻木,也不是說痛不痛。經文說的是「無有二相」——沒有一個能害的他和一個被害的我對立起來。有二相,忍就是壓;無二相,忍才是真的忍得住。澄觀順著這一句注了「斬首為級」四個字,把經文那個古字點出來,並判第六第七這兩句是「暫斷煩惱」。
落到用處:常人受一句重話就翻起來,正因為二相分明。這一句不必等到有人來砍你才用得上,一句話的當下就可以試。
第二門之十:即寂而起用的三重徵釋
末句最長。菩薩知佛、菩提、菩薩、法、眾生、心、行、三世、世間、有為無為全都不可得,於是安住寂靜乃至安住實際十二種住;然而「不捨一切大願」以下一連九個「不捨」。經文接著自己設問三次。
澄觀把這三重講得很清楚。第一重問:既然寂了,為什麼還起用?答:因為本願之智不捨大悲。第二重問:智為什麼不捨悲?答:智本來就是為眾生而有。第三重問:為什麼一定要寂用雙行?答有兩義:一是諸佛都是這樣,二是我先前已經發了願。
這三問三答是全段的心臟。它回答了一個所有讀般若的人遲早要碰上的疑難:既然一切不可得,還忙什麼?經文的答案不是講道理繞回來,是兩件事實——佛都這麼做,我答應過。落到用處:理上想不通的時候,不必硬想;先看諸佛怎麼做,再看自己當初許了什麼。
第三門 大發起:把心真正發動起來
第三門十句都作『我當如何如何』。澄觀釋這一門說,這就是迴向所為,發起是要讓它現前的意思。他把十句分自分與勝進兩截:前六是自分,其中前三是福業大,次三是化業大(莊嚴國土也是為了攝受眾生);後四是勝進,第七第八勝進而攝福,最後二句勝進而起化——第九是證體,第十是起用。
先問:發起和前面的誓願心有什麼不同?誓願是心的堅固,發起是事的推動。所以這一門句句是具體的:供養諸佛、長養善根、莊嚴佛塔、教化眾生、莊嚴世界、為一眾生盡未來際、於一如來經不思議劫、起塔造像、成無上菩提、成正覺後仍演說正法。
落到用處:一個人若只停在『我發了大心』,這一門提醒他,心要落成一件一件會做完的事。
第四門 究竟大事:十件要做到底的事
澄觀釋這一門只有一句:這就是所作成滿,十句可知。他不多說,是因為文相明白。但「究竟」二字值得停一下。
十句每一句都用同一個結構:某事——究竟大事。恭敬供養如來、救護所念眾生、專求佛法、積集善根、思惟佛法、滿足誓願、成就菩薩行、奉事善知識、往詣諸佛所、聞持諸佛正法。這十件單獨看沒有一件稀奇,可貴在「究竟」:不是做過,是做到底。
配合澄觀的科看,這一門是初迴向四門的最後一門——第一門立行體,第二門立大願,第三門發起,第四門成滿。四門合成一個完整的迴向動作。落到用處:檢查自己的修行,多半不缺前三項,缺的是第四項。
第五門 不壞信:信要放在十處
第二迴向名不壞,澄觀就以這一門正明不壞,並說十句之義如同前面所說。
十句所信的對象排得很有意思:佛、法、僧、菩薩、善知識、眾生、菩薩大願、菩薩行、供養諸佛這件事、菩薩巧密方便教化調伏眾生這件事。前五是所敬之境,後五是所行之事。
其中最容易被忽略的是第六句:「於一切眾生不壞信。」先問:對眾生信什麼?信他們能成佛。這一句若壞了,前面對佛法僧的信全都變成自了漢的信。落到用處:對某一個人徹底死心的那一刻,就是這一句壞掉的那一刻。
第六門 得授記:十種被印定的方式
澄觀釋這一門說,這是迴向行成,並把十句配了位次:一是解會佛心,二是具解脫分善,三是大行已修——這三句多約三賢;四五兩句是就當面與不當面說,他還引了《法華》中「其不在此會,汝當為宣說」一類的文為證;六是初地證真如,七是八地成無生忍,八是九地具足調化之方,九是十地三大劫滿,十是等覺已入重玄所以稱自在,像記慈氏那樣。
澄觀在這裡還開了兩種讀法:若依行布次第,這一位只有前五句,其餘是因便而來;若依圓融,十句全通。這正是華嚴的家風——同一段文,行布讀有行布的次第,圓融讀則位位互攝。
落到用處:讀到「授記」不必想成一個儀式。經文列的十種裡,有六種根本不是佛開口說話,是修行到某個地步自然被印定。
第七門 善根迴向:不另立一個自己的成就
這一門十句句式完全一樣:『以我善根同善知識某,如是成就,莫別成就。』願、心、行、善根、平等、念、清淨、所住、成滿、不壞,十樣都同。
澄觀把這一門繫在等一切佛迴向:這一門正明等佛,佛就是真善知識,同就是等的意思。他還釋了為什麼十句都說「同」——同一體的緣故,不見有二相的緣故。至於十句之內,他說心就是悲智,因為心平等才契理,其餘各有一義。
先問一個要緊的問題:迴向到底是什麼?多數人以為是把功德轉送出去,像轉帳一樣。這一門給的答案完全不同:迴向是「莫別成就」——不另外立一個屬於我的成就。功德本來就不是一個可以持有的東西,說『送出去』已經預設了先持有。
落到用處:做完一件善事,最難的不是願意迴向,是不在心裡悄悄記一筆。這一門就是為那一筆而說的。
第八門 得智慧:十處生智慧的門
澄觀釋這一門說,這也是迴向行成,並引十迴向品彼位果文為證,說住此三昧則入深清淨智慧境界。
十句所說的智慧不從定中來,從事上來:布施得自在、深解佛法、入如來無邊智、問答斷疑、入智者之義、解如來言音善巧、知少善根必滿白淨法、成就不思議住、一念往詣不可說佛剎、覺一切佛菩提而聞持一切法。
其中第七句最堪玩味:「深解於諸佛所種少善根必能滿足一切白淨法。」先問:少善根怎麼會滿一切法?因為種在佛所。這不是投機的算法,是說明善根的價值不只看量,也看所對之境。落到用處:這一句是給覺得自己修得太少的人讀的。
第九門 發無量無邊廣大心:心隨境而廣
澄觀釋這一門說,這是至一切處迴向中行——境既然無量無邊而無所不至,心就隨著境而廣大。
十句多作『觀某某,發無量無邊廣大心』(六句明標「觀」,餘四句作於佛所、正念、嚴淨、遍入):於諸佛所、觀眾生界、觀一切剎一切世一切法界、觀一切法如虛空、觀菩薩廣大行、正念三世諸佛、觀不思議業果報、嚴淨佛剎、遍入諸佛大會、觀察如來妙音。
這裡有一個修學的方法在:心不是自己想大就大得起來的,是所緣的境把它撐開的。所以十句大多先說所緣是什麼,後說發什麼。落到用處:覺得心量小的時候,不必逼自己『要放大心量』——換一個所緣就是了。
第十門 伏藏:法本身就是藏
澄觀釋這一門,把「藏」與「伏」兩個字分開講:在一切法上含蘊了這十種義,所以叫藏;就法本身去觀,迷惑的人卻看不見,所以叫伏。他還說這一門是無盡功德藏迴向中行,一切各有十種,就是無盡功德。
十句的句式多作『知一切法是某某藏』(七句如此,餘三句所知各別):起功德行藏、正思惟藏、陀羅尼照明藏、辯才開演藏、不可說善覺真實藏、觀察示現藏、善巧出生平等藏、常見一切諸佛藏、善了皆如幻住藏、發生歡喜淨信藏。
先排一個誤解:伏藏不是佛另外藏了一批寶貝等人去找。經文說得明白——藏就在「一切法」上,看不見是因為惑,不是因為被藏起來。落到用處:修行不是去別處尋寶,是把眼前這一法看透。
第十一門 律儀:不從戒相說,從行本說
讀者讀到「律儀」多半會期待戒條,經文卻一條戒相也沒有列,十句全是心行:不誹謗佛法、於佛信樂心不可壞、尊重菩薩、不捨善知識、不憶念二乘、遠離退失菩薩道之事、不起損害眾生之心、修善根令究竟、降伏諸魔、滿足波羅蜜。
澄觀正就這一點作了說明:那一位(隨順堅固一切善根迴向)是約行之首,所以廣就布施來明善根;這一門是約行之本,所以簡略地辨律儀。他又說,善根都順於平等之理,實在通於一切。至於第八句「一切善根皆令究竟」,他點出究竟就是順堅固的意思,正扣住那一位的位名。他對整門只評了一句:十句攝善饒益無所不具,通於一切善,明白可知。
落到用處:戒相守得住而心行不順理,律儀其實是空的。這一門是把律儀往根上推一層。
第十二門 自在:作用的任運
十自在是華嚴的老名相——命、心、資具、業、受生、解、願、神力、法、智。澄觀在這裡沒有重釋,只說十自在如同第八地所辨,並把這一門繫在平等隨順一切眾生迴向:具足十自在才能隨順。
要注意經文的句法:每一句都是『某自在』加一個「故」字所帶的理由。命自在的理由是能於不可說劫住壽命,心自在的理由是智慧能入無數三昧,如此類推。理由句才是實際內容,名目只是標籤。
那就把八個理由句逐一看清。資具自在的理由是「能以無量莊嚴莊嚴一切世界故」——資具不是自己受用之物,是拿來莊嚴世界的,所以這一自在的內容其實是布施而非享有。業自在的理由是「隨時受報故」,一個隨字最要緊:不是不受報,是受報的時節由己不由業。受生自在的理由是「於一切世界示現受生故」,注意是示現不是被牽,與前面第一門第三句的不迷正相接。解自在的理由是「於一切世界見佛充滿故」——解是勝解,勝解到極處便是所見皆佛。願自在的理由是「隨欲隨時於諸剎中成正覺故」,成正覺這件最大的事也入了隨欲隨時,可見願自在是十自在中最無拘的一項。神力自在的理由是「示現一切大神變故」,此門單言示現,不言變化本身。法自在的理由是「示現無邊諸法門故」——法自在不落在自己通達幾多法,落在示現多少門給人。智自在的理由最長:「於念念中示現如來十力、無畏、成正覺故」,念念二字把時間壓到極短,而所示現的是佛之果德。先問:這十項的次第有沒有理路?有——從命與心之守身守念,到資具業受生之涉事,到解願神力之向果,末後法與智直取佛之所有。法藏在這裡逐名與第八地對勘,說此中的莊嚴在彼名財物自在、此中的解在彼名信解自在、此中的神力在彼名如意自在,名異而義同。落到用處:讀十自在最容易只記名目,而每一句的實義全在那個帶故字的理由句裡。
先問:自在和後面的無礙用差在哪裡?這正是澄觀在下一門開頭要處理的問題——他說前面講自在,是作用任運;現在講無礙,是顯作用無所拘束。任運是不費力,無拘是不受限。落到用處:修行到不費力,還不等於不受限。
無礙用總標:一段文分四節
從這裡起是十一門的一大段。經文先總標十個名目,再徵問,然後一門一門別釋,最後總結成益。澄觀把這四節標得很清楚:先總標十章,第二從「佛子云何」以下總徵十章,第三從「佛子菩薩」以下依章別釋,第四從「佛子如是」以下總結成益。他又說第一節之內也有三小節——標、徵、列名;別釋的十段之中,每一段也各有四分——標、徵、釋、結。
這裡有一個說者的事要交代。經文中「佛子!云何為菩薩摩訶薩眾生等無礙用?」這一句,是普賢自己設問自己答,不是普慧插進來發問——全段自始至終沒有經家的轉接句,也沒有第二個說者。讀長篇問答時,這種自徵自答的句子最容易被誤讀成換了人說話。
澄觀對「無礙」下了兩個判。其一,無礙有二種:一是智無礙,二是事無礙;十門之中有通有局,法與智二門多半只約智,身與剎等多半只約事,眾生一門則通於事智。其二,事無礙必定通於智,智無礙的境卻未必通於事;然而兩者都是即體之用,所以一概稱為無礙用。他還說十門都通自利利他,只是暫且就化他來說:第一門是所化,第二門是化處,其餘都是能化。
第十三門 眾生無礙用:從所化的那一邊說
澄觀把這一門十句分成兩截:前三句約智辨無礙——第一句是了達性空,第二句是唯心所現,這兩句是實智;第三句知時說法,是權智。其餘七句約事無礙——第四句能現眾生,第五句近收於一毛,第六句遠示他剎,其餘四句示現上首之身。
第一句「知一切眾生無眾生」最容易被讀成沒有眾生所以不必度。先問:真的沒有嗎?經文第二句立刻補上——「知一切眾生但想所持」。不是空無所有,是沒有一個實我在那裡;有的是想念所執持的相續。若真無眾生,後面八句示現度化就全無著落。
落到用處:這一門教的是一種眼力——看人的時候,同時看得見他不是一個固定的我,也看得見他此刻確實在受苦。少一邊,慈悲就走樣。
第十四門 國土無礙用:剎土的收與放
澄觀釋這一門說,知道剎土無盡這一句通於智也通於事,並舉了兩個異譯為證:晉本作「於一切剎深入無盡方便」,《度世》作「一切佛界所入無盡」,都是通於事的。其餘九句唯是事無礙;他還指出「深剎」就是微細剎,其餘明白可知。
十句的骨架是四對收放:一切剎作一剎與一切剎入一毛孔是收,一身充滿一切剎與一身中現一切剎是放;一切剎的莊嚴具莊嚴一剎與一剎的莊嚴具莊嚴一切剎又是一對收放。中間插了一句「震動一切剎不令眾生恐怖」——這一句提醒讀者,神變的分寸也在無礙之內。
落到用處:華嚴的大小相入不是在講物理,是在講一個現成的事實——量的界限來自能所對立,對立一鬆,量就不成問題。
第十五門 法無礙用:說得出,也說不完
澄觀說這一門都約智:在性相無礙之法上能知能說而得自在。他逐句標了名目:一是一多即入而不壞本,二是實智出權,三是無文示文,四是一說多相,五是無說之說,六是一言圓備輪字之義(他說這個義在彌伽那一處另有解釋),七是門門互收,八是以真收俗,九是橫知無邊,十是竪窮其際。
這十句反覆處理同一個矛盾:法離文字言說,卻要說給人聽。經文的解法不是折衷,是同時成立——第三句說「知一切法離文字,而令眾生皆得悟入」,第五句說「知一切法離言說,能為他說無邊法門」。知離是體,能說是用;不知離而說,說的是名相;知離而不說,法就斷了。
落到用處:說法的人若怕落言詮而不敢開口,是只得了一半。
第十六門 身無礙用:身與身之間沒有牆
十句全是身與身的互入:眾生身入己身、己身入眾生身、一切佛身入一佛身、一佛身入一切佛身、一切剎入己身、一身充遍三世法、一身現無邊身入三昧、一身現眾生數等身成正覺、於眾生身現一身與現一切身、於眾生身示現法身與於法身示現眾生身。
澄觀對這一門與下一門只說了一句:文並可知。他不釋,是因為句意直白。但直白不等於容易信。先問:身怎麼可能互入?因為身本來就不是一個有邊界的實體。前面第二門已經說過如來身「非實非虛、非有非無」,這一門不過是把那個道理落在用上。
落到用處:末句「於一切眾生身示現法身、於法身示現一切眾生身」是十句的收處——眾生與法身之間,也沒有那道牆。
第十七門 願無礙用:願的十種不受限
澄觀於這一門同樣只說文並可知。十句依然值得逐一看清:以一切菩薩願作自願、以諸佛成菩提願力示現自成正覺、隨所化眾生而自成菩提、無邊際劫大願不斷、遠離識身不著智身而以自在願現一切身、捨棄自身成滿他願、普教化而不捨大願、於一切劫行菩薩行而大願不斷、於一毛孔現成正覺遍一切佛土、說一句法遍一切法界。
第一句就把『我的願』這個概念拆了:把一切菩薩的願當作自己的願。願若還是我的,就有邊;不是我的,才能無邊。第六句更進一步——「捨棄自身成滿他願」。
末句是全門最有文采的一句:興大正法雲,耀解脫電光,震實法雷音,雨甘露味雨。四個意象連下來,說的是一句法所起的作用。落到用處:發願的人常擔心願太大做不到;這一門的答案是,願之所以做得到,正因為它大到不再是你一個人的事。
第十八門 境界無礙用:十對『在此不捨彼』
這一門的句式一貫是對舉:在甲境界而不捨乙境界——七句作「不捨」,一句作「不斷」,二句一作「示現」一作「現」。法界與眾生、佛與魔、涅槃與生死、一切智與菩薩種性、寂靜與散亂、如虛空與眾生戲論、諸力解脫與一切方所、無眾生之際與教化眾生、禪定神通寂靜與示現受生、如來成正覺與二乘威儀。
澄觀對這一門的判很精要:在這十種勝劣相違的境界之中,處在勝的一邊而能現劣的一邊,迴轉無礙,這就是菩薩分齊之境。
先排一個誤解:這不是說菩薩腳踏兩條船。相違的是境,不相違的是心。「在佛境界而不捨魔境界」不是既向佛又向魔,是身在佛境而不迴避魔所在之處。落到用處:修行人常有一種潔癖,只肯待在乾淨的境界裡;這一門說,肯進到不乾淨的地方而不被染,才叫無礙。
第十九門 智無礙用:一向辨智之用
澄觀先解釋這一門與前面諸門的關係:前面雖然也有智,但各從其本類去攝;這一門則一向專辨智之用。他又說:智本身沒有若干種,是因為所照之法才顯出差別;前面的法無礙用是以智從法,這一門是以法從智。
十句他分了四層:前二句是能化之智,次三句是知所化之智,第六句是上入佛智——這前六句都是權智;第七第八是權實無礙之智;最後二句是事事無礙之智。
十句之中最實用的是第五句:知眾生的欲樂、隨眠、習氣、煩惱之病,「隨應授藥」。醫者的比喻在這裡是暗的——知病才能授藥,不知病而授藥就是照本宣科。落到用處:這一句是所有想幫人的人都該讀的。
第二十門 神通無礙用:外用無壅
澄觀在這一門與下一門之間作了一個分判:神通多半約外用之無壅塞,神力多半約內在之有幹能。他還逐句對到了十通:第一是無數色身通,第二是天耳,第三是他心,第四是分別言辭,第五是宿住通(他說《度世經》名為見前世),第六是往一切佛剎通,第七是未來劫通——前面已明過去,所以通舉三世,第八是一切法智通,第九是天眼。
第十句澄觀判底本有脫。他依晉本作「佛子略說菩薩平等觀一切諸法通自在」,說這就是一切法滅盡三昧,通於平等寂滅;又引《度世》為證。他的話很明白:現在的文字脫了這一句,文中略舉所以不曲盡,大旨並沒有不同,詳細的在十通品辨。本編錄他這個判,而底本一字不改。
落到用處:古德指出底本有脫而不擅改,這本身就是一個讀經的規矩——記其異,不改其文。
第二十一門 神力無礙用:內有幹能
澄觀說這一門十句多半約一毛含攝之類,並判這是身力,後一門才是智力。他又補了一句很有意思的話:如果用通來攝力,十種神力也不過是一個神足通;正因為把通與力分成兩事,所以十通品裡就少說神境通。
十句寫得極壯:不可說世界置一塵中、一塵中現等法界佛剎、一毛孔納一切大海水而周旋十方、不可說世界納入自身、一毛繫金剛圍山而遊行、劫與劫的長短互作、現三災變壞而不惱眾生、三災壞時護持眾生資具、一手擲世界到不可說世界之外、說一切剎同於虛空。
值得注意的是十句裡有四句特別加了「不令眾生恐怖」「不惱眾生」「不令眾生有驚怖想」這樣的話。先問:為什麼要一再強調?因為神力若使人恐怖,就不是無礙,是壓迫。落到用處:能力愈大,愈要看對方受不受得住——這是經文自己給神通劃的界。
第二十二門 力無礙用:悲智之力
澄觀對這一門只有兩句:悲智之力都無障礙的緣故;也有事用之無礙,就多數而說之。
十句的句法與前幾門不同,每一句都自帶理由:眾生力是教化調伏不捨離,剎力是示現莊嚴,法力是令一切身入無身,劫力是修行不斷,佛力是覺悟睡眠,行力是攝取菩薩行,如來力是度脫眾生,無師力是自覺諸法,一切智力是以一切智成正覺,大悲力是不捨眾生。
十句之中「佛力無礙用,覺悟睡眠故」一句最短而最重。睡眠在這裡不是躺著睡,是無明的昏沉。落到用處:十力最後收在大悲力——力的極處不是能做多少事,是不捨一個人。
無礙用總結:得果而不捨因
十一門說完,經文總結:得此十無礙用的人,對於無上菩提,要成、暫不成,隨意無違;雖然成了正覺,也不中斷菩薩行。澄觀在這裡下了一句判語:已經得無礙了,還能得果而不捨因,這才格外顯出無礙。
先問:成佛之後還行菩薩行,這不是多此一舉嗎?若把成佛看成一個終點,當然是多此一舉。這一句正是要拆掉那個『終點』的想像——菩薩行不是通往佛果的手段,佛果也不是菩薩行的終止。經文接著自答其所以然:因為發了大誓願,入無邊無礙用門,善巧示現的緣故。
落到用處:修行若被讀成一段有終點的路,中途一定會生倦。這一句是解那個倦的。
第二十三門 遊戲:不損動本相的自在
從這一門起是古德所分的第三節七門,明行德圓備。澄觀先總說這三門的來歷:那一位(無縛無著解脫迴向)有百門,廣顯以無縛無著解脫成就普賢自在智用;這裡略舉三門——這一門是任志行成而遊賞自在,下一門明境界難量,再下一門明智用幹能,都由無縛無著而來。
他把十句攝成五對:一是依正染淨互作而都不壞本相,這正顯遊戲之義——如同世間縱情遊戲而無所損動,其餘各對都仿此;二是大小乘互現;三是因果互現;四是生死涅槃互現;五是定散自在,其中前一句是定中起用而常定,後一句是用中入定而常用。
「不壞本相」四個字是這一門的眼。先問:遊戲和神變差在哪裡?神變是能變,遊戲是變而不失。眾生身作剎身而不壞眾生身——若壞了,那是消滅,不是遊戲。落到用處:一個真正自在的人,做什麼都不必先毀掉自己原來的樣子。
第二十四門 境界:所行之境與分齊之境
澄觀說這一門通於兩種境:一是遊戲所行之境,晉經就名它為勝行;二是分齊之境,就是出沒無礙,唯有菩薩能夠。他還分了:十句之中前三句是通所行之境,後七句都是分齊之境。
十句是一串互出:示現無邊法界門、示現世界妙莊嚴、化往眾生界、於如來身出菩薩身而於菩薩身出如來身、於虛空界現世界而於世界現虛空界、於生死界現涅槃界而於涅槃界現生死界、於一眾生語言出一切佛法語言、以無邊身現作一身而一身作一切差別身、以一身充滿法界、一念中令一切眾生發菩提心而各現無量身成等正覺。
分齊是限量的意思。菩薩的限量不在能到多遠,在能出能沒而不受縛。落到用處:末句最堪注意——境界的極處不是自己現了多少身,是令一切眾生發心。
第二十五門 力:自分力與勝進力
澄觀把十力分兩截:前七是自分力,後三是勝進力。前七之中,前三是自利——第一句一向深求所以他釋為不雜,第二句深求佛法所以佛法就是增上,第三句所作究竟是由於有善巧;次二句是利他,後二句通於自利利他。其餘他說明白可知。
十句是:深心力、增上深心力、方便力、智力、願力、行力、乘力、神變力、菩提力、轉法輪力。每一句都帶理由,理由才是內容。
那就逐一看後面七句的理由。智力的理由是「了知一切心行故」——智不落在知法多少,落在知人心之所行;法藏名這一句為知物心,判入利他行,正扣住這一點。願力的理由是「一切所求令滿故」,所求不是自己所求,是眾生所求;法藏名為滿物願。行力的理由是「盡未來際不斷故」,行之為力,力在不斷而不在猛。乘力的理由最有分寸:「能出生一切乘,而不捨大乘故」——出生一切乘是廣,不捨大乘是不失本;只出生一切乘而捨了大乘,那是隨順到失了自己。神變力的理由是「於一一毛孔中,各各示現一切清淨世界一切如來出興世故」,注意這一句的神變不現異相,現的是佛出世。菩提力的理由是「令一切眾生發心成佛無斷絕故」——菩提力不說自己得菩提,說令人發心,且要無斷絕。轉法輪力的理由最堪玩味:「說一句法悉稱一切眾生諸根性欲故」,一句法而稱一切根欲,這是法輪之所以為輪。先問:後三既名勝進果力,何以還在說眾生?因為果力之勝進不是離開眾生而上,是同一件事做到底。落到用處:這七句可以當作一張自檢表——知人心、滿人願、行不斷、廣而不失本、所現者是佛不是奇、令人發心不令人依賴、說一句而人人得用。
第一句「深心力,不雜一切世情故」是十力的根。先問:什麼叫不雜世情?不是不近人情,是修行的動機裡不摻雜世間的算計。這一句若不成,後面九力都會走味。落到用處:檢查自己有沒有力,先不必看做了多少,看動機純不純。
第二十六門 無畏:十個「以不見故,心得無畏」
這一門是本段體例最整齊的一門,十句都用同一個結構:某種成就——這樣想——「以不見故,心得無畏」;其中七句更收於「大無畏岸」,第四、五、七句則不出此語。
澄觀先說這一門在四門之中的位置:從十無畏以下四門明法界無量迴向中行,分為三節——這一門明所迴善根,下一門明法界行體,最後兩門明所成之德。他說這一門就是法施善根之無畏,因為無畏就是說法之德。他還逐句立了名目並指出各自不畏什麼:一是聞持無畏、二是辯才無畏,這兩句是不畏不能答難;三是二空無畏,了達二空所以不畏妄念;四是威儀無缺無畏、五是三業無過無畏,這兩句是不畏外譏;六是外護無畏,不畏眾魔外道;七是正念無畏,不畏遺忘;八是方便無畏,不畏生死——他在這裡舉了一個比方:如同善於駕船的人不怕海難;九是一切智心無畏,不畏二乘;十是具行無畏,不畏不能化生。
這一門最要緊的是那個「不見」。先問:無畏是壯膽壯出來的嗎?不是。經文十次都說「以不見故」——不是硬要不怕,是根本看不見有可怕的東西在那裡。看不見不是逃避,是實情如此:第三句說得最徹底,遠離我與我所,就看不見諸法有一點點性相,也就看不見誰能損惱我。
落到用處:對治恐懼,多數人的辦法是加強自己;這一門的辦法是看清楚那個被威脅的「我」根本不在。
第二十七門 不共法:稱法界而起行
澄觀釋不共的兩層意思:因為稱合法界而起行,所以不共凡夫二乘;又因為悟不由他,所以也不是與他共。這兩層正好對應經文的兩個關鍵詞——每一句都冠「不由他教」,每一句所行都是法界之行。
他逐句立了名目:一是自利行,二是化他行,三是上求行,四是善巧行——這一句之內他又分五節:巧離二乘、巧修三昧、巧順世間、巧住諸乘、巧窮因果;五是雙行不共行,有標有釋有結;六是三業隨智慧行行;七是悲代他苦行;八是大慈攝物行;九是堅淨自他行——他在這裡繫了《涅槃》春池之喻可於此中說;十是位滿常修行。
第五句「權實雙行」是全門最險也最精的一句:住涅槃而現生死、知無眾生而勤教化、究竟寂滅而現起煩惱、常樂法樂而現采女歌詠、眾相莊嚴而現醜陋貧賤、積集眾善而現生三惡道。經文自己下了一句斷語:這樣的智慧,聲聞獨覺尚且不能知。
「住一堅密智慧法身而普現無量諸眾生身」——實是一堅密,權是無量眾生身;堅密二字要留意,法身之所以能普現,正因為它是一而密不可分,若是可分的,現一處就少一處。「常入深禪定而示受欲樂」——這一句最容易被讀作放縱之藉口。先排這個誤解:經文說的是常入深禪定,那個常字是前提;沒有常入深禪定的人,示受欲樂就只是受欲樂。「常遠離三界而不捨眾生」——遠離的是三界之繫,不捨的是三界中的人;若把遠離讀成離開場所,這一句就無法成立,離了場所還怎麼不捨。「雖已到於佛智彼岸而亦不捨菩薩智身」——這一句是全門的收處,也與前面第一門第五句不證實際遙相呼應:到岸而不捨舟。先問:既已到佛智,菩薩智身還有什麼用?答案在不共法的通義上——不共不是高出一等,是稱法界而起行;法界之行沒有做完的一天,所以佛智之上仍留菩薩之身。落到用處:修行人常想像有一個終局,這四句反覆說的都是同一件事——愈到後面,愈不放掉前面。
先排一個誤解:這不是說菩薩可以隨意示現惡行。經文說的是「權實雙行」——實是究竟寂滅,權是所現之相;沒有實而只有權,那是墮落,不是示現。落到用處:讀這一句要老實,看到的是佛境界,不是給自己找的藉口。
第二十七門之九:淨莊嚴寶珠
第九句是全段唯一完整的譬喻。有一顆寶珠名叫淨莊嚴,放在泥濘積水中光色不改,而且能令濁水澄清。合到菩薩身上:雖在凡愚雜濁之處,終究不失壞求一切智的清淨寶心,而且能令那些惡眾生遠離妄見煩惱穢濁。
這個喻有兩層,缺一不可。第一層是不改——自己不被染。第二層是能澄——還能把水澄清。只有第一層是自守,兩層都有才是菩薩。澄觀在此繫了《涅槃》的春池之喻可於這裡說。
落到用處:多數人在濁處只能做到第一層,而且往往是靠躲開。這一句說的是不躲而不改,且反過來澄清它。
第二十八門 業:所成之德的用
澄觀把最後兩門合說:從十種業以下二門明所成之德,其中先明業用,十句明白可知;後一門十身,是顯得其體。他還加了一句總判:無論身或業,都同法界之無量,只是略舉十種而已。
十句是:一切世界業、一切諸佛業、一切菩薩業、一切眾生業、一切未來業、一切神力業、一切光明業、一切三寶種不斷業、一切變化業、一切加持業。每一句都帶理由。
理由句既是內容,就逐一看。一切世界業的理由是「悉能嚴淨故」——業之於世界,不是造作而是嚴淨;法藏判這一句約處,是十業的起點。一切諸佛業的理由是「悉能供養故」,一切菩薩業的理由是「同種善根故」,一切眾生業的理由是「悉能教化故」——這三句法藏判為約人,上供、同行、下化三個方向一次列全。同種善根四字要留意:對菩薩不是供養也不是教化,是一起種,這是同行之所以為同行。一切未來業的理由是「盡未來際攝取故」,法藏判約時。一切神力業的理由寫得最奇:「不離一世界遍至一切世界故」——先問:不離而遍至,怎麼可能?若把「至」理解成移動,當然不可能;經文說的是不必移動而無處不在。這正是前面國土無礙用一門所立的道理落在業上——量的界限來自能所對立,不動而遍是因為本無此疆彼界。與後面第十句合看更清楚。第十句一切加持業的理由是「於一念中隨諸眾生心之所欲皆為示現,令一切願悉成滿故」——一念是時間上的不移動,隨心所欲是空間上的無不至,兩句一縱一橫恰好對成。還要留意這一句的收處是令一切願悉成滿:加持不是替人做,是令他自己的願得成。第九句一切變化業的理由是「於一切世界說法教化諸眾生故」——變化之業不落在變出什麼,落在說法教化,這與前面第七句放光而光中有菩薩顯現同一個路數:所現者是法,不是奇。落到用處:十業從嚴淨世界起,到令一切願成滿收,中間沒有一句是為自己做的。
其中第七句寫得最有畫面:放無邊色光明,每一道光中有蓮華座,各有菩薩結跏趺坐而顯現。第八句最重:諸佛滅後守護住持諸佛之法——這一句是佛法能延續到今天的所以然。落到用處:讀到這一句應知,此刻手上這部經是有人守出來的。
第二十九門 身:十種顯體之身
末門十身:不來身、不去身、不實身、不虛身、不盡身、堅固身、不動身、具相身、無相身、普至身。
澄觀把這十身會到十行品第九行的十身,說大同小異,並逐一對配:此處的不來不去就是彼處的不生不滅,不實不虛就是彼處的不實不妄,不盡堅固就是彼處的不遷不壞——他還分了一層,不遷是橫向無遷變,不盡是竪向說無窮。此處的不動就是彼處的一相,他引《文殊般若》為證,說不動法界、法界即一相,由得一相所以魔不能動。此處的具相身就是彼處的入一切世界諸趣身;無相身,兩處同名;普至身就是彼處的入一切世界非趣身——澄觀此句今本句讀作『諸趣身無相,名同普至身』,本篇依十行品第九行十身之實列(彼有無相身一身)作三對讀,二讀並誌。其餘他說如同十行中所辨。
前四身兩兩成對,是雙非的句法。先問:不實又不虛,到底是什麼?經文自己給了理由——不實是因為一切世間如實而得,不虛是因為以如實之理示現世間。同一個如實,從所得說是不實,從能示說是不虛。
落到用處:這一門收在「普至身,與三世佛同一身故」。二十九門走到這裡,行體、行用、行德三節說盡,最後歸到一句——與三世佛同一身。
承衍
本段之科出於古來諸德依《度世品經》所立的六番,澄觀承之而釋,並在品初自陳所承。這一點是讀本品的第一個分際:位是科家所安,行是經文所說。門數之計,澄觀出了兩數——正科二十九門,若并無礙用總標之句則有三十門。段之分法也有兩種——古德三分為行體堅固十一門、行用自在十二門、行德圓備七門;澄觀又依十迴向重配為四、二、二、一、一、一、一、十無礙、三、四。兩科並存,本編並錄不判。
門名之異譯亦多。首門八十本作「如寶住」,六十本讀為「寶,住成阿耨多羅三藐三菩提」,《度世品經》作『如夜顯明』;第二門八十本作「如金剛大乘誓願心」,六十本作「發金剛心莊嚴大乘」,《度世》作『志大乘鎧』;第三門八十本作「大發起」,六十本作「發大事」,《度世》作『大勤』(其『能暢大精進』一門對的是八十本次門「究竟大事」)。最堪注意的是無礙用十一門,八十本通名「無礙用」,六十本通名「自在」——而六十本前面一門也叫自在,於是前後同名;八十本則前段自在、後段無礙用,名目分明。澄觀正就此二名之別而釋:前面講自在是作用任運,這裡講無礙是顯作用無所拘束。遊戲門六十本作「遊戲神通」,境界門六十本作「勝行」。以上皆譯本之異,並錄不判。
神通無礙用第十句,澄觀判八十本有脫,依晉本與《度世》補其文義,並說大旨不異、詳在十通品。本編錄其判,底本一字不改。
注家於本段所留之釋,須分三家而說。法藏《探玄記》是六十華嚴之疏,於本段有門級之科,且自成一系:他以句計其總數,說這一大門有三百句答前二十九問,因為十自在的章門十句不在問中;三分之科與澄觀所錄的古德三分節界相同,而他把初節再分為兩重——初四十門明行體成就高栖彼岸,從十不壞信以下七十門明行體離障攝諸勝德,這一重澄觀沒有。他釋首門立名出正反兩義:住於正法可貴之所固然叫寶住,以無住為住也叫寶住。最堪注意的是第五句:他說不證實際的理由有二,一是異於二乘,二是留惑——兩個理由都繫在菩薩身上,留惑是菩薩為受生而留;澄觀同一句「為異二乘留惑不斷方能究竟斷證故」讀法可二:讀作為異二乘而留惑不斷、方能究竟斷證,則留惑者亦是菩薩,與法藏同義;本篇取此讀,另一讀並誌。他又於剎自在門下設問,出五義作全段自在門的總因——了達緣起相由、達法性融通、定力起勝通、得解脫力能迴轉、智力了如幻夢隨自心現,並說一切都因所知障盡,且自云此釋通貫上下諸門;十自在他逐名與第八地對勘;遊戲門佛身作二乘之難他設問而答並出又釋;十力十業十身他都出了科目,其中十業一門澄觀但云可知而不出科。本段之訖,他自陳一個判:十業十身自古諸德多收入十地,他依《度世經》此在第四番之末,所以科入迴向——這與澄觀所收相同,而理由是他自己說出來的。李通玄《新華嚴經論》長科全品為十段,本段在第六段正說分之內,他自己說二千答其文一一自具,不煩解釋,只要如說修行,故於門級據實標闕。《演義鈔》於本段有兩處覆按,不是一處:一是第二門第二心於他卷牒經;二是第二十六門第八方便無畏之船喻與第二十七門第九行之春池喻——船喻他指出本是《大品》之意而第七地已引過,春池喻他開為教與理兩解,約教則具引《涅槃》春池喻本文並錄遠公之科與關中之釋,約理則直就本經以心觀說,把淨莊嚴寶珠的明·淨·妙三字配般若·解脫·法身三德,把泥配凡夫、把積水配二乘,收在非凡夫行非賢聖行是菩薩行一句。教理二解鈔不判孰勝,本編亦並錄不判。
本段可與三處對讀。其一是十行品第九行的十身,澄觀判與末門十身大同小異並逐一對配。其二是十通品,神通無礙用之脫文澄觀云詳在彼品,且他判神通與神力兩殊,所以十通品中少說神境通。其三是十地品第八地的十自在,第十二門澄觀但云如八地所辨而不重釋。至於十迴向品,澄觀釋各門所配之位時屢引彼品位果之文為證,兩品互為經據。
《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》與《華嚴經旨歸》於本品僅有品級泛稱,本段二十九門之逐句引用查無;成唯識、攝論、瑜伽於本段亦查無對應徵引。據實標闕,不強繫。
First, See Clearly What This Stretch Is Asking
Universal Wisdom Bodhisattva asked two hundred questions in one breath, and Samantabhadra answers each question with ten. This round is the twenty-nine questions lying between the seventy-first and the ninety-ninth; twenty-eight of the gates read ‘Sons of the Buddha! Bodhisattva-mahāsattvas have ten kinds of such-and-such,’ and one reads ‘bring forth ten kinds.’ The first thing a reader must establish is this: the scriptural text does not itself say that this round is the station of the ten dedications. Among the twenty-nine gates, apart from gate 7, “the dedicating of roots of good,” and the third of the dharmas not held in common, which speaks of “dedicating and directing with skill” — both of them names of dharmas of practice — nowhere in the whole stretch does a name of a station appear.
Then where do the four graphs “the practice of the ten dedications” come from? They come from an outline set up by the ancient worthies of old on the basis of the six rounds of question and answer of the Dushipin jing, and Chengguan carried that outline on and explained the gates one by one under it. At the beginning of the chapter Chengguan states it plainly for himself: the ancient worthies of old all relied on the text of that scripture to outline this scripture. Therefore in this piece, wherever the six positions are spoken of, they are uniformly fastened to ‘Chengguan carrying on the outline of the ancient worthies,’ and are not taken as what the scriptural text says of itself. If this layer is not established first, a reader will read the expedient of the outliners as the Buddha’s own speaking — which is the mistake most easily made in reading the Avataṃsaka.
The number of the gates must also be explained first. Chengguan produces two numbers: the proper outline gives twenty-nine gates, and if that one sentence generally listing “the unimpeded workings” is also counted as a gate, then there are thirty. Where does the difference lie? After the ten masteries the scriptural text first lists generally, “there are ten kinds of unimpeded working,” and sets out the ten names from sentient beings down to powers, and only then answers gate by gate. That sentence of general listing does not itself answer ten phrases, and so it is not reckoned a gate; but it may also be reckoned one, and the ancient worthies did so reckon it. The two numbers stand together, and there is no need to judge which is right.
The Threefold Division of the Ancient Worthies and Chengguan’s Tenfold Assigning: Two Measuring Rods for One Stretch of Text
Chengguan here records a threefold outline of the ancient worthies: the first eleven gates make clear the firmness of the substance of practice within the station of the dedications; the twelve gates from the ten masteries onward make clear the mastery of the working of practice; the seven gates from the ten kinds of sporting onward make clear the completeness of the virtues of practice. This is to see the twenty-nine gates as three sections — substance, working, virtue.
Chengguan then lays out a measuring rod of his own: assigning them anew according to the sequence of the ten dedications — four gates to the first dedication, two gates each to the second and third dedications, one gate each to the fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh dedications, the eighth dedication being just the ten unimpeded workings, three gates to the ninth dedication, and four gates to the tenth.
One and the same stretch of scriptural text, divided into three and divided into ten. What must be noticed is that these two rods neither conflict with nor gather in each other; they are two angles. A reader need not ask which is ‘the original intent of the scripture’ — the scripture only speaks gate by gate, and the outline is what later people set in place so that the thread might be seen. Brought home to use: when reading a long stretch of numbered dharmas, first find a rod by which to divide it into sections, then ask of each section whether it is speaking of substance, of working, or of virtue, and one will not read it as a mere running account.
Gate 1. Abiding like a Jewel: Why the Place Abided In Is Called a Jewel
The first gate does not say “ten kinds of abiding,” but “ten kinds of abiding like a jewel.” Wherein lies the preciousness? Chengguan, explaining this gate, says that the roots of good abided in are precious and complete, and therefore it is called a jewel.
The sequence of the ten phrases has an order to it. Chengguan names them one by one: the first is making offerings to and serving many buddhas; the second, hearing the Dharma and receiving and upholding it; the third, taking birth with mastery; the fourth, speaking the dharmas of root and branch; the fifth, mastery in the knowing and the cutting off; the sixth, compassion and wisdom carried on together; the seventh, knowing that nature and characteristic are unimpeded; the eighth, the obtaining that obtains nothing; the ninth, contemplating emptiness and fulfilling the vow; the tenth, receiving and practicing without weariness.
First ask a question: the first phrase is only ‘going to many buddhas and bowing and making offerings’ — what is precious in that? The answer lies in the eight graphs “all able to go to measureless worlds” — it is not going to one place, but that there is no place he is unable to go. This is already not the offering of an ordinary being; it is the mastery that comes only after the substance of practice is firm. The second phrase goes on to say that he hears the Dharma and “does not let it be forgotten and lost,” and that “the wisdom of awakening grows” — from which one sees that making offerings to a buddha is not for the sake of seeking blessings but for the sake of receiving the Dharma. Brought home to use: if a person makes offerings to a buddha but does not receive the Dharma, he has the first phrase of this gate and not the second, and the jewel cannot come to be abided in.
Gate 1, Phrases Three and Six: Taking Birth Without Confusion, and Speaking of Directions and Places Where There Is No Place
The third phrase is a single sentence: “passing away from this land and appearing in birth in another place, and yet as to the Buddha-dharma being in nothing confused.” The first half is something ordinary beings have as well — dying here and being born there; the whole of the preciousness lies in the limiting clause that follows: as to the Buddha-dharma being in nothing confused. Chengguan names this phrase taking birth with mastery, and Fazang the same. First ask: why should taking birth have a gate set aside for it? Because the confusion of the interval between bodies is the most concrete barrier a practitioner meets — whether the dharma understood in this life will still be remembered in the next. The scriptural text’s answer is not that memory is kept by spiritual penetration; it is that as to the Buddha-dharma he is not confused. What is confused over is one’s birth and circumstance; what is not confused over is the Dharma. Brought home to use: whether a thing can be carried across depends on whether the Dharma has become a view in you, and not on whether it has become a memory.
The sixth phrase has the pattern of a double turn: “knowing that what the minds of all sentient beings discriminate is all without place, and yet also speaking of there being various directions and places; and though he is without discrimination and without anything made, yet for the sake of taming all sentient beings there is cultivation and there is what is done.” Knowing there is no place is the real; speaking of directions and places is the provisional. Being without discrimination and without anything made is the real; there being cultivation and what is done is the provisional. Look closely at “for the sake of taming all sentient beings” — this clause is where the reason of the whole sentence lies, and it is the ground upon which the provisional is not empty. Chengguan names this phrase compassion and wisdom carried on together; Fazang says it more plainly: knowing that beings are empty and yet carrying on their conversion. First clear away a misunderstanding: since there is no place and nothing made, are the speaking of places and the doing of what is done not a self-contradiction? It is not a contradiction; it is that each half is set over against something of its own — being without place is spoken over against the discriminating of the mind, and there being directions and places is spoken over against the one being converted. If, because one knows emptiness, one neither speaks nor acts, compassion has been cut off; if, because one must speak and act, one forgets emptiness, wisdom has been cut off. Brought home to use: when a person is speaking the Dharma, if he is still in his heart reckoning whether he has spoken it rightly and whether it has had effect, most often it is the first half of this phrase that has not held.
Gate 1, the Fourth: One Dharma Brings Forth All Dharmas, and Yet All Meanings Are at the End One Meaning
The fourth phrase says, “knowing that from a single dharma all dharmas can be brought forth, and being able to discriminate and expound them one by one,” and the closing phrase is, “because the various different meanings of all dharmas are, when brought to the end, one and the same meaning.” Chengguan explains this phrase in two halves: the first half is the arising of the branch from the root, the second half the gathering of the branch back into the root, and the second half serves precisely to establish the first. He further raises a cross-reading: as is said in the scripture, they are born from a single dharma, and that one dharma is without characteristic.
Here a misreading must be cleared away. ‘All meanings are at the end one meaning’ is easily read as ‘therefore whatever one speaks of is the same, and there is no need to discriminate’ — the very opposite. What the scriptural text says is “being able to discriminate and expound them one by one”; to be able to discriminate is the very capacity in question. And the reason he can discriminate without confusion is precisely that he knows the meanings return at the end to one. If there were discriminating without the returning to one, the speaking of the Dharma would become a piling up of knowledge; if there were the returning to one without the ability to discriminate, it would become vagueness. Both sides are needed.
Gate 1, the Fifth: Not Realizing the Real Limit, and Yet Arriving at the Far Shore of the Real Limit
The fifth phrase is the weightiest sentence in the whole stretch: “knowing how to grow weary of and leave the afflictions, knowing how to bring the afflictions to rest, knowing how to guard against the afflictions, knowing how to cut off and remove the afflictions; cultivating the bodhisattva practice and yet not realizing the real limit, and yet arriving at the end at the far shore of the real limit.”
Chengguan matches the first four knowings to the four paths: the path of the requisites is the wearying and leaving, the path of preparation the guarding against, the uninterrupted path the cutting off and removing, while precisely the realizing and entering of the path of liberation is not taken up. He says it plainly: the not taking up of the realizing and entering is in order to differ from the two vehicles, and also because the bodhisattva retains the delusions — only by retaining them uncut can the cutting and realizing be brought to the end; Fazang likewise gives the two reasons side by side, ‘because of differing from the two vehicles, because of retaining the delusions.’ It is the bodhisattva who retains the delusions, not the two vehicles.
First ask: is the not realizing a not yet being able to realize? It is not. The scriptural text goes on to answer this itself: “being skillful in means, learning well all that is to be learned, causing the vows and practices of former times all to be brought to fullness.” It is for the sake of fulfilling the vows of former days that he does not take it up. Chengguan here raises a very vivid comparison: like arrows shot into the sky, where the arrow behind props the notch of the arrow in front, so that the arrows never fall to the ground. The bodhisattva’s not entering nirvāṇa is just such a propping, one power of vow after another.
Brought home to use: once a practitioner has tasted the sweetness of quiescence, it is easiest of all to stop there. This phrase is to be read at just such a time — that one may stop is not the problem; if the vow is large enough, it will of itself keep propping.
Gate 1, the Seventh to the Tenth: Nature and Characteristic Effaced, and Yet the Differences Still Spoken
The seventh phrase first sets up “knowing that all dharmas are of one and the same nature, namely: without intrinsic nature,” running down seven occurrences of “without” that efface nature and characteristic entirely; and then the brush turns and runs down fifteen occurrences of “this is”: this is the dharma of the buddhas, this is the dharma of the bodhisattvas, this is the dharma of the pratyekabuddhas, this is the dharma of the śrāvakas… down to the conditioned dharmas and the unconditioned dharmas. Chengguan names this phrase “knowing that nature and characteristic are unimpeded.”
First ask: since they are of one and the same nature, why must fifteen kinds still be divided out? Because the effacing is spoken with reference to principle, and the dividing with reference to teaching. If one cannot divide, there is no gate by which to speak the Dharma; if one does not know the effacing, discriminating becomes grasping. The unimpeded is unimpeded precisely here — it is not that the two sides are reconciled into a middling thing, but that each side goes to its own utmost and yet they do not hinder one another.
The eighth phrase, “seeking a buddha, one does not get one,” and yet “not forsaking the vow to tame and subdue sentient beings and cause them to accomplish perfect awakening in respect of all dharmas,” Chengguan names “the obtaining that obtains nothing”; the ninth, knowing that all skillful means are established by the thinking of the mind and yet are “neither upside-down nor false and deceiving,” he names “contemplating emptiness and fulfilling the vow”; the tenth, hearing unspeakable dharmas of prediction and being “not startled and not alarmed, not confused and not perplexed,” he names “receiving and practicing without weariness.” Read as four phrases together, they speak of one and the same matter: having seen emptiness, the vow stands all the more firmly.
Gate 2. The Mind of Vow of the Great Vehicle like a Vajra: Why the Vow Must Be like a Vajra
The second gate is ten great vows. Chengguan, explaining this gate, says that this is the rescuing and protecting of the great vow, and explains why it is placed second: a dedication must have the great vow going before it. He further points out the two dimensions of the vow — with regard both to what is to be done and to the practice presently being done, there is no bounding limit, and the mind must be firm and exhaust the bound of it.
As to how the ten phrases are assigned, Chengguan is very exact: the first is the vow to know the inexhaustible gates of the Dharma; the second, the vow to deliver boundless sentient beings; the third, adorning the lands; the fourth, dedicating; the fifth, making offerings to the buddhas. Of these, the latter three — adorning the lands, dedicating, making offerings to the buddhas — Chengguan says are the vow to accomplish the fruit of buddhahood, and the first five are all with reference to what is to be accomplished, all discussed crosswise as being without shore. The sixth, being unattached in seeing and hearing, and the seventh, patient endurance without disturbance, are with reference to what is presently done, and are lengthwise, deep and without limit. The last three return to what is to come: the eighth is the practice of the two benefits pervading time and place, the ninth is the boundless great practice accomplished with the mind for its essential, and the tenth is the setting going of the working from within quiescence.
What do crosswise and lengthwise mean? Crosswise is breadth — the ten directions inexhaustible; lengthwise is depth — being able to bear it within a single thought. A vow that has only the crosswise is an empty vow; one that has only the lengthwise is a small vow. Brought home to use: one who makes a vow may well ask himself whether his vow is one that spreads out, or one that holds up.
Gate 2, the Seventh: The Body Cut Apart and No Anger or Harm Arising
The seventh phrase is written with the utmost weight: there are sentient beings who revile and abuse and shame, who whip and beat and cudgel, who even cut off hands and feet, slice off ears and noses, gouge out eyes, and sever heads, and “all such things he is able to bear, and in the end he does not on that account give rise to a mind of anger and harm.” The scriptural text gives the reason itself: “because he has already contemplated well that all dharmas are without the two characteristics, his mind unshaken and undisturbed, and is able to give up his own body and bear that suffering.”
First clear away a misunderstanding: this is not teaching a person to be numb, nor saying that it does not hurt. What the scriptural text says is “without the two characteristics” — there is no one who harms set over against a me who is harmed. Where there are two characteristics, patience is only suppression; where there are none, patience is patience that really holds. Chengguan, following this phrase, notes the four graphs saying that to sever a head is to take a head-count, pointing out the archaic graph in the scriptural text, and judges that the sixth and seventh phrases are the temporary cutting off of the afflictions.
Brought home to use: an ordinary person flares up at a single heavy word, precisely because the two characteristics are distinct. This phrase does not have to wait until someone comes to cut you down before it can be used; it can be tested in the very moment of a single word.
Gate 2, the Tenth: The Threefold Raising and Explaining of the Working Set Going from Within Quiescence
The last phrase is the longest. The bodhisattva knows that buddha, awakening, bodhisattva, dharma, sentient being, mind, practice, the three times, the world, and the conditioned and unconditioned are altogether not to be got at, and so abides in quiescence and on to abiding in the real limit, twelve abodes; and yet from “not forsaking any of the great vows” there run down nine occurrences of “not forsaking.” The scriptural text then raises a question against itself three times.
Chengguan sets out these three levels very clearly. The first level asks: since there is quiescence, why is the working still set going? The answer: because the wisdom of the original vow does not forsake great compassion. The second level asks: why does wisdom not forsake compassion? The answer: wisdom exists for sentient beings from the first. The third level asks: why must quiescence and working necessarily be carried on together? The answer has two senses: first, that all the buddhas do so; second, that I have already before made a vow.
These three questions and three answers are the heart of the whole stretch. They answer a difficulty that everyone who reads prajñā must sooner or later run into: since nothing at all is to be got at, what is all this busyness for? The scripture’s answer is not a reasoning that circles back, but two facts — the buddhas all do so, and I gave my word. Brought home to use: when one cannot think one’s way through on the level of principle, there is no need to force the thinking; first look at what the buddhas do, then look at what one promised at the beginning.
Gate 3. Great Setting Forth: Setting the Mind Really in Motion
All ten phrases of the third gate read ‘I would do such and such.’ Chengguan, explaining this gate, says that this is that for the sake of which the dedication is made, and that setting forth means causing it to be present before one. He divides the ten phrases into the two halves of self-portion and advance-onward: the first six are the self-portion, of which the first three are greatness in the deed of blessings and the next three greatness in the deed of converting (adorning the lands too being for the sake of gathering in beings); the last four are the advance onward, the seventh and eighth advancing onward and gathering in blessings, and the last two advancing onward and setting going the converting — the ninth realizing the substance, the tenth setting going the working.
First ask: how does setting forth differ from the mind of vow before it? A vow is the firmness of the mind; a setting forth is the pushing forward of an affair. And so every phrase of this gate is concrete: making offerings to the buddhas, nourishing roots of good, adorning stūpas, teaching and converting sentient beings, adorning the worlds, exhausting the future age for one sentient being, passing inconceivable kalpas with one tathāgata, raising stūpas and making images, accomplishing unsurpassed awakening, and still expounding the true Dharma after accomplishing perfect awakening.
Brought home to use: if a person stops at ‘I have brought forth the great mind,’ this gate reminds him that the mind must come down into affairs that will actually be finished, one by one.
Gate 4. Great Matters Brought to the End: Ten Matters to Be Carried Through
Chengguan explains this gate in one sentence only: this is the bringing to fullness of what is done, and the ten phrases may be known. He says no more, because the aspect of the text is plain. But the two graphs “brought to the end” are worth pausing over.
Every one of the ten phrases uses the same structure: such-and-such a matter — a great matter brought to the end. Revering and making offerings to the tathāgatas, rescuing and protecting the sentient beings that come to mind, seeking the Buddha-dharma single-mindedly, gathering together roots of good, pondering the Buddha-dharma, fulfilling vows, accomplishing the bodhisattva practices, serving good friends, going to the places of the buddhas, hearing and holding the true Dharma of the buddhas. Not one of these ten, taken alone, is remarkable; what is precious is the “brought to the end” — not having done it, but having carried it through.
Read together with Chengguan’s outline, this gate is the last of the four gates of the first dedication — the first gate sets up the substance of practice, the second sets up the great vow, the third sets it forth, and the fourth brings it to fullness. The four gates together make one complete act of dedication. Brought home to use: examining one’s own practice, one is mostly not short of the first three items; what is short is the fourth.
Gate 5. Faith That Cannot Be Broken: Faith Is to Be Set in Ten Places
The second dedication is named “unbreakable,” and Chengguan takes this gate as making clear precisely the unbreakable, and says that the sense of the ten phrases is as was said before.
The objects of the faith in the ten phrases are arranged in an interesting way: the Buddha, the Dharma, the Saṅgha, the bodhisattvas, good friends, sentient beings, the great vows of the bodhisattvas, the bodhisattva practices, the matter of making offerings to the buddhas, and the matter of the bodhisattva’s teaching, converting, taming, and subduing sentient beings by skillful and hidden means. The first five are the objective realms revered; the last five are the affairs practiced.
The one most easily overlooked among them is the sixth: “faith in all sentient beings that cannot be broken.” First ask: what is one to have faith in with regard to sentient beings? Faith that they can become buddhas. If this phrase is broken, all the earlier faith in the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha turns into the faith of one who saves only himself. Brought home to use: the moment one utterly gives up on a particular person is the moment this phrase is broken.
Gate 6. Obtaining a Prediction: Ten Ways of Being Settled and Sealed
Chengguan, explaining this gate, says that this is the accomplishing of the practice of dedication, and assigns the ten phrases to the positions: the first is understanding and meeting the mind of a buddha; the second, being complete in the good that is a portion of liberation; the third, the great practice having been cultivated — these three are mostly with reference to the three worthy stages; the fourth and fifth are spoken with reference to being face to face and not being face to face, and he further adduces as warrant a text of the Lotus to the effect that those who are not in this assembly, you shall proclaim it to them; the sixth is realizing suchness on the first ground; the seventh is accomplishing the patient acceptance of non-arising on the eighth ground; the eighth is being complete in the means of taming and converting on the ninth ground; the ninth is the fulfilling of the three great kalpas on the tenth ground; the tenth is that at equal awakening one has already entered the twofold mystery and therefore it is called mastery, as with the prediction given to Maitreya.
Chengguan here also opens two readings: if one follows the graded sequence, this station has only the first five phrases and the rest come in by way of convenience; if one follows the perfectly interfused, all ten run through. This is precisely the house-style of the Avataṃsaka — one and the same stretch of text has, read as graded, the order of the graded, and read as perfectly interfused, station gathering station.
Brought home to use: on reading “prediction” one need not imagine a ceremony. Of the ten kinds listed by the scriptural text, six are not the Buddha opening his mouth at all, but a being settled and sealed of itself upon reaching a certain point in practice.
Gate 7. The Dedicating of Roots of Good: Setting Up No Accomplishment of One’s Own
The ten phrases of this gate are entirely alike in pattern: ‘taking my roots of good to be the same as such-and-such of the good friend, accomplishing in this way, setting up no separate accomplishment of my own.’ Vow, mind, practice, roots of good, evenness, mindfulness, purity, what is abided in, bringing to fullness, unbreakableness — ten things, all the same.
Chengguan fastens this gate to the dedication of being even with all buddhas: this gate makes clear precisely the being even with the buddhas; a buddha is the true good friend, and “the same” has the sense of “even.” He further explains why all ten phrases say “the same” — because they are of one and the same substance, and because no two characteristics are seen. And as to what lies within the ten phrases, he says that the mind is compassion and wisdom, because only when the mind is even does it accord with principle, and that the rest each have a sense of their own.
First ask an important question: what after all is a dedication? Most people take it to be the transferring of merit away, like a bank transfer. The answer this gate gives is entirely different: to dedicate is “to set up no separate accomplishment” — to set up no accomplishment belonging to me. Merit was never a thing that could be held; to say ‘send it away’ already presupposes holding it first.
Brought home to use: having done a good deed, the hardest thing is not being willing to dedicate it, but not quietly entering it in one’s own account. This gate is spoken for the sake of that entry.
Gate 8. Obtaining Wisdom: Ten Gates Where Wisdom Arises
Chengguan, explaining this gate, says that this too is the accomplishing of the practice of dedication, and adduces as warrant the text of the fruit of that station in the Chapter on the Ten Dedications, saying that abiding in this samādhi one enters the deep and pure objective realm of wisdom.
The wisdom spoken of in the ten phrases does not come out of concentration but out of affairs: gaining mastery in giving, understanding the Buddha-dharma deeply, entering the boundless wisdom of the Tathāgata, cutting off doubts in questioning and answering, entering the meaning of those who have wisdom, understanding the skillfulness of the Tathāgata’s speech and sounds, knowing that a few roots of good will surely bring the pure and white dharmas to fullness, accomplishing the inconceivable abodes, going in a single thought to unspeakable buddha-lands, and being awake to the awakening of all the buddhas while hearing and holding all the dharmas.
Among them the seventh phrase is the most worth turning over: “understanding deeply that the planting of but a few roots of good in the presence of the buddhas will surely be able to bring to fullness all the pure and white dharmas.” First ask: how can a few roots of good bring all dharmas to fullness? Because they are planted in the presence of the buddhas. This is not an opportunist’s reckoning; it says that the value of a root of good is not to be measured only by its quantity, but also by the objective realm it faces. Brought home to use: this phrase is to be read by one who feels he has cultivated too little.
Gate 9. Bringing Forth the Measureless and Boundless Vast and Great Mind: The Mind Grows Broad with the Realm
Chengguan, explaining this gate, says that this is the practice within the dedication of reaching everywhere — since the objective realm is measureless and boundless and there is nowhere it does not reach, the mind grows vast along with the realm.
The ten phrases mostly read ‘contemplating such-and-such, bringing forth the measureless and boundless vast and great mind’ (six state “contemplating” outright; the other four read in the presence of the buddhas, rightly bringing to mind, adorning and purifying, entering everywhere): in the presence of the buddhas, contemplating the realm of sentient beings, contemplating all lands and all ages and all Dharma realms, contemplating that all dharmas are like empty space, contemplating the vast and great practice of the bodhisattvas, rightly bringing to mind the buddhas of the three times, contemplating the inconceivable fruits and retributions of deeds, adorning and purifying the buddha-lands, entering everywhere into the great assemblies of the buddhas, and contemplating the marvelous sounds of the tathāgatas.
There is a method of practice in this: the mind does not grow large by one’s wishing it large; it is the objective realm taken as support that stretches it open. And so the ten phrases for the most part first say what is taken as support and afterward say what is brought forth. Brought home to use: when one feels the measure of one’s mind is small, there is no need to force oneself to ‘enlarge the mind’ — one need only change what is taken as support.
Gate 10. Hidden Treasuries: The Dharma Is Itself the Treasury
Chengguan, in explaining this gate, takes the two graphs “treasury” and “hidden” apart: within all dharmas these ten meanings are held, and therefore it is called a treasury; contemplating the dharma just as it is, the deluded do not see it, and therefore it is called hidden. He further says that this gate is the practice within the dedication of the inexhaustible treasury of merit, and that all things having ten kinds each is what inexhaustible merit is.
The pattern of the ten phrases is mostly ‘knowing that all dharmas are the treasury of such-and-such’ (seven read so; the other three have each their own object of knowing): the treasury that gives rise to the practices of merit, the treasury of right pondering, the treasury of the shining clarity of the dhāraṇīs, the treasury of eloquence that opens up and expounds, the treasury that cannot be spoken of and yet is well able to be awake to the real, the treasury of contemplating and manifesting, the treasury of skillfully bringing forth evenness, the treasury of constantly seeing all the buddhas, the treasury of being well able to penetrate that all abide as illusions, and the treasury able to bring forth joy and pure faith.
First clear away a misunderstanding: a hidden treasury is not a hoard of jewels that the Buddha put away somewhere for people to go and find. The scriptural text says it plainly — the treasury lies upon “all dharmas,” and it is not seen because of delusion, not because it has been hidden away. Brought home to use: practice is not going elsewhere to seek treasure; it is seeing through this one dharma before one’s eyes.
Gate 11. Rules of Discipline: Spoken Not from the Characteristics of the Precepts but from the Root of Practice
A reader coming to “rules of discipline” will mostly expect articles of precept, and yet the scriptural text lists not one characteristic of a precept; all ten phrases are workings of the mind: not slandering the Buddha-dharma, a mind of faith and delight in the buddhas that cannot be broken, honoring the bodhisattvas, not forsaking good friends, not calling the two vehicles to mind, leaving far behind what causes turning back from the bodhisattva path, not giving rise to a mind that harms sentient beings, cultivating roots of good and causing them to be brought to the end, subduing the demons, and bringing the perfections to fullness.
Chengguan makes his explanation precisely upon this point: that station (the dedication of according with and being firm in all roots of good) is with reference to the head of practice, and therefore the roots of good are made clear at length in terms of giving; this gate is with reference to the root of practice, and therefore the rules of discipline are set forth in brief. He further says that the roots of good all accord with the principle of evenness and truly run through all things. And as to the eighth phrase, “causing all roots of good to be brought to the end,” he points out that being brought to the end is precisely the sense of according and being firm, which fastens upon the very name of that station. Upon the gate as a whole he passes but one comment: the ten phrases gathering in good and benefiting others are complete in every part, run through all good, and may plainly be known.
Brought home to use: if the characteristics of the precepts are kept and yet the working of the mind does not accord with principle, the rules of discipline are in fact empty. This gate pushes the rules of discipline down one layer to the root.
Gate 12. Mastery: The Free Movement of the Working
The ten masteries are an old term of the Avataṃsaka — life, mind, requisites, deeds, taking birth, resolute conviction, vows, spiritual power, Dharma, and wisdom. Chengguan does not explain them again here, but says only that the ten masteries are as set forth on the eighth ground, and fastens this gate to the dedication of according evenly with all sentient beings: only being complete in the ten masteries can one accord.
Notice the sentence-pattern of the scriptural text: every phrase is ‘such-and-such a mastery’ plus a reason carried by the graph “for the reason that.” The reason for mastery over life is that one is able to sustain one’s life-span through unspeakable kalpas; the reason for mastery of mind is that wisdom is able to enter measureless samādhis; and so on by the same pattern. The clause of reason is the real content; the name is only a label.
Then let the eight clauses of reason be looked at one by one. The reason for mastery of requisites is “that he is able to adorn all worlds with measureless adornments” — requisites are not what one enjoys oneself but what is taken up to adorn worlds, so that the content of this mastery is in fact giving and not having. The reason for mastery of deeds is “that he receives the recompense according to the time,” and the graph “according to” is what matters most: it is not that recompense is not received, but that the season of receiving it rests with him and not with the deed. The reason for mastery of taking birth is “that he manifests taking birth in all worlds” — note that it is manifesting and not being dragged, which joins directly to the not-being-confused of the third phrase of the first gate. The reason for mastery of resolute conviction is “that he sees the buddhas filling all worlds” — conviction here is ascendant conviction, and ascendant conviction at its furthest is that all that is seen is buddhas. The reason for mastery of vows is “that according to his wish and according to the time he attains right awakening in the lands” — even the greatest of all matters, the attaining of right awakening, has entered into “according to his wish and according to the time,” from which one sees that mastery of vows is the least bound of the ten. The reason for mastery of spiritual power is “that he manifests all the great spiritual transformations,” this gate speaking only of manifesting and not of the transforming itself. The reason for mastery of the Dharma is “that he manifests boundless gates of the Dharma” — mastery of the Dharma does not fall upon how many dharmas one has penetrated oneself, but upon how many gates one manifests for others. The reason for mastery of wisdom is the longest: “that in thought after thought he manifests the ten powers of a tathāgata, the fearlessnesses, and the attaining of right awakening,” where “thought after thought” presses time down to its shortest, and what is manifested is the fruit-virtue of a buddha. First ask: is there a rationale to the sequence of these ten? There is — from life and mind, which guard the body and guard the thought; to requisites, deeds, and taking birth, which have to do with affairs; to resolute conviction, vows, and spiritual power, which face toward the fruit; and at the last the Dharma and wisdom, which take up directly what a buddha has. Fazang here collates them name by name against the eighth ground, saying that what is here adornment is there named mastery over goods and possessions, that what is here resolute conviction is there named mastery of faith and understanding, and that what is here spiritual power is there named mastery of the wish-fulfilling kind — the names differ and the sense is one. Brought home to use: in reading the ten masteries it is easiest to remember only the names, whereas the real sense of every phrase lies wholly in that clause of reason carried by the graph “for the reason that.”
First ask: how does mastery differ from the unimpeded working that follows? This is precisely the question Chengguan takes up at the head of the next gate — he says that earlier, mastery was made clear, which is the working moving freely; now the unimpeded is made clear, displaying that the working is unbound. Moving freely is being effortless; unbound is being unrestricted. Brought home to use: to have practiced to the point of effortlessness is not yet to be unrestricted.
The General Listing of the Unimpeded Workings: One Stretch of Text in Four Sections
From here begins one great stretch of eleven gates. The scriptural text first lists the ten names generally, then raises the question, then explains gate by gate, and last concludes generally and accomplishes the benefit. Chengguan marks these four sections very clearly: first the general listing of the ten headings; second, from “Sons of the Buddha, what is called” onward, the general raising of the question upon the ten headings; third, from “Sons of the Buddha, bodhisattvas” onward, the separate explaining according to the headings; fourth, from “Sons of the Buddha, in this way” onward, the general conclusion and the accomplishing of benefit. He further says that within the first section there are also three small sections — the listing, the raising of the question, and the setting out of the names; and that among the ten passages of the separate explaining, each passage likewise has four parts — the listing, the raising of the question, the explaining, and the conclusion.
There is a matter concerning the speaker to be stated here. The sentence in the scriptural text, “Sons of the Buddha! What is called the unimpeded working of a bodhisattva-mahāsattva with regard to sentient beings and the rest?” is Samantabhadra raising a question against himself and answering it himself; it is not Universal Wisdom breaking in with a question — from beginning to end of the whole stretch there is no narrative turn of the compilers and no second speaker. In reading a long question-and-answer, this kind of self-raised and self-answered sentence is what is most easily misread as a change of speaker.
Chengguan passes two judgments upon the unimpeded. First: the unimpeded is of two kinds, the unimpededness with regard to wisdom and the unimpededness with regard to phenomena; among the ten gates some run through and some are particular, the gates of dharmas and of wisdom being mostly with reference to wisdom alone, the gates of bodies and of lands and the like mostly with reference to phenomena alone, while the one gate of sentient beings runs through both phenomena and wisdom. Second: the unimpededness with regard to phenomena necessarily runs through wisdom, while the objective realm of the unimpededness with regard to wisdom does not necessarily run through phenomena; yet both are the working that is identical with the substance, and therefore both alike are called unimpeded working. He further says that all ten gates run through both benefiting oneself and benefiting others, and that they are here spoken of, for the moment, with reference to converting others: the first gate is those to be converted, the second gate the place of converting, and the rest are that which converts.
Gate 13. The Unimpeded Working with Regard to Sentient Beings: Spoken from the Side of Those to Be Converted
Chengguan divides the ten phrases of this gate into two halves: the first three set forth the unimpeded with reference to wisdom — the first phrase is the penetration of the emptiness of nature, the second is being manifested by the mind alone, and these two are the real wisdom; the third, knowing the occasion and speaking the Dharma, is the provisional wisdom. The remaining seven are with reference to the unimpededness of phenomena — the fourth is being able to manifest sentient beings, the fifth is the near gathering into a single hair, the sixth is the distant showing of other lands, and the remaining four are the manifesting of the bodies of those who stand foremost.
The first phrase, “knowing that in all sentient beings there is in fact no sentient being,” is most easily read as saying that there are no sentient beings and therefore no need to deliver them. First ask: are there really none? The second phrase of the scriptural text at once supplies the answer — “knowing that all sentient beings are only held in being by thinking.” It is not that there is nothing at all; it is that there is no real self standing there. What there is, is a continuity held in being by thinking. If there truly were no sentient beings, the eight phrases that follow, on manifesting and converting, would have nothing whatever to rest upon.
Brought home to use: what this gate teaches is a kind of eyesight — in looking at a person, to see at once that he is not a fixed self, and also to see that at this moment he is indeed suffering. Lacking either side, compassion goes wrong.
Gate 14. The Unimpeded Working with Regard to Lands: The Gathering In and the Letting Out of the Lands
Chengguan, explaining this gate, says that the phrase of knowing the lands to be inexhaustible runs through both wisdom and phenomena, and raises two parallel translations as warrant: the Jin recension reads “entering deeply into the inexhaustible skillful means with regard to all lands,” and the Dushi reads “the inexhaustibility of what is entered in all buddha-realms,” both of them running through phenomena. The remaining nine phrases are unimpededness with regard to phenomena alone; he further points out that “deep lands” means the subtle and fine lands, and that the rest may plainly be known.
The framework of the ten phrases is four pairs of gathering in and letting out: making all lands into one land and putting all lands into a single pore are gathering in; filling all lands with one body and bringing forth all lands within a single body are letting out; adorning one land with the adornments of all lands and adorning all lands with the adornments of one land are again a pair of gathering in and letting out. Inserted among them is the phrase “shaking all lands without causing sentient beings to be terrified” — a phrase that reminds the reader that the measure and proportion of spiritual transformation also lie within the unimpeded.
Brought home to use: the Avataṃsaka’s mutual entering of the great and the small is not talking about physics; it is talking about a fact already at hand — the boundary of magnitude comes from the opposition of grasper and grasped, and once that opposition loosens, magnitude is no longer a problem.
Gate 15. The Unimpeded Working with Regard to Dharmas: Able to Speak Them, and Never to Finish Speaking Them
Chengguan says that this gate is wholly with reference to wisdom: upon the dharma in which nature and characteristic are unimpeded, one is able to know and able to speak, and gains mastery. He names the phrases one by one: the first is the one and the many being identical and entering into one another without destroying what is basic; the second, the real wisdom bringing forth the provisional; the third, without letters, showing letters; the fourth, one speaking, many characteristics; the fifth, the speaking that is without speaking; the sixth, one word complete and round, the sense of the letter-wheel (he says that this sense is explained separately in the place of Megha); the seventh, gate gathering gate; the eighth, gathering the mundane by the true; the ninth, crosswise knowing the boundless; the tenth, lengthwise exhausting its limit.
These ten phrases handle one and the same contradiction over and over: the dharmas are apart from letters and speech, and yet they must be spoken to people. The scripture’s solution is not a compromise but a simultaneous establishing — the third phrase says, “knowing that all dharmas are apart from letters, and yet being able to cause sentient beings all to enter into awakening,” and the fifth says, “knowing that all dharmas are apart from speech, and yet being able to speak boundless gates of the Dharma for others.” Knowing that they are apart is the substance; being able to speak is the working. To speak without knowing that they are apart is to speak mere names and characteristics; to know that they are apart and not to speak is to let the Dharma be cut off.
Brought home to use: one who speaks the Dharma and, fearing to fall into verbal designations, dares not open his mouth, has obtained only half.
Gate 16. The Unimpeded Working with Regard to Bodies: Between Body and Body There Is No Wall
All ten phrases are the mutual entering of body and body: the bodies of sentient beings entering one’s own body, one’s own body entering the bodies of sentient beings, all the bodies of the buddhas entering the body of one buddha, the body of one buddha entering all the bodies of the buddhas, all lands entering one’s own body, one body pervading the dharmas of the three times, one body manifesting boundless bodies and entering samādhi, one body manifesting bodies equal in number to the sentient beings and accomplishing perfect awakening, manifesting one body and all bodies within the bodies of sentient beings, and manifesting the dharma-body upon the bodies of sentient beings and the bodies of sentient beings upon the dharma-body.
Upon this gate and the next Chengguan says only one thing: the text in both cases may be known. He does not explain, because the sense of the phrases is plain. But plain does not mean easy to believe. First ask: how can bodies enter one another? Because a body was never a substance with a boundary. The second gate above has already said that the body of a tathāgata is “neither real nor unreal, neither existent nor nonexistent”; this gate only brings that principle down into the working.
Brought home to use: the last phrase, “manifesting the dharma-body upon the bodies of all sentient beings and manifesting the bodies of all sentient beings upon the dharma-body,” is where the ten phrases come to rest — between sentient beings and the dharma-body too there is no such wall.
Gate 17. The Unimpeded Working with Regard to Vows: The Ten Ways in Which a Vow Is Unrestricted
Upon this gate likewise Chengguan says only that the text may be known. The ten phrases are still worth seeing clearly one by one: taking the vows of all bodhisattvas as one’s own vow; manifesting one’s own accomplishing of perfect awakening by the power of the buddhas’ vow to accomplish awakening; accomplishing awakening oneself in accordance with the sentient beings to be converted; the great vow unbroken through boundless kalpas; leaving far behind the body of consciousness, not clinging to the body of wisdom, and manifesting all bodies with a masterful vow; casting away one’s own body to bring to fullness the vows of others; teaching and converting everywhere and yet not forsaking the great vow; walking the bodhisattva practice through all kalpas with the great vow unbroken; manifesting the accomplishing of perfect awakening within a single pore and pervading all the buddha-lands; and speaking one phrase of Dharma that pervades the whole Dharma realm.
The very first phrase takes apart the notion of ‘my vow’: it takes the vows of all bodhisattvas as one’s own. If a vow is still mine, it has a bound; only when it is not mine can it be boundless. The sixth phrase goes a step further — “casting away one’s own body in order to bring to fullness the vows of others.”
The last phrase is the most finely written of the gate: raising up the cloud of the great true Dharma, making shine the lightning-flash of liberation, shaking the thunder-sound of the real Dharma, raining down the rain of the taste of sweet dew. Four images run down in sequence, speaking of what a single phrase of Dharma sets going. Brought home to use: one who makes vows often worries that the vow is too great to be carried out; the answer of this gate is that a vow can be carried out precisely because it is great enough no longer to be one person’s affair.
Gate 18. The Unimpeded Working with Regard to Objective Realms: Ten Pairs of ‘Being Here and Not Forsaking There’
The sentence-pattern of this gate is throughout a pairing: being within objective realm A and yet not forsaking objective realm B — seven phrases read “not forsaking,” one “not cutting off,” and of the last two one “manifesting” and one “manifests.” The Dharma realm and sentient beings; the buddhas and the demons; nirvāṇa and birth-and-death; omniscience and the seed-nature of a bodhisattva; quiescence and distraction; being like empty space and the frivolous discourse of sentient beings; the powers and liberation and all directions and places; the limit where there are no sentient beings and the teaching and converting of sentient beings; the concentrations and the spiritual penetrations and quiescence, and the manifesting of taking birth; the Tathāgata’s accomplishing of perfect awakening and the deportment of the two vehicles.
Chengguan’s judgment upon this gate is very compact: within these ten objective realms of the superior and the inferior that stand contrary to one another, to dwell on the superior side and yet be able to manifest the inferior side, turning about unimpeded, is the objective realm of the bounds of a bodhisattva.
First clear away a misunderstanding: this does not say that a bodhisattva has a foot in two boats. What are contrary are the objective realms; what is not contrary is the mind. “Being within the objective realm of the buddhas and yet not forsaking the objective realm of the demons” does not mean facing toward the buddhas and toward the demons at once; it means that being in the realm of the buddhas he does not avoid the place where the demons are. Brought home to use: practitioners often have a kind of fastidiousness, willing to stay only in clean objective realms; this gate says that only being willing to go into the unclean place and not be stained by it is called unimpeded.
Gate 19. The Unimpeded Working with Regard to Wisdom: Setting Forth the Working of Wisdom Throughout
Chengguan first explains how this gate stands to the gates before it: earlier there was wisdom too, but it was gathered in each under its own class; this gate throughout sets forth the working of wisdom alone. He further says that wisdom in itself has no several kinds, and that it is the dharmas illumined that make the differences appear; the unimpeded working with regard to dharmas above takes wisdom as following the dharmas, and this gate takes the dharmas as following wisdom.
He divides the ten phrases into four layers: the first two are the wisdom that is able to convert; the next three are the wisdom that knows those to be converted; the sixth enters upward into the wisdom of a buddha — these first six are all the provisional wisdom; the seventh and eighth are the wisdom in which the provisional and the real are unimpeded; the last two are the wisdom in which phenomenon and phenomenon are unimpeded.
The most practical of the ten phrases is the fifth: knowing the desires and delights, the latent tendencies, the habit-energies, and the sickness of the afflictions of sentient beings, and “giving the medicine according to what each is fit for.” The comparison of the physician is here left implicit — only by knowing the illness can medicine be given, and to give medicine without knowing the illness is to recite from a manual. Brought home to use: this phrase is one that everyone who wishes to help others ought to read.
Gate 20. The Unimpeded Working with Regard to Spiritual Penetrations: The Outward Working Unblocked
Between this gate and the next Chengguan makes a division: spiritual penetration is mostly with reference to the unblockedness of the outward working, spiritual power mostly with reference to there being an inward capacity of strength. He further matches the phrases one by one to the ten penetrations: the first is the penetration of measureless form-bodies; the second, the divine ear; the third, knowing others’ minds; the fourth, discriminating speech; the fifth, the penetration of former abodes (he says that the Dushi jing names it seeing former lives); the sixth, the penetration of going to all buddha-lands; the seventh, the penetration of the kalpas to come — since the past has already been made clear above, the three times are therefore raised together; the eighth, the penetration of the wisdom of all dharmas; the ninth, the divine eye.
For the tenth phrase Chengguan judges the base text to have a lacuna. Following the Jin recension he reads, “Sons of the Buddha, spoken in brief, the bodhisattva’s mastery of the penetration of contemplating all dharmas evenly,” and says that this is the samādhi of the extinction of all dharmas, running through evenness and quiescence; and he adduces the Dushi as warrant. His words are plain: the present text has dropped this phrase, and within the text it is raised only in brief and so is not exhaustive in detail, but the great purport is not different, and the detail is set forth in the Chapter on the Ten Penetrations. This piece records his judgment, and does not alter a single graph of the base text.
Brought home to use: that an ancient worthy points out a lacuna in the base text and yet does not presume to alter it is itself a rule for reading a scripture — record the divergence, do not alter the text.
Gate 21. The Unimpeded Working with Regard to Spiritual Power: The Inward Capacity of Strength
Chengguan says that the ten phrases of this gate are mostly with reference to such things as one hair holding all within it, and judges that this is the power of the body, the next gate being the power of wisdom. He adds a further remark of much interest: if the powers be gathered in under the penetrations, the ten kinds of spiritual power are no more than the single penetration of spiritual feet; it is precisely because the penetrations and the powers have been divided as two things that the penetration of the spiritual realm is little spoken of in the Chapter on the Ten Penetrations.
The ten phrases are written with tremendous force: setting unspeakable worlds within a single mote of dust; bringing forth within a single mote of dust buddha-lands equal to the Dharma realm; putting the waters of all the great oceans into a single pore and carrying them round the ten directions; putting unspeakable worlds into one’s own body; tying the Vajra Encircling Mountains with a single hair and journeying with them; kalpas long and short made into one another; manifesting the destruction of the three calamities without vexing sentient beings; guarding the requisites of sentient beings when the three calamities destroy; hurling worlds with a single hand beyond unspeakable worlds; and declaring that all lands are the same as empty space.
What deserves notice is that four of the ten phrases add such words as “without causing sentient beings to be terrified,” “without vexing or disturbing sentient beings,” and “without causing sentient beings to have a thought of alarm and terror.” First ask: why is this stressed again and again? Because a spiritual power that terrifies people is not unimpeded but oppressive. Brought home to use: the greater the capacity, the more one must watch whether the other can bear it — this is the boundary the scriptural text itself draws around the spiritual penetrations.
Gate 22. The Unimpeded Working with Regard to Powers: The Power of Compassion and Wisdom
Upon this gate Chengguan has only two sentences: the powers of compassion and wisdom are alike without obstruction; and there is also the unimpededness of the working upon phenomena, spoken of according to the greater number.
The sentence-pattern of the ten phrases differs from that of the gates before: every phrase carries its own reason. The power over sentient beings is teaching and converting, taming and subduing, and not forsaking; the power over lands is manifesting adornment; the power over dharmas is causing all that has a body to enter bodilessness; the power over kalpas is cultivation unbroken; the power of a buddha is awakening those asleep; the power of practice is gathering in the bodhisattva practices; the power of the Tathāgata is delivering and liberating sentient beings; the power without a teacher is awakening of oneself to the dharmas; the power of omniscience is accomplishing perfect awakening by omniscience; the power of great compassion is not forsaking sentient beings.
Among the ten phrases, “the unimpeded working of the power of a buddha, for the reason that they awaken those asleep,” is the shortest and the weightiest. Sleep here is not lying down asleep; it is the torpor of ignorance. Brought home to use: the ten powers come to rest at last in the power of great compassion — the utmost of power is not how much can be done, but not forsaking a single person.
The General Conclusion of the Unimpeded Workings: Obtaining the Fruit without Forsaking the Cause
The eleven gates having been spoken, the scriptural text concludes: for one who obtains these ten unimpeded workings, as to unsurpassed awakening, whether to accomplish it or for the while not to accomplish it goes as his mind intends and is not gone against; and though he has accomplished perfect awakening, he does not break off the bodhisattva practice. Chengguan here passes a judgment: having already obtained the unimpeded, to be able further to obtain the fruit and yet not forsake the cause displays the unimpeded all the more.
First ask: to walk the bodhisattva practice after becoming a buddha — is this not superfluous? If becoming a buddha be taken as a terminus, then of course it is superfluous. This very sentence is meant to take apart that imagining of a “terminus” — the bodhisattva practice is not a means toward the fruit of buddhahood, and the fruit of buddhahood is not the ending of the bodhisattva practice. The scriptural text then answers for itself why this is so: because the great vow has been brought forth, because the gate of boundless unimpeded working has been entered, and because he manifests with skill.
Brought home to use: if practice is read as a road with a terminus, weariness will certainly arise along the way. This sentence is what dissolves that weariness.
Gate 23. Sporting: The Mastery That Does Not Damage the Original Character
From this gate on are the seven gates of the third section as divided by the ancient worthies, making clear the completeness of the virtues of practice. Chengguan first states generally where these three gates come from: that station (the dedication of liberation without bond and without attachment) has a hundred gates, broadly displaying the accomplishing, through liberation without bond and without attachment, of the masterful working of the wisdom of Samantabhadra; here three gates are raised in brief — this gate is the mastery of roaming and enjoying with the practice of the resolve accomplished, the next gate makes clear that the objective realm is beyond measure, and the one after that makes clear the capacity of strength of the working of wisdom, all of them coming from being without bond and without attachment.
He gathers the ten phrases into five pairs: first, the supporting and the supported, the defiled and the pure, being made into one another and yet all without destroying the original character, which displays precisely the sense of sporting — as one sports at one’s pleasure in the world with nothing damaged or disturbed, the remaining pairs being modeled upon this; second, the great and the lesser vehicles manifesting one another; third, cause and fruit manifesting one another; fourth, birth-and-death and nirvāṇa manifesting one another; fifth, mastery in concentration and in distraction, of which the former phrase is setting going the working within concentration while constantly in concentration, and the latter is entering concentration within the working while constantly working.
The four graphs “without destroying the original character” are the eye of this gate. First ask: how does sporting differ from spiritual transformation? Spiritual transformation is being able to change; sporting is changing without losing. The bodies of sentient beings are made into the body of a land and yet the bodies of sentient beings are not destroyed — if they were destroyed, that would be annihilation, not sporting. Brought home to use: one who is truly masterful need not first destroy what he originally was in order to do anything.
Gate 24. Objective Realms: The Realm Walked and the Realm of Bounds
Chengguan says that this gate runs through two kinds of objective realm: first, the realm walked in sporting, which the Jin scripture names surpassing practice; second, the realm of bounds, that is, coming forth and sinking away unimpeded, which only a bodhisattva is able to do. He further divides them: of the ten phrases the first three are the realm walked that runs through, and the last seven are all the realm of bounds.
The ten phrases are a string of mutual bringings-forth: manifesting the gate of the boundless Dharma realm; manifesting the marvelous adornments of the worlds; going in transformation to the realms of sentient beings; bringing forth the body of a bodhisattva upon the body of a tathāgata and the body of a tathāgata upon the body of a bodhisattva; bringing forth worlds within the realm of empty space and the realm of empty space within a world; bringing forth the realm of nirvāṇa within the realm of birth-and-death and the realm of birth-and-death within the realm of nirvāṇa; bringing forth within the speech of one sentient being the speech of all the Buddha-dharma; making with boundless bodies a single body and with a single body all the differing bodies; filling the Dharma realm with a single body; and causing within a single thought all sentient beings to bring forth the mind of awakening, each manifesting measureless bodies and accomplishing perfect awakening.
Bounds means measure. The measure of a bodhisattva lies not in how far he can go, but in his being able to come forth and to sink away without being bound. Brought home to use: the last phrase most deserves notice — the utmost of the objective realm is not how many bodies one has manifested oneself, but the causing of all sentient beings to bring forth the mind.
Gate 25. Powers: The Power of the Self-Portion and the Power of the Advance Onward
Chengguan divides the ten powers into two halves: the first seven are the power of the self-portion, the last three the power of the advance onward. Within the first seven, the first three are for benefiting oneself — the first phrase seeks deeply throughout, and so he explains it as being unmixed; the second seeks the Buddha-dharma deeply, and so the Buddha-dharma is itself the ascendant; the third has what is done brought to the end because there is skillfulness; the next two are for benefiting others; and the last two run through both benefiting oneself and benefiting others. The rest he says may plainly be known.
The ten phrases are: the power of the deep mind, the power of the mind deep and ascendant, the power of skillful means, the power of wisdom, the power of vows, the power of practice, the power of the vehicle, the power of spiritual transformation, the power of awakening, and the power of turning the wheel of the Dharma. Every phrase carries a reason, and the reason is the content.
Then let the reasons of the seven phrases that follow be looked at one by one. The reason for the power of wisdom is “that he fully knows all the workings of mind” — wisdom does not fall upon how many dharmas are known but upon knowing what a person’s mind is doing; Fazang names this phrase knowing the minds of beings and assigns it to practice for the benefit of others, which fastens on exactly this. The reason for the power of vows is “that he causes all that is sought to be fulfilled,” and what is sought is not what he himself seeks but what sentient beings seek; Fazang names it fulfilling the wishes of beings. The reason for the power of practice is “that to the end of the coming limit it is not cut off,” and what makes practice a power is that it is uncut, not that it is fierce. The reason for the power of the vehicle keeps the finest measure: “that he is able to bring forth all the vehicles and yet does not cast off the Great Vehicle” — bringing forth all the vehicles is breadth, and not casting off the Great Vehicle is not losing the root; to bring forth all the vehicles and cast off the Great Vehicle would be to accord with others until oneself is lost. The reason for the power of spiritual transformation is “that within each and every pore he severally manifests all pure worlds and all tathāgatas arising in the world,” and note that the transformation of this phrase manifests no strange appearance: what it manifests is buddhas arising in the world. The reason for the power of awakening is “that he causes all sentient beings to bring forth the mind and become buddhas without any cutting off” — the power of awakening does not speak of his own obtaining of awakening but of causing others to bring forth the mind, and that without any cutting off. The reason for the power of turning the wheel of the Dharma is the most worth turning over: “that in speaking a single phrase of Dharma it answers to the faculties, natures, and desires of all sentient beings,” and a single phrase answering to all faculties and desires is what makes the wheel of the Dharma a wheel. First ask: since the last three are named the powers of fruit belonging to the advance onward, why do they still speak of sentient beings? Because the advance onward of the power of fruit is not an ascent away from sentient beings, but the carrying of one and the same thing through to the end. Brought home to use: these seven phrases may be taken as a sheet for self-examination — knowing people’s minds, fulfilling people’s wishes, practice uncut, breadth without loss of the root, what is manifested being buddhas and not marvels, causing people to bring forth the mind and not to depend, and speaking a single phrase from which every person can take use.
The first phrase, “the power of the deep mind, for the reason that it is unmixed with any worldly sentiment,” is the root of the ten powers. First ask: what is being unmixed with worldly sentiment? It is not being unfeeling toward people; it is that the motive of one’s practice has no worldly calculation mixed into it. If this phrase does not hold, the nine powers after it will all go off in flavor. Brought home to use: in examining whether one has power, one need not first look at how much has been done, but at whether the motive is pure.
Gate 26. Fearlessnesses: Ten Times ‘Because He Does Not See It, His Mind Obtains Fearlessness’
This gate is the most regular in form of the whole stretch; all ten phrases use the same structure: a certain accomplishment — thinking in this way — “because he does not see it, his mind obtains fearlessness”; seven of them close further upon “the shore of great fearlessness,” while the fourth, fifth, and seventh do not carry that phrase.
Chengguan first states where this gate stands among four gates: from the ten fearlessnesses onward, four gates make clear the practice within the dedication of the measureless Dharma realm, and divide into three sections — this gate makes clear the roots of good dedicated, the next gate the substance of the practice of the Dharma realm, and the last two the virtues accomplished. He says that this gate is the fearlessness of the roots of good of the giving of Dharma, because fearlessness is the virtue of speaking the Dharma. He further names the phrases one by one and points out what each does not fear: the first is the fearlessness of hearing and holding, the second the fearlessness of eloquence, and these two do not fear being unable to answer a difficult question; the third is the fearlessness of the two emptinesses, for penetrating the two emptinesses one does not fear deluded thoughts; the fourth is the fearlessness of deportment without flaw and the fifth the fearlessness of the three kinds of deed without fault, and these two do not fear reproach from without; the sixth is the fearlessness of outward guarding, not fearing the demons and the outsiders; the seventh is the fearlessness of right mindfulness, not fearing forgetting; the eighth is the fearlessness of skillful means, not fearing birth-and-death — and here he raises a comparison: as one who manages a boat well does not dread the perils of the sea; the ninth is the fearlessness of the mind of omniscience, not fearing the two vehicles; the tenth is the fearlessness of complete practice, not fearing being unable to convert beings.
The weightiest thing in this gate is that “not seeing.” First ask: is fearlessness a screwing up of one’s courage? It is not. Ten times over the scriptural text says “because he does not see it” — it is not a forcing of oneself not to fear, but that there is simply nothing frightening to be seen there. Not seeing is not evasion; it is how the matter really stands. The third phrase says it most thoroughly: having left far behind the self and what belongs to a self, one does not see in the dharmas the least nature or characteristic, and so one does not see who could damage and vex one.
Brought home to use: against fear, most people’s method is to strengthen themselves; the method of this gate is to see clearly that the “I” that was threatened is not there at all.
Gate 27. Dharmas Not Held in Common: Setting Practice Going in Accord with the Dharma Realm
Chengguan explains the two layers of not being held in common: because the practice is set going in accord with the Dharma realm, it is not held in common with ordinary beings and the two vehicles; and because the awakening is not by another, neither is it held in common with another. These two layers answer exactly to the two key terms of the scriptural text — every phrase is capped with “not taught by another,” and what every phrase practices is a practice of the Dharma realm.
He names the phrases one by one: the first is the practice of benefiting oneself; the second, the practice of converting others; the third, the practice of seeking upward; the fourth, the practice of skillfulness — and within this phrase he further divides five sections: skillfully departing from the two vehicles, skillfully cultivating the samādhis, skillfully according with the world, skillfully abiding in the vehicles, and skillfully exhausting cause and fruit; the fifth is the practice not held in common of carrying both on together, which has a listing, an explaining, and a conclusion; the sixth is the practice in which the three kinds of deed follow upon wisdom in their working; the seventh, the practice of compassion undergoing the sufferings of others in their stead; the eighth, the practice of great kindness gathering in beings; the ninth, the practice of firm purity for oneself and others — and here he fastens on that the simile of the spring pool of the Nirvāṇa may be spoken of within this; the tenth, the practice of constant cultivation with the station fulfilled.
The fifth phrase, “carrying the provisional and the real on together,” is the most perilous and the most refined of the gate: abiding in nirvāṇa and manifesting birth-and-death; knowing that there are no sentient beings and diligently teaching and converting; being extinguished to the end and manifesting the arising of afflictions; constantly delighting in the joy of the Dharma and manifesting women attendants who sing; adorned with the many marks and manifesting an ugly, poor, and lowly form; gathering together the many goods and manifesting birth in the three bad destinies. The scriptural text passes a verdict of its own: such wisdom the śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas are not even able to know.
“Abiding in a single firm and close body of wisdom that is the dharma body, and yet universally manifesting measureless bodies of sentient beings” — the real is the single firm and close, the provisional is the measureless bodies of beings; and the two graphs “firm and close” are to be noticed, for the dharma body is able to manifest universally precisely because it is one and inseparably close: were it divisible, to manifest in one place would be to be less in another. “Constantly entering deep concentration and yet showing himself receiving the pleasures of desire” — this phrase is the easiest to read as an excuse for license. Clear that misunderstanding away first: what the scriptural text says is constantly entering deep concentration, and that word “constantly” is the premise; for one who does not constantly enter deep concentration, showing himself receiving the pleasures of desire is simply receiving the pleasures of desire. “Constantly far removed from the three realms and yet not casting off sentient beings” — what is removed from is the binding of the three realms, and what is not cast off is the people within them; were “removed” read as leaving the place, the phrase could not stand at all, for having left the place, how would one not cast them off? “Though he has already reached the far shore of a buddha’s wisdom, yet neither does he cast off the wisdom-body of a bodhisattva” — this phrase is where the gate gathers, and it answers from afar to the fifth phrase of the first gate, the not realizing of the real limit: he reaches the shore and does not cast off the boat. First ask: since a buddha’s wisdom is already reached, of what further use is a bodhisattva’s wisdom-body? The answer lies in the general sense of the dharmas not held in common — not held in common does not mean standing a grade higher; it means that practice is set going in accord with the Dharma realm, and the practice of the Dharma realm has no day on which it is finished, so that above a buddha’s wisdom the body of a bodhisattva is still kept. Brought home to use: practitioners are forever imagining a final end, and these four phrases say over and over one and the same thing — the further on one goes, the less one lets go of what came before.
First clear away a misunderstanding: this does not say that a bodhisattva may manifest evil conduct as he pleases. What the scriptural text says is “carrying the provisional and the real on together” — the real is the being extinguished to the end, the provisional is the characteristic manifested; where there is no real but only the provisional, that is a fall, not a manifesting. Brought home to use: one must be honest in reading this phrase — what is seen is the objective realm of a buddha, not an excuse found for oneself.
Gate 27, the Ninth: The Jewel Pure Adornment
The ninth phrase is the one complete simile in the whole stretch. There is a jewel named Pure Adornment: placed in mud and standing water its light and color do not change, and it is further able to make the turbid water clear. Joined to the bodhisattva: though his body is in the places of the foolish, the ordinary, and the mixed and turbid, in the end he does not lose or destroy the pure jewel-mind that seeks omniscience, and is further able to cause those evil sentient beings to leave far behind deluded views, afflictions, and defiled turbidity.
This simile has two layers, and neither may be lacking. The first layer is the not changing — not being stained oneself. The second layer is the being able to clarify — being able further to make the water clear. With only the first layer it is self-keeping; only with both is it a bodhisattva. Chengguan here fastens on that the simile of the spring pool of the Nirvāṇa may be spoken of at this place.
Brought home to use: in a turbid place most people can manage only the first layer, and often manage it by keeping away. What this phrase speaks of is not keeping away and yet not changing, and moreover turning about and clarifying it.
Gate 28. Deeds: The Working of the Virtues Accomplished
Chengguan speaks of the last two gates together: from the ten kinds of deed onward, two gates make clear the virtues accomplished, of which the first makes clear the working of the deeds, its ten phrases being plainly knowable, and the latter gate, the ten bodies, displays the obtaining of the substance. He adds one general judgment: whether body or deed, both are measureless as the Dharma realm, and ten kinds are merely raised in brief.
The ten phrases are: the deed with regard to all worlds, the deed with regard to all the buddhas, the deed with regard to all bodhisattvas, the deed with regard to all sentient beings, the deed with regard to all that is to come, the deed of all spiritual power, the deed of all light, the deed of the seed of the Three Jewels not being cut off, the deed of all transformation, and the deed of all sustaining. Every phrase carries a reason.
Since the clauses of reason are the content, let them be looked at one by one. The reason for the deed with regard to all worlds is “that he is able to adorn and purify them all” — the deed, as it bears upon worlds, is not a making but an adorning and purifying; Fazang judges this phrase to be with reference to place, and it is the starting point of the ten deeds. The reason for the deed with regard to all the buddhas is “that he is able to make offerings to them all”; the reason for the deed with regard to all bodhisattvas is “that he plants the same roots of good together with them”; the reason for the deed with regard to all sentient beings is “that he is able to teach and convert them all” — these three Fazang judges to be with reference to persons, and the three directions of offering upward, walking alongside, and converting downward are set out at one stroke. The phrase about planting the same roots of good is to be noticed: toward bodhisattvas it is neither offering nor converting but planting together, and this is what makes walking alongside a walking alongside. The reason for the deed with regard to all that is to come is “that to the end of the coming limit he gathers it in,” which Fazang judges to be with reference to time. The reason for the deed of all spiritual power is written most strangely: “that without leaving one world he reaches everywhere to all worlds” — first ask: not leaving, and yet reaching everywhere; how is that possible? If “reaching” is understood as moving, it is of course impossible; what the scriptural text says is that without needing to move there is no place he is not. This is precisely the principle set up in the earlier gate of unimpeded working with regard to lands, now brought home upon deeds — the boundaries of extent come from the opposition of grasper and grasped, and being unmoving yet everywhere is because there was never any here-and-there to begin with. Read together with the tenth phrase it becomes clearer still. The reason for the tenth, the deed of all sustaining, is “that in a single thought, according to what the minds of all sentient beings desire, he manifests for them all, causing all their vows to be fulfilled” — the single thought is not-moving in time, and according with what their minds desire is reaching everywhere in space, so that the two phrases, the one vertical and the other horizontal, answer to each other exactly. Notice too where this phrase gathers: causing all their vows to be fulfilled. Sustaining is not doing it in another’s stead; it is causing his own vow to come to fulfillment. The reason for the ninth, the deed of all transformation, is “that in all worlds he speaks the Dharma and teaches and converts sentient beings” — the deed of transformation does not fall upon what is transformed into being, but upon speaking the Dharma and converting; and this is the same track as the seventh phrase before it, where light is sent forth and within the light bodhisattvas appear: what is manifested is Dharma, not a marvel. Brought home to use: the ten deeds begin from adorning and purifying worlds and gather into causing all vows to be fulfilled, and among them there is not one phrase that is done for oneself.
Of these the seventh is written with the most vivid picture: sending forth boundless light of color, within each and every light a lotus seat, and upon each a bodhisattva sitting cross-legged and appearing. The eighth is the weightiest: after the buddhas have passed into extinction, guarding and sustaining the dharmas of the buddhas — this phrase is the reason why the Buddha-dharma has been able to continue down to today. Brought home to use: on reading this phrase one should know that the scripture now in one’s hands is one that someone guarded through.
Gate 29. Bodies: Ten Bodies That Display the Substance
The ten bodies of the last gate: the body that does not come, the body that does not go, the body that is not real, the body that is not unreal, the body that is not exhausted, the body that is firm, the body that is unmoving, the body complete in the marks, the body without characteristics, and the body that reaches everywhere.
Chengguan collates these ten bodies with the ten bodies of the ninth practice of the Chapter on the Ten Practices, saying that they are largely the same and slightly different, and matches them one by one: the not coming and not going here are the not being born and not ceasing there; the not real and not unreal are the not real and not false there; the not exhausted and the firm are the not shifting and not destructible there — and he further distinguishes a layer, that the not shifting is crosswise, without shifting or change, while the not exhausted is lengthwise, speaking of what has no end. The unmoving here is the one characteristic there, and he adduces the Mañjuśrī Prajñā as warrant, saying that the Dharma realm is unmoving and the Dharma realm is precisely one characteristic, and that because one characteristic is obtained the demons are unable to move it. The body complete in the marks here is the body entering all the destinies of all worlds there; the body without characteristics bears the same name in both places; the body that reaches everywhere is the body entering all worlds without destinies there — the present edition punctuates Chengguan’s sentence as ‘the body of the destinies is without characteristics, the same in name as the body that reaches everywhere,’ while this piece reads it as three pairs according to the actual list of the ten bodies of the ninth practice in the Chapter on the Ten Practices (which has a body without characteristics of its own); both readings are recorded. The rest, he says, are as set forth in the ten practices.
The first four bodies make two pairs, in the sentence-pattern of the double negative. First ask: not real and also not unreal — what then is it? The scriptural text gives the reasons itself — it is not real because all worlds are obtained as they really are, and it is not unreal because it manifests in the world by the principle of how things really are. One and the same really-so: spoken of from what is obtained, it is not real; spoken of from what shows, it is not unreal.
Brought home to use: this gate comes to rest upon “the body that reaches everywhere, for the reason that it is of one and the same body with the buddhas of the three times.” The twenty-nine gates, having walked as far as this, have spoken out the three sections of the substance of practice, the working of practice, and the virtues of practice, and return at last to one sentence — of one and the same body with the buddhas of the three times.
Lineage
The outline of this stretch comes out of the six rounds set up by the ancient worthies of old on the basis of the Dushipin jing, which Chengguan carried on and explained, stating for himself at the beginning of the chapter what he carries on. This is the first layer to be kept apart in reading this chapter: the station is what the outliners set in place, the practice is what the scriptural text says. As for the reckoning of the number of the gates, Chengguan produces two numbers — the proper outline gives twenty-nine gates, and if the sentence generally listing the unimpeded workings be joined to them there are thirty. There are likewise two ways of dividing the stretch — the ancient worthies divide it in three, eleven gates for the firmness of the substance of practice, twelve for the mastery of the working of practice, and seven for the completeness of the virtues of practice; while Chengguan reassigns it according to the ten dedications as four, two, two, one, one, one, one, the ten unimpeded, three, and four. The two outlines stand together, and this piece records both without judgment.
The divergences in the names of the gates among the translations are also many. For the first gate the eighty-fascicle recension reads “abiding like a jewel,” the sixty reads it as “the jewel, abiding in and accomplishing unsurpassed perfect awakening,” and the Dushipin jing reads ‘like brightness showing forth in the night’; for the second gate the eighty reads “the mind of vow of the Great Vehicle like a vajra,” the sixty “bringing forth the vajra mind and adorning the Great Vehicle,” and the Dushi ‘resolved upon the armor of the Great Vehicle’; for the third gate the eighty reads “great setting forth,” the sixty “setting forth the great matter,” and the Dushi ‘great diligence’ (its gate ‘able to let flow forth great vigor’ answers to the next gate of the eighty, “completing the great matter”). What most deserves notice is the eleven gates of the unimpeded working: the eighty names them throughout “unimpeded working,” the sixty names them throughout “mastery” — and since the gate before them in the sixty is also called mastery, the earlier and the later bear the same name there; whereas in the eighty the earlier stretch is mastery and the later stretch unimpeded working, the names being distinct. Chengguan explains precisely upon this difference of the two names: earlier, mastery is spoken of, which is the working moving freely; here, the unimpeded is spoken of, displaying that the working is unbound. For the gate of sporting the sixty reads “sporting with the spiritual penetrations,” and for the gate of objective realms the sixty reads “surpassing practice.” All of these are divergences among the translations, and are recorded together without judgment.
For the tenth phrase of the unimpeded working with regard to spiritual penetrations, Chengguan judges the eighty-fascicle recension to have a lacuna, and supplies its sense from the Jin recension and the Dushi, saying that the great purport is not different and that the detail is in the Chapter on the Ten Penetrations. This piece records his judgment, and does not alter a single graph of the base text.
What the commentators have left upon this stretch must be spoken of house by house. Fazang’s Tanxuan ji is a commentary upon the sixty-fascicle recension, and upon this stretch it does have an outline at the level of the gate, one that stands as a system of its own: he reckons the total by phrases, saying that this great section has three hundred phrases answering the foregoing twenty-nine questions, because the ten phrases of the chapter-headings within the ten masteries are not among the questions. His threefold division has the same section-boundaries as the threefold division of the ancient worthies recorded by Chengguan, and he divides the first of the three again into two layers — the first forty gates making clear that the substance of practice is accomplished and perches high upon the far shore, and from the ten faiths that cannot be broken onward seventy gates making clear that the substance of practice departs from obstruction and gathers in the many ascendant virtues; this layer Chengguan does not have. Explaining the naming of the first gate he brings out two senses, the direct and the reverse: abiding in the place of the right Dharma that is precious is of course called abiding like a jewel, and taking non-abiding as abiding is also called abiding like a jewel. Most worth notice is the fifth phrase: he says the reason for not realizing the real limit is twofold, first that he differs from the two vehicles and second that he retains the afflictions — and both reasons are fastened to the bodhisattva, the retaining of afflictions being the bodhisattva’s retaining them in order to take birth; and Chengguan’s same phrase, “in order to differ from the two vehicles he retains the afflictions and does not cut them off, and only then is able to cut off and realize to the end,” admits of two readings — read as the bodhisattva retaining the afflictions in order to differ from the two vehicles, it says the same as Fazang; this piece takes that reading and records the other beside it. Under the gate of mastery over lands he further poses a question and brings out five senses as the general cause of the whole stretch of the gates of mastery — fully understanding that conditioned arising is mutually dependent in its characteristics; penetrating that the nature of dharmas is fused and thoroughgoing; the power of concentration setting going the ascendant penetrations; obtaining the power of liberation and being able to turn things about; and the power of wisdom understanding dharmas to be like an illusion or a dream and following upon what his own mind manifests — saying that all of it is because the obstruction to the knowable is exhausted, and saying of himself that this explanation runs through the gates above and below. The ten masteries he collates name by name against the eighth ground; the difficulty in the gate of sporting, that a bodhisattva should make a buddha’s body become the two vehicles, he poses and answers and then adds a further explanation; and for the ten powers, the ten deeds, and the ten bodies he brings out headings in every case — among which, upon the ten deeds, Chengguan says only that they may plainly be known and brings out no headings at all. At the end of this stretch he states a judgment of his own: from of old the worthies have mostly gathered the ten deeds and ten bodies into the ten grounds, but since in the Dushi jing these stand at the end of the fourth round, he outlines them into the dedications — which is the same as what Chengguan gathers in, save that here the reason is spoken out. Li Tongxuan’s Xin Huayan jing lun divides the whole chapter into ten sections by a long outline, and this stretch lies within the sixth section, the part of the proper speaking; he says of himself that the text of the two thousand answers is in every case complete of itself, that there is no need to trouble with explaining it, and that one need only practice according to what is spoken, and so at the level of the gate the absence is recorded as it stands. The Yanyi chao has two places of review upon this stretch, not one: the first, the citing of the scripture for the second mind of the second gate in another fascicle; the second, the simile of the boat in the eighth fearlessness, that of expedient means, of gate twenty-six, and the simile of the spring pool in the ninth practice of gate twenty-seven — of the boat he points out that it is originally the sense of the Larger Perfection of Wisdom and was already cited at the seventh ground, and the spring pool he opens into two explanations, by teaching and by principle: by teaching he cites in full the text of the Nirvāṇa’s simile of the spring pool and records the outline of Master Yuan and the explanation of the Guanzhong master; by principle he takes the present scripture directly and speaks by contemplation of mind, assigning the three graphs bright, pure, and wondrous of the jewel named Pure Adornment to the three virtues of prajñā, liberation, and the dharma body, assigning mud to ordinary beings and standing water to the two vehicles, and gathering all into the one phrase that it is not the practice of ordinary beings and not the practice of the worthy and the holy but is the practice of a bodhisattva. The Chao does not adjudicate which of the two explanations is ascendant, and neither does this edition.
This stretch may be read across with three places. The first is the ten bodies of the ninth practice of the Chapter on the Ten Practices, which Chengguan judges to be largely the same as and slightly different from the ten bodies of the last gate, and matches one by one. The second is the Chapter on the Ten Penetrations, where Chengguan says the dropped text of the unimpeded working with regard to spiritual penetrations is set forth in detail, and where, since he judges spiritual penetration and spiritual power to be two distinct things, the penetration of the spiritual realm is little spoken of. The third is the ten masteries of the eighth ground in the Chapter on the Ten Grounds, of which, at gate 12, Chengguan says only that they are as set forth on the eighth ground and does not explain them again. As for the Chapter on the Ten Dedications, when Chengguan explains the station to which each gate is assigned, he repeatedly adduces as warrant the text of the fruit of that station in that chapter, and the two chapters are scriptural grounds for each other.
The Huayan yisheng jiaoyi fenqi zhang and the Huayan jing zhigui have upon this chapter only general references at the level of the chapter, and a citation phrase by phrase of the twenty-nine gates of this stretch is not found; the Cheng weishi lun, the She dacheng lun, and the Yuqie shidi lun likewise yield nothing corresponding to be adduced for this stretch. The absence is recorded as it stands, and no attribution is forced.